Porsche 911 Carrera Owner's Manuals - Compressed

®
911 Carrera
Owner’s Manual
WKD 997 021 10 5/09 Orientation guides in the
© Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG
Owner’s Manual
Porsche, the Porsche crest, 911, Carrera, Targa, The orientation guides in the Owner’s Manual are
PCCB, PCM, PDK, PSM and Tequipment are regis- highlighted in yellow.
tered trademarks and the distinctive shapes of
Porsche automobiles are trademarks of Overall Table of Contents
Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG. At the start of the Owner’s Manual you will find an
All rights reserved. overview of the overall contents of the Owner’s
Manual.
Printed in Germany
Section Contents
There is a summary of topics with the corre-
sponding page numbers at the beginning of each
main chapter.
Index
There is a detailed, alphabetical index at the end
of this Owner’s Manual.
1
Dear Owner, A separate Maintenance Booklet explains how Warning!
you can keep your Porsche in top driving condition
Any alteration or misuse of the vehicle can
We would like to thank you for your purchase of a by having it serviced regularly.
lead to accidents and severe or fatal
Porsche Sports car. A separate Warranty and Customer Informa-
personal injuries.
tion Booklet contains detailed information about
Judging by the car you have chosen, you are a mo- Any alteration of the vehicle may negate or
the warranties covering your Porsche.
torist of a special breed, and you are probably no interfere with those safety features built into
novice when it comes to automobiles. the vehicle. Modifications may be carried out
For U.S. only:
on your vehicle only if approved by Porsche.
Remember however, as with any vehicle, you If you believe that your vehicle has a fault which Your Porsche is intended to be used in a safe
should take time to familiarize yourself with your could cause a crash, injury or death, you should manner obeying the local laws and in the
Porsche and its performance characteristics. Al- immediately inform the National Highway Traffic light of driving conditions faced by you, and
ways drive within your own unique capabilities as Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to noti- in accordance with the instructions provided
a driver and your level of experience with your fying Porsche Cars North America, Inc. (Porsche in this Owner’s Manual.
Porsche. Ensure that anyone else driving your Cars N.A.).
Porsche does the same. To prevent or minimize in- f Do not misuse your Porsche by ignoring those
jury, always use your safety belts. Never consume If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open laws and driving conditions, or by ignoring the
alcohol or drugs before or during the operation of an investigation, and if it finds that a safety prob- instructions in this manual.
your vehicle. lem exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a re-
call and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA can-
This Owner’s Manual contains a host of useful in- not become involved in individual problems be- Caution!
formation. Please take the time to read this manu- tween you and your dealer, or Porsche Cars N.A..
al before you drive your new Porsche. Become fa- The fitting of racing tires (e.g. slicks) for
miliar with the operation of your Porsche car for To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety sporting events is not approved by Porsche.
maximum safety and operating pleasure. The bet- Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800- Very high cornering speeds can be achieved
ter you know your Porsche, the more pleasure you 424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or with racing tires. However, the resulting
will experience driving your new car. write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh transverse acceleration values would jeopar-
Always keep your Owner’s Manual in the car, and Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. dize the adequate supply of oil to the engine.
give it to the new owner if you ever sell your You can also obtain other information about motor Porsche therefore will not accept any
Porsche. vehicle safety from http://www.savercar.gov. warranty or accept any liability for damage
occurring as a result of non-compliance with
Your car has thousands of parts and components this provision.
which have been designed and manufactured in
accordance with Porsche’s high standards of f Do not fit racing tires (e.g. slicks) for sporting
engineering quality and safety. events on your vehicle.
2
Regularly check your vehicle for signs of Warning! Note to owners
damage.
For your own protection and longer service life of
Damaged or missing aerodynamic compo- In Canada, this manual is also available in French.
your car, please follow all operating instructions
nents such as spoilers or underside panels To obtain a copy contact your dealer or write to:
and special warnings. These special warnings use
affect the driving behavior and therefore
the safety alert symbol, followed by the words
must be replaced immediately. Note aux proprietaires
Danger, Warning and Caution. These special
Your car may have all or some of the components warnings contain important messages regarding
described in this manual. your safety and/or the potential for damage to Au Canada on peut se procurer un exemplaire de
Should you have difficulty understanding any of your Porsche. Ignoring them could result in seri- ce Manuel en français auprès du concessionaire
the explanations of features or equipment installed ous mechanical failure, serious personal injury or ou du:
in your vehicle, contact your authorized Porsche death. Porsche Cars Canada, Ltd.
dealer. He/She will be glad to assist you. Also Automobiles Porsche Canada, LTEE
check with your dealer on other available options f Do not alter your Porsche. Any alteration could
or equipment. create dangerous conditions or defeat safety 5925 Airport Road
engineering features built into your car. Suite 420
Throughout this booklet, left is designated as the
driver’s side of the vehicle, and right as the pas- f Do not misuse your Porsche. Use it safely, and Mississauga, Ontario
senger’s side of the vehicle. consistently with the law, according to the driv- Canada L4V 1W1
ing conditions, and the instructions in this man- Telephone number for customer assistance:
Text, illustrations and specifications in this manual
ual. 1-800-PORSCHE / Option 3
are based on the information available at the time
of printing. Alteration or misuse of your Porsche could
It has always been Porsche’s policy to continuous- cause accidents and serious personal injury
ly improve its products. Porsche, therefore, re- or death.
serves the right to make changes in design and
specification, and to make additions or improve-
ments in its product without incurring any obliga-
tion to install them on products previously manu-
factured.
We wish you many miles of safe and pleasurable
driving in your Porsche.
3
Sport tires – The driver’s skill level must be commensurate Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake
with the vehicle performance levels in the up-
Sport tires (ultra high performance tires) are ap- per range limits, due to increased safety risks
(PCCB)
proved for use on public highways and comply in the upper range limits. f Please see the chapter “BRAKES” on Page 58.
with all statutory requirements and safety criteria.
f At oudside temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) The high-performance brake system is designed
The design of the tire is also geared towards use change to snow tires. for optimal braking effect at all speeds and
on racing circuits (driver safety training courses,
f Notify anyone using your car of these charac- temperatures.
sports driving schools, Club Sport events) and Certain speeds, braking forces and ambient
teristics and possible effects.
provides distinct advantages here in terms of dry conditions (such as temperature and humidity)
grip and wear compared to conventional road therefore might cause brake noises.
tires. Danger!
Risk of accident through loss of road surface Wear on the different components and braking
The major features are a reduced tread depth and system, such as brake pads and brake discs,
a special tread pattern and carcass. contact, control over the vehicle and braking
ability, leading to serious personal injury or depends to a great extent on the individual driving
death. style and the conditions of use and therefore
The design features of this sports tire result
The reduced tire tread depth means that cannot be expressed in actual miles on the road.
in the following effects compared with other
summer tires when used under normal there is an increased risk of aquaplaning on The values communicated by Porsche are based
driving conditions: wet roads. on normal operation adapted to traffic. Wear
– Sport tires have a smaller tread depth, and f When driving on wet or mud-covered roads re- increases considerably when the vehicle is driven
duce speed significantly. on race tracks or through an aggressive driving
thus can reach their wear limit sooner.
style.
As with all tires, the attainable mileage de-
pends on the individual driving style and the f Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer
Danger!
conditions of use. about the current guidelines in effect before
Risk of accident from worn tires. such use of your vehicle.
– Exercise caution when driving on wet roads,
Sport tires have a smaller tread depth, and
paying special attention to hydroplaning situa-
thus can reach their wear limit sooner.
tions (stagnant water, puddles, lane grooves).
It is important to check tire wear frequently
Sport tires have a lower tread depth than nor-
to avoid risk of serious personal injury or
mal tires and you must therefore adapt speed
death from worn tires.
accordingly when driving on wet surfaces.
f Check tire wear frequently.
4
Setting and operating vehicle Ground Clearance California Proposition 65 Warning
components when driving Warning!
Caution!
Warning! Risk of damage. The vehicle may touch the Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and cer-
ground as a result of reduced ground clear- tain vehicle components contain or emit chemi-
There is a danger of accident if you set or op-
ance. cals known to the State of California to cause can-
erate the on-board computer, radio, naviga-
cer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
tion system, telephone or other equipment f Drive carefully and slowly on steep slopes (e.g. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and
when driving. parking lots, curbs, uneven roads, lifting plat- certain products of component wear contain or
This could distract you from the traffic and forms etc.). emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause you to lose control of the vehicle re-
sulting in serious personal injury or death. f Avoid steep ramps. cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
f Operate the components while driving only if
the traffic situation allows you to do so safely.
Engine Exhaust
Hot Exhaust Pipes
f Carry out any complicated operating or setting Danger!
procedures only with the vehicle stationary. Warning!
Engine exhaust is dangerous if inhaled.
Engine exhaust fumes have many compo- Risk of burn injury when standing near or
Portable Fuel Containers nents which you can smell. They also contain coming into contact with the exhaust pipe.
carbon monoxide (CO), which is a colorless
Danger! and odorless gas. The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running
Carbon monoxide can cause unconscious- and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is
Portable fuel containers may leak, whether turned off.
they are full or partially empty. Fuel leaking ness and even death if inhaled.
f To prevent injury, make a point of noting where
from a portable container carried in your ve- f Never start or let the engine run in an en-
hicle could, in case of an accident, cause a your vehicle’s exhaust pipe is, avoid placing
closed, unventilated area.
fire or explosion, resulting in serious person- your legs near the exhaust pipe, and closely
It is not recommended to sit in your car for pro-
al injury or death. supervise children around the vehicle when the
longed periods with the engine on and the car
exhaust pipe could be hot.
f Never carry additional fuel in portable contain- not moving.
A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns.
ers in your vehicle.
5
Table of Contents
Sport tires..................................................... 4 LATCH System Storage in the Passenger Compartment ....... 91
Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake (PCCB)...... 4 Child seat bracket on the passenger’s seat .... 54 Luggage Compartment Lid and
Setting and operating vehicle components Child Restraint Anchorages ........................... 55 Engine Compartment Lid ............................. 93
when driving .................................................. 5 Rollover Protection System ........................... 56 Luggage Compartment (Vehicles without
Ground Clearance .......................................... 5 Sports Exhaust System ................................ 57 Porsche Traction Management PTM) ............. 95
Before driving off... ....................................... 8 Parking Brake .............................................. 57 Luggage Compartment (Vehicles with
Break in hints for the first Brakes ........................................................ 58 Porsche Traction Management PTM) ............. 96
2,000 miles/3,000 kilometers...................... 10 ABS Brake System (Antilock Brake System).... 61 Trunk Entrapment........................................ 97
Clutch Pedal ................................................ 62 Porsche Communication Management (PCM). 98
Operation, Safety.............................. 13 Porsche Traction Management (PTM)............. 63 Car Telephone and Aftermarket Alarms ....... 100
Sport Mode ................................................. 64 iPod, USB and AUX.................................... 101
Keys ........................................................... 15 Porsche Stability Management (PSM)............. 66 Fire Extinguisher ....................................... 102
Security Wheel Bolts .................................... 15 Porsche Active Suspension Management HomeLink ................................................. 103
Doors ......................................................... 18 (PASM) ........................................................ 69
Central Locking ........................................... 19
Alarm System,
Retractable Rear Spoiler............................... 69 Automatic Air Conditioning System,
Interior Lights .............................................. 71 Heated Rear Window/
Passenger Compartment Monitoring ............. 23 Parking Aids ................................................ 72
Power Windows ........................................... 25 Ignition/Starter Switch with
Door Mirror Heating........................ 105
Mirrors........................................................ 27 anti-theft Steering Lock................................. 74 Automatic Air Conditioning System ............. 106
Rear Window Defogger, Door Mirror Heating .. 29 Starting Procedures ..................................... 77 Central and Side Vents............................... 109
Seat Adjustment and Head Restraints ............ 30 Stopping Engine........................................... 78 Fresh-air Intake ......................................... 109
Seat Memory............................................... 33 Emergency Flasher Switch ............................ 79 Heated Rear Window/Door Mirror Heating ... 110
Heated Seats .............................................. 35 Light Switch................................................. 80
Seat Ventilation............................................ 36 Welcome Home Lighting ............................... 81
Rear Seat Backrests .................................... 37
Instruments, On-Board Computer,
Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment........... 81
Steering Wheel Adjustment ........................... 37 Warnings ....................................... 111
Turn Signal / Headlight Dimmer /
Steering Wheel Heating ................................ 38 Parking light / Flasher Lever ......................... 82 Instrument Panel USA Models..................... 112
Multi-Functional Steering Wheel ..................... 39 Windshield Wiper / Washer Lever .................. 83 Instrument Panel Canada Models ................ 114
Sun Visors................................................... 40 Automatic Speed Control .............................. 86 Engine Oil Temperature.............................. 116
Safety Belts................................................. 41 Cupholder ................................................... 88 Automatic Speed Control Indicator light ...... 116
Airbag Systems ........................................... 44 Ashtray ....................................................... 89 Instrument Illumination ............................... 116
Child Restraint Systems................................ 50 Cigarette Lighter.......................................... 90 Trip Odometer........................................... 117
6 Table of Contents
Speedometer ............................................ 118 Maintenance, Car Care ................... 205 Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or
Changing over between Miles / Kilometers .. 118 Garage Lift ............................................... 254
Tachometer ............................................... 119 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working Spacers 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S ......... 255
Turn Signal Indicator Light .......................... 119 on your Vehicle .......................................... 206 Electrical System ...................................... 257
High Beam Indicator Light........................... 119 Coolant Level............................................. 207 Battery ..................................................... 261
Gear Shift Indicator “A” Engine Oil.................................................. 208 Replacing the remote-control battery .......... 266
(in vehicles with manual transmission).......... 119 Engine Oil Level ......................................... 208 Emergency Starting with Jumper Cables ..... 267
Cooling System ......................................... 120 Engine Oil Recommendation........................ 210 Bulb chart................................................. 269
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ................... 121 Brake Fluid Level........................................ 212 Lights, Replacing Bulbs.............................. 269
Fuel .......................................................... 122 Fuel Economy ............................................ 214 Headlights ................................................ 270
Clock ........................................................ 123 Operating your Porsche in other Countries ... 214 Number Plate Light.................................... 277
Outside Temperature .................................. 123 Fuel Recommendations .............................. 216 Changing Light-Emitting Diodes and
Engine Oil Pressure.................................... 124 Portable Fuel Containers............................. 217 Long-Life Bulbs ......................................... 277
Check Engine (Emission Control) ................. 125 Fuel Evaporation Control............................. 217 Adjusting Headlights .................................. 278
On-Board Computer (BC) ............................ 126 Emission Control System ............................ 218 Towing ..................................................... 280
Warnings on the instrument panel How Emission Control Works ...................... 219
Washer Fluid .............................................. 220
and the on-board computer......................... 158
Power Steering .......................................... 221
Vehicle Identification,
Air Filter .................................................... 222 Technical Data ............................... 283
Shifting Gears................................. 167 Combination Filter ...................................... 222 Vehicle Identification .................................. 284
Manual Transmission, Clutch....................... 168 Fluids/Oils for Manual Transmission Technical Data .......................................... 286
Drive-Off Assistant ..................................... 169 and Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK)............. 222 Diagrams ................................................. 299
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ................... 170 Wiper Blades ............................................. 223
Car Care Instructions.................................. 224
Mobile Roofs .................................. 177
Lifting/Sliding Roof .................................... 178
Practical Tips, Emergency Service... 233
Convertible Top ......................................... 181 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working
Emergency operation of the convertible top . 183 on your Vehicle .......................................... 234
Windstop................................................... 190 Tires/Wheels ............................................. 235
Hardtop .................................................... 194 Loading Information ................................... 246
Targa ........................................................ 200 Wheel Bolts ............................................... 248
Roof Transport System............................... 204 Changing a wheel....................................... 249
Flat Tire..................................................... 251
Table of Contents 7
Dear Porsche Owner Before driving off... f If a child will be riding in the vehicle, check
child seat/child seat restraint system to ensure
A lot has gone into the manufacture of your that restraints are properly adjusted.
Porsche, including advanced engineering, rigid Check the following items first
f Child restraint systems will not fit into the
quality control and demanding inspections.
f Turn the engine off before you attempt any Sports bucket seat.
These engineering and safety features will be
checks or repairs on the vehicle. Do not install a child restraint system in the
enhanced by you...
Sports bucket seat.
f Be sure the tires are inflated correctly.
The Sports bucket seat cannot be equipped
the safe driver... Check tires for damage and tire wear.
with the LATCH system and thus the airbag
f See that wheel bolts are properly tightened system cannot be manually deactivated.
– who knows his/her car and all controls, and not loose or missing.
f Check all exterior and interior lights for opera-
– who maintains the vehicle properly, f Check engine oil level, add if necessary. tion and that the lenses are clean.
Make it a habit to have engine oil checked with
– who uses driving skills wisely and always f Check the headlights for proper aim, and if
drives within her/his own capabilities and the every fuel filling.
necessary, have them adjusted.
level of familiarity with the vehicle. f Check all fluid levels such as windshield
f Check under the vehicle for leaks.
You will find helpful hints in this manual on how to washer and brake fluid levels.
f Be sure all luggage is stowed securely.
perform most of the checks listed on the following f Be sure the vehicle battery is well charged and
pages. cranks the engine properly.
If in doubt, have these checks performed by your Emergency equipment
authorized Porsche dealer. f Check all doors and lids for proper operation
and latch them properly. It is good practice to carry emergency equipment
f Check, and if necessary replace worn or in your vehicle.
cracked wiper blades. Some of the items you should have are:
window scraper, snow brush, container or bag of
f See that all windows are clear and unob- sand or salt, emergency light, small shovel, first-
structed. aid kit, etc.
f Check air intake slots and area between lug-
gage compartment lid and windshield. Ensure
that these areas are free of snow and ice, so
the heater and the windshield wipers work
properly.
8 Before driving off...

In the driver’s seat... On the road... f When parked, always set the parking brake.
Move the PDK selector lever to ”P“ or the gear-
f Check operation of the horn. f Never drive after you have consumed alcohol shift lever to reverse or first gear.
or drugs. On hills also turn the front wheels toward the
f Position seat for easy reach of foot pedals and
curb.
controls. f Always have your safety belt fastened.
To reduce the possibility of injury from the f When emergency repairs become necessary,
f Always drive defensively.
airbag deployment, you should always sit back move the vehicle well off the road. Turn on the
Expect the unexpected.
as far from the steering wheel as is practical, emergency flasher and use other warning de-
while still maintaining full vehicle control. f Use signals to indicate turns and lane changes. vices to alert other motorists. Do not park or
operate the vehicle in areas where the hot ex-
f Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrors. f Turn on headlights at dusk or when the driving
haust system may come in contact with dry
conditions warrant it.
f Buckle your safety belts. grass, brush, fuel spill or other flammable ma-
f Always keep a safe distance from the vehicle in terial.
f Check operation of the foot and parking brake.
front of you, depending on traffic, road and
f Make it a habit to have the engine oil checked
f Check all warning and indicator lights with weather conditions.
with every refueling.
ignition on and engine not running.
f Reduce speed at night and during inclement
f Start engine and check all warning displays for weather.
warning symbols. Driving in wet weather requires caution and re-
duced speeds, particularly on roads with
f Never leave an idling car unattended.
standing water, as the handling characteristics
f Lock doors from inside, especially with chil- of the vehicle may be impaired due to hydro-
dren in the car to prevent inadvertent opening planing of the tires.
of doors from inside or outside.
f Always observe speed limits and obey road
Drive with doors locked.
signs and traffic laws.
f When tired, get well off the road, stop and take
a rest. Turn the engine off. Do not sit in the ve-
hicle with engine idling.
Please see the chapter “ENGINE EXHAUST” on
Page 5.
Before driving off... 9

Break in hints for the first f Do not participate in motor racing events, Engine oil and fuel consumption
sports driving schools, etc. during the first
2,000 miles/3,000 kilometers 2,000 miles/3,000 kilometers. During the break-in period oil and fuel consump-
The following tips will be helpful in obtaining opti- tion may be higher than normal.
There may be a slight stiffness in the steering,
mum performance from your new Porsche. gear-shifting or other controls during the break-in As always, the rate of oil consumption depends on
Despite the most modern, high-precision manufac- period which will gradually disappear. the quality and viscosity of oil, the speed at which
turing methods, the moving parts must still wear the engine is operated, the climate and road con-
in with each other. This wearing-in occurs mainly in Break in brake pads and brake discs ditions, as well as the amount of dilution and oxi-
the first 2,000 miles/3,000 kilometers. dation of the lubricant.
New brake pads and discs have to be “broken in”, f Make a habit of checking engine oil with every
and therefore only attain optimal friction when the
Therefore: refueling, add if necessary.
car has covered several hundred miles or km.
f Preferably take longer trips. The slightly reduced braking ability must be com-
pensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder.
f Avoid frequent cold starts with short-distance This also applies whenever the brake pads and
driving whenever possible. brake discs are replaced.
f Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt stops.
f Do not exceed maximum engine speed of
New tires
4,200 rpm (revolutions per minute).
New tires do not have maximum traction. They
f Do not run a cold engine at high rpm either in tend to be slippery.
f Break in new tires by driving at moderate
Neutral or in gear.
f Do not let the engine labor, especially when speeds during the first 60 to 120 miles/100 to
driving uphill. Shift to the next lower gear in 200 km. Longer braking distances must be an-
time (use the most favorable rpm range). ticipated.
f Never lug the engine in high gear at low
speeds. This rule applies at all times, not just
during the break-in period.

1 Inner door handle, Page 18
2 Power windows, Page 25
3 Door mirror control, Page 27
4 Hands-free microphone
5 Diagnostic socket (OBD)
6 Front and rear lid release, Page 93
7 Steering-wheel adjustment, Page 37
8 Seat height adjustment, Page 30
9 Backrest angle adjustment, Page 30
10 Seat fore-and-aft adjustment, Page 30
Before driving off... 11

1 Light switch, Page 80
2 Ignition/starter switch, Page 74
3 Turn signal/headlight dimmer,
flasher lever, Page 82
4 Operating lever for on-board computer,
Page 128
5 Horn
6 Operating lever for automatic speed control,
Page 86
7 Wiper/washer lever, rear window wiper,
Page 83
8 Stopwatch, Page 138
9 Interior temperature sensor
10 Emergency flasher switch, Page 79
11 Central locking button, readiness display for
alarm system, Page 19
12 Cupholder, Page 88
13 Seat heating/Seat ventilation left/right,
Page 35
14 Operating panel for air conditioning, Page 108
15 Sport/Sport Plus program, Page 64
Rear spoiler, Page 69
Porsche Active Suspension Management
(PASM), Page 69
Porsche Stability Management
(PSM), Page 66
Sports exhaust system, Page 57

Operation, Safety
Keys ........................................................... 15 Porsche Stability Management (PSM)............. 66 Fire Extinguisher ........................................ 102
Security Wheel Bolts .................................... 15 Porsche Active Suspension Management HomeLink.................................................. 103
Doors ......................................................... 18 (PASM) ........................................................ 69
Central Locking ........................................... 19 Retractable Rear Spoiler............................... 69
Alarm System, Interior Lights .............................................. 71
Passenger Compartment Monitoring ............. 23 Parking Aids ................................................ 72
Power Windows ........................................... 25 Ignition/Starter Switch with
Mirrors........................................................ 27 anti-theft Steering Lock ................................ 74
Rear Window Defogger, Door Mirror Heating .. 29 Starting Procedures ..................................... 77
Seat Adjustment and Head Restraints ............ 30 Stopping Engine .......................................... 78
Seat Memory............................................... 33 Emergency Flasher Switch............................ 79
Heated Seats .............................................. 35 Light Switch ................................................ 80
Seat Ventilation............................................ 36 Welcome Home Lighting ............................... 81
Rear Seat Backrests .................................... 37 Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment .......... 81
Steering Wheel Adjustment ........................... 37 Turn Signal / Headlight Dimmer /
Steering Wheel Heating ................................ 38 Parking light / Flasher Lever ......................... 82
Multi-Functional Steering Wheel ..................... 39 Windshield Wiper / Washer Lever .................. 83
Sun Visors................................................... 40 Automatic Speed Control.............................. 86
Safety Belts................................................. 41 Cupholder ................................................... 88
Airbag Systems ........................................... 44 Ashtray ....................................................... 89
Child Restraint Systems................................ 50 Cigarette Lighter.......................................... 90
LATCH System Storage in the Passenger Compartment ........ 91
Child seat bracket on the passenger’s seat.... 54 Luggage Compartment Lid and
Child Restraint Anchorages........................... 55 Engine Compartment Lid .............................. 93
Rollover Protection System........................... 56 Luggage Compartment (Vehicles without
Sports Exhaust System ................................ 57 Porsche Traction Management PTM).............. 95
Parking Brake.............................................. 57 Luggage Compartment (Vehicles with
Brakes ........................................................ 58 Porsche Traction Management PTM).............. 96
ABS Brake System (Antilock Brake System) ... 61 Trunk Entrapment ........................................ 97
Clutch Pedal ................................................ 62 Porsche Communication Management (PCM).. 98
Porsche Traction Management (PTM)............. 63 Car Telephone and Aftermarket Alarms ........ 100
Sport Mode ................................................. 64 iPod, USB and AUX .................................... 101
Operation, Safety 13
Never invite car theft! Warning! To protect your vehicle and your possessions
from theft, you should always proceed as
Risk of a serious accident.
An unlocked car with the key in the ignition lock follows when leaving your vehicle:
The steering column will lock when you re-
invites car theft.
move the key while you are driving or as the f Close windows.
A steering wheel lock and a gong alarm are car is rolling to a stop. You will not be able to
f Close lifting/sliding roof
standard equipment in your Porsche. steer the car.
The gong alarm will sound if you open the driver’s Serious personal injury or death could result f Close convertible top (with the convertible top
door while the key is still in the ignition lock. It is from loss of control of the vehicle. open, the passenger compartment monitoring
your reminder to pull the key out of the ignition system is always switched off)
f Never remove the key from the steering lock
lock and to lock the doors.
while you are driving. f Close the sliding glass roof (Targa) (with the
sliding glass roof open, the passenger com-
Warning! partment monitoring system is always
Any uncontrolled movement of the vehicle switched off)
may result in property damage, serious per- f Remove ignition key.
sonal injury or death.
Never leave your vehicle unattended with the f Engage steering lock.
key in the ignition lock, especially if children f Lock glove compartment.
and/or pets are left unattended in the vehi-
cle. They can operate power windows and f Remove valuables (e.g. car documents, tele-
other controls. If the engine is left running, phone, house keys) from the car.
they may accidentally engage the shift lever. f Lock doors.
Serious personal injury or death could result
from loss of control of the vehicle.
f Always remove the ignition key.
f Always set the parking brake.
f Lock the doors with the remote control.
14 Operation, Safety
Keys Replacement keys Immobilizer
f Please see the chapter “ALARM SYSTEM, PAS- Replacement car keys can be obtained only from There is a transponder (an electronic component)
SENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING” on your authorized Porsche dealer, and this can in the key grip, containing a stored code.
Page 23. sometimes be very time-consuming. When the ignition is switched on, the ignition lock
You should therefore always keep a spare key on checks the code.
f Please see the chapter “CENTRAL LOCKING”
your person. The immobilizer can be deactivated and the en-
on Page 19.
Keep it in a safe place (e.g. wallet), but under no gine started only using an authorized ignition key.
Two car keys are supplied with your Porsche. circumstances in or on the vehicle.
These keys operate all the locks on your vehicle. Switching off the immobilizer
The key codes of new keys have to be “reported”
f Be careful with your car keys: do not part with to the car control unit by your authorized Porsche f Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock.
them except under exceptional circumstances. dealer. If the ignition is left on for more than 2 minutes
f To avoid battery run-down, always remove the A total of 6 car keys can be reported to the control without the engine being started, the immobilizer
ignition key from the ignition lock. unit. is switched on again.
f If this happens, turn the ignition key back to
Disabling key codes
position 3 (ignition off) before starting the
If a key is lost, the key codes can be disabled by engine. The immobilizer is switched off again,
an authorized Porsche dealer. and the engine can be started.
All the remaining car keys are required for this pur-
f Please see the chapter “IGNITION/STARTER
pose.
SWITCH WITH ANTI-THEFT STEERING LOCK”
Disabling the code ensures that the car can be
on Page 74.
started only using authorized keys.
Switching on the immobilizer
Note
f Remove ignition key.
f Please note that the other locks can still be
opened with the disabled key.
Security Wheel Bolts
f If wheels have to be removed during a work-
shop visit, do not forget to hand over the sock-
et for the security wheel bolts along with the
car key.
Key with Radio Remote Control Unlocking luggage compartment lid or
glass rear hatch (Targa)
Unlocking the vehicle f Luggage compartment lid: Press button 2 for
approx. two seconds.
f Press button 1.
f Glass rear hatch (Targa): Press button 3 for
Locking the vehicle approx. two seconds.
If the vehicle was locked, it is unlocked simultane-
f Press button 1. ously with the luggage compartment/glass rear
hatch (Targa).
Switching off the alarm system if it is
In vehicles with seat memory the stored seat and
triggered accidentally
door mirror positions are automatically set.
f Press button 1. The vehicle will be locked again approx.
80 seconds after the luggage compartment/
glass rear hatch (Targa) is closed if none of the
doors was opened.
1- Central locking button Note

2- Luggage compartment lid button
Your authorized Porsche dealer can program fur-
3- Button for glass rear hatch (Targa)
4- Light-emitting diode ther types of unlocking for the luggage compart-
ment/glass rear hatch (Targa).
Type 1
The relocking time of the doors can be adjusted to
suit your individual requirements:
10 - 100 seconds.
Type 2
The doors stay locked when the luggage compart-
ment/glass rear hatch (Targa) is unlocked.
The remote-control standby function Operational readiness of the remote
switches off after 7 days control interrupted
If the vehicle is not started or unlocked with the re- Encoded data is transmitted to the vehicle each
mote control within 7 days, the remote control time the wireless remote control is operated. If the
standby function is switched off (to prevent dis- remote control is operated too often outside the
charging of the vehicle battery). range of the vehicle, this can result in the central
locking system no longer responding.
1. In this case, unlock the driver’s door with the
In this case, the remote control and vehicle must
key at the door lock.
be synchronized.
Leave the door closed in order to prevent the
alarm system from being triggered. Carrying out the synchronization
2. Press button 1 on the remote control. 1. Unlock the driver's door with the key at the
The remote control is now activated again and door lock.
the alarm system is switched off.
2. Open driver’s door and insert the ignition key
into the ignition lock within 10 seconds to
prevent the alarm system from being
triggered.
3. With the key inserted, press and hold button 1
on the remote control for approx. 5 seconds.
The synchronization is now complete.
Door storage tray
Opening storage tray
f Open the cover C.
Keep the door storage tray C closed while driving
for safety reasons.
Doors Opening unlocked doors from inside

If the door windows are closed, they will be auto- f Slowly pull door handle B.
matically opened by a few millimeters when the
doors are opened and, when the doors are closed,
Opening locked doors from inside
they will be closed again. This makes it easier to
open and close the doors and protects the seals. f Slowly pull door handle B twice.
f Therefore, you should pull the door handle f Please see the chapter “LOCKING CONDITI-
slowly so that the door window can be lowered ONS” on Page 20.
before the door is opened.
Opening doors from outside

f Unlock vehicle with the remote control.
f Slowly pull door handle A.
Central Locking Both car doors and the filler flap can be centrally Automatic relocking
unlocked or locked with the remote control.
This device complies with: If the car is unlocked by remote control and none
The vehicle cannot be locked if the driver’s door is
Part 15 of the FCC Rules of the car doors is opened within approx.
not completely closed.
RSS-210 of Industry Canada. 100 seconds, automatic relocking takes place.
A short signal from the alarm horn will draw This relocking time can be adapted to your individ-
Operation is subject to the following two condi-
your attention to the fact that the following ual requirements (10 - 100 seconds) by an author-
tions:
components are not completely closed when you ized Porsche dealer.
1. This device may not cause harmful interfer- try to lock the vehicle:
ence, and
– Driver’s door (the vehicle cannot be locked if
2. this device must accept any interference re- the driver’s door is not completely closed).
ceived, including interference that may cause
– Passenger’s door
undesired operation.
– Luggage compartment lid
Note
– Engine compartment lid
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio
or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifi- – Glass rear hatch (Targa)
cations to this equipment. – Glove compartment
Such modification could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment. Unlocking the vehicle by using the key in the door
lock and opening the door may activate the alarm
system within 10 seconds.
Warning!
Any changes or modifications not expressly ap- Note
proved by Porsche could void the user’s authority f On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package
to operate this equipment. Plus, the PCM can be used to activate auto-
matic door locking.
f Please see the chapter “LOAD SWITCH-OFF AF- Please observe the chapter “Individual Memo-
TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS” on Page 258. ry” in the separate PCM operating instructions.
f Please see the chapter “SEAT MEMORY” on
Page 33.
Locking conditions Malfunction of the remote control Emergency operation – closing
f Lock car once. The remote control may not function correctly due f Lock the driver’s door with the key at the door
The doors cannot be opened from the outside. to local radio wave interference. The vehicle will lock.
Alarm system and passenger compartment then not lock properly. If there is a defect in the central locking sys-
monitoring are switched on. This can be identified by the missing locking tem, all functioning elements of the central
sound and the missing check-back signal of the locking system will be locked.
If a person or animal remains in the vehicle: emergency flasher. The alarm system is switched on.
f Quickly lock car twice. If this should occur:
The passenger compartment monitoring sys-
The doors cannot be opened from the outside. tem is switched off.
The passenger compartment monitoring is f Lock the vehicle with the key in the door.
The fault should be remedied immediately at an
switched off. authorized Porsche dealer.
Emergency operation – opening
Unlocking the door with the inner door
handle f Unlock the driver’s door with the key at the
door lock.
Any person remaining in the locked car can open
Open door within 20 seconds and insert the
the door with the inner door handle:
ignition key into the ignition lock within
1. Pull inner door handle once to unlock door 10 seconds to prevent the alarm system from
lock. being triggered.
2. Pull inner door handle again to open door.
Note on operation
Note If the door is not opened within approx.
20 seconds, automatic relocking takes place.
f Inform any person remaining in the car that the
The alarm system will be triggered by the next
alarm system will be triggered if the door is
unlocking of the door:
opened.
f Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock to
switch off the alarm system.
Indication by emergency flasher and Locking
alarm horn f Press the central locking button.
Indicator light in the button lights up if ignition
If the remote control is used for unlocking or
is on.
locking, a response is provided by the emergency
flasher: Unlocking
– Unlocking – single flash. f Press the central locking button.
– Locking – double flash. Indicator light goes out.
– Locking twice – continuous illumination for ap- If the doors were locked with the central locking
prox. 2 seconds. button, they can be opened by pulling the inner
The passenger compartment monitoring is door handle:
switched off. 1. Pull inner door handle once to unlock door
lock.
Fault indication 2. Pull inner door handle again to open door.
A double horn signal during locking indicates a
defect in the central locking or alarm system.
Central locking button
Have the defect remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer. The central locking button on the dashboard lets
you lock and unlock both doors electrically.
Overload protection
Note
If the central locking system is operated more
If the doors are locked with the key or remote con-
than ten times within a minute, further operation is
trol, they can not be opened by pressing the cen-
blocked for 30 seconds.
tral locking button.
Automatic door locking Type 3 Warning!
Doors lock automatically when the ignition is In an emergency situation where you need to
Your authorized Porsche dealer can program di-
switched on. If doors are opened with the engine exit the car through an automatically locked
verse types of automatic door locking in the con-
running, they lock again automatically when a door, remember the following procedure to
trol unit of the central locking system:
speed of 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10 km/h) is exceeded. open the door.
Type 1
Type 4 f Unlock the doors by pressing the central lock-
Doors lock automatically when the ignition is ing button or
The doors do not lock automatically.
switched on. f pull the inside door handle twice to open the
Note door.
Type 2
Automatically locked doors can be unlocked with
Doors lock automatically when a speed of
the central locking button or opened by pulling on
3 - 6 mph (5 - 10 km/h) is exceeded.
the inside door handle twice.
f On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package
Plus, the PCM can be used to activate automat-
ic door locking.
Please observe the chapter “Individual Memo-
ry” in the separate PCM operating instructions.
2. this device must accept any interference re- Cabriolet, Targa
ceived, including interference that may cause
The passenger compartment monitoring system
undesired operation.
is always switched off when the convertible top or
sliding glass roof (Targa) is open.
Note
The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio
Function indication
or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifi-
cations to this equipment. If the alarm system is activated, light-emitting
Such modification could void the user’s authority diode A in the central locking switch flashes.
to operate the equipment.
If, after locking, the light-emitting diode does not
Warning! flash or, after ten seconds, it emits double flash-
es, then not all alarm contacts are closed.
Any changes or modifications not expressly ap- Additionally, a brief horn signal sounds.
proved by Porsche could void the user’s authority
to operate this equipment. When the doors are unlocked, the alarm system
and passenger compartment monitoring system
The alarm system and passenger compartment are switched off and the light-emitting diode goes
monitoring system are switched on when the off.
A - Light-emitting diode for alarm system
doors are locked with the key or remote control.
Alarm System, f Please see the chapter “CENTRAL LOCKING”
Passenger Compartment on Page 19.
Monitoring Unlocking the vehicle by using the key in the
This device complies with: door lock and opening the door may activate
Part 15 of the FCC Rules the alarm system within 10 seconds.
RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two condi- Switching off the alarm system if it is
tions: triggered accidentally
1. This device may not cause harmful interfer- f Unlock the vehicle with the remote control.
ence, and
The alarm system and passenger compartment
monitoring system are switched off automatically
when the doors are unlocked.
When the alarm is armed, the following Deactivating the passenger compartment Fault indication
areas are monitored monitoring system for one locking
process A double horn signal during locking indicates a
– Doors defect in the central locking or alarm system.
If a person or animal remains in the car while it is
– Luggage compartment lid f Have the defect remedied at an authorized
locked, the passenger compartment monitoring
Porsche dealer.
– Engine compartment lid system must be switched off.
– Convertible-top lock (Cabriolet) f Quickly lock car twice.
The doors are locked but can be opened from
– Glass rear hatch (Targa)
the inside:
– Glove compartment
1. Pull inner door handle once to unlock door
– Passenger compartment lock.
If one of these alarm contacts is interrupted, the 2. Pull inner door handle again to open door.
alarm horn sounds for approximately 3 minutes.
Additionally, the emergency flasher flashes and Note
the passenger compartment light lightes for ap- f Inform any person remaining in the car that the
proximately five minutes. alarm system will be triggered if the door is
When the alarm is triggered, the light-emitting opened.
diode changes over to double flashes.
In order not to limit the action range of the passen-
ger compartment monitoring system:
f Do not fold the front seat backrests forward.
Power Windows Readiness for operation of power windows
– When the ignition is switched on
Warning!
(engine switched on or off) or
Risk of injury when the door windows close.
– with doors closed and ignition key withdrawn,
This applies especially if the windows are
but only until door is first opened.
closed with the one-touch operation, be-
One-touch operation for closing the door
cause with this function the window goes up
windows is available only when the ignition is
automatically.
switched on.
f Make sure that fingers, hands, arms or other
parts are not in the way when the windows are Cabriolet
closed. When the convertible top is open, the rear side
f Remove the ignition key to shut off power to windows can only be closed if the door windows
the window switches when the vehicle is not are closed.
attended by a responsible person. Uninformed
persons could injure themselves by operating
the power windows.
A - Power window in driver’s door f In case of danger, release the button on the
B - Power window in passenger’s door
C - Cabriolet: Switching button for front/rear power
car key immediately.
windows f Do not leave children in the car unattended.
Risk of an accident.
f Do not put anything on or near the windows
that may interfere with the driver’s vision.
Opening/closing windows Anti-crushing protection Automatic window lowering
f For the Cabriolet, select front or rear power If a side window is blocked during closing, it will f Please see the chapter “DOORS” on Page 18.
windows with rocker switch C. stop and open again by about an inch.
f Please see the chapter “CONVERTIBLE TOP”
The selection is displayed by the respective
on Page 181.
light-emitting diode. Warning!
The two rocker switches A and B in the driver’s Risk of serious personal injuries. Storing end position of the windows
door and the switch in the passenger’s door have If the rocker switch is pressed again within
a two-stage function: 10 seconds of the window being blocked, the If the battery is disconnected and reconnected,
window will close with its full closing force. the windows will not be raised automatically when
Opening Anti-crushing protection is disabled. the door is closed.
f Press the rocker switch down to the first stage f Once the anti-crushing protection acts to stop 1. Close the windows with the rocker switch
until the window has reached the desired the window and opens it slightly, do not press once.
position. the rocker switch again within 10 seconds
2. Press the rocker switch upwards again to store
without checking to make sure that nothing is
Closing the end position of the windows in the control
blocking the path of the window.
unit.
f Press the rocker switch upwards to the first The window will close with full closing force.
stage until the window has reached the desired
position. One-touch operation is disabled for 10 seconds
after blockage of a side window.
One-touch operation
f Press the rocker switch upwards or
downwards to the second stage.
Window moves to its final position.
Press again to stop the window in the desired
position.
Coupé, Targa
One-touch operation for closing the passenger’s
window is available once the window is approxi-
mately half-way closed.
Warning!
Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per-
f Do not put anything on or near the windows or
the mirrors that may interfere with the driver’s
vision.
Risk of damage to the door mirrors when
washing the vehicle in a car wash.
f Fold in door mirrors before using the car wash.
Adjusting door mirrors

1. Switch on ignition.
2. By turning the control switch A, select the driv-
er’s side or the passenger’s side.
Mirrors Door mirrors
3. Move the door mirror glasses in the appropri-
Before driving the vehicle, adjust the outside and ate direction by tilting the control switch.
Inside mirror inside mirrors.
It is important for safe driving that you have clear, If the electrical adjustment facility fails
When the mirror is being adjusted, the anti-glare
lever A must point forward. unobstructed vision to the rear. f Adjust mirror by pressing on the mirror face.
Basic position: lever forward

Automatically swivelling down mirror on
Anti-glare position: lever back the passenger’s side
f Please see the chapter “PARKING AIDS” on
Page 72.
f Please see the chapter “SEAT MEMORY” on
Page 33.
Folding in door mirrors 1. Push mirror towards the door window and A - Sensor
continue to hold it (high spring force). B - Switch for automatic anti-glare operation
Warning! C - Light-emitting diode
2. Swivel the locking lever up to the stop and
Danger of injury to fingers if the mirror slowly let go of the mirror.
Automatic Anti-Glare Interior
accidentally flips back when being folded in.
Mirror and Door Mirror
f Exercise extreme caution when folding in mir- Unfolding door mirrors
ror by hand. Do not let go of the mirror before Sensors on the front and rear sides of the interior
1. Push mirror towards the door window and mirror measure the incident light.
the locking lever is locked or the mirror is fully
continue to hold it (high spring force). The The mirrors automatically change to anti-glare po-
unfolded.
locking lever disengages automatically. sition or revert to their normal state, depending on
2. Move mirror back to unfolded position by hand. the light intensity.
Do not let go of the mirror beforehand. When reverse gear is selected, automatic anti-
glare operation is switched off.
Note Switching on
The incident light in the area of the sensors must
f Press button.
not be restricted, e.g. by stickers on the wind-
The light-emitting diode in the button lights up.
shield.
After approx. 15 minutes, the heater switches off
Switching off the automatic anti-glare automatically.
operation The heater can be switched back on by pressing
f Press switch B. the button again.
Light-emitting diode C goes out.
Switching off
Switching on the automatic anti-glare
operation f Press button.
f Press switch B.
The light-emitting diode in the button goes out.
Light-emitting diode C lights up.
Warning!
Risk of injury. Electrolyte fluid can emerge Rear Window Defogger,
from a broken mirror glass. Door Mirror Heating
This fluid irritates the skin and eyes.
f If the electrolyte fluid should come into contact
The mirror heater is ready for operation when the
ignition is on.
with the eyes or skin, immediately rinse it off
with clean water.
See a doctor if necessary.
Risk of damage to the paintwork, leather and
plastic parts. Electrolyte fluid can be
removed only while it is still wet.
f Clean the affected parts with water.
Seat Adjustment and Head Caution! Seat position
Restraints Risk of damage to windshield, sun visor,
An ergonomically correct sitting position is
windstop, etc. when the seat is adjusted or
important for safe and fatigue-free driving.
Warning! folded back or forward.
We recommend the following procedure for adjust-
The seat may move unexpectedly if you f Adjust the seat so that the seat backrest is not ing the driver’s seat to suit individual
attempt to adjust while driving. This could in contact with any other object. requirements:
cause sudden loss of control, resulting in se- 1. Vehicles with manual transmission:
rious personal injury or death. The driver and front passenger seats provide
Adjust the seat until, with the clutch pedal fully
integrated head restraints in the backrests. The
f Do not adjust seats while the vehicle is in mo- head restraints are not adjustable. The rear seats
depressed, your leg remains at a slight angle.
tion. do not provide head restraints.
The backrest locks must be engaged at all Vehicles with Porsche Doppelkupplung
times while the vehicle is in motion. (PDK):
Warning! Adjust the seat until, with your left foot on the
Safety belts only offer protection when the footrest, your left leg remains at a slight angle.
All occupants, including the driver, should not
backrest is upright and the belts are properly
operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle's seat until the 2. Rest your outstretched arm on the steering
positioned on the body.
head restraints and backrests, respectively, are wheel.
Improperly positioned safety belts or safety
placed in their proper positions so that the risk of Set the backrest angle (not applicable for
belts worn by passengers in an excessively
neck injuries is minimized in the event of a crash. Sports bucket seat) and the steering-wheel
reclined position can cause serious personal
injury or death in an accident. For proper positioning of the head restraint, the position so that your wrist rests on the outer
seatback's inclination should be adjusted such rim of the steering wheel. At the same time,
f Do not operate the car with the driver or the shoulders must still be in noticeable
that the head restraint is in an upright position.
passenger backrests excessively reclined contact with the backrest.
Driver and passengers should be seated upright
(see “Seat position”).
and in the center of their seats. 3. Adjust the seat height (not applicable for
Risk of injury if persons or animals are in the Sports bucket seat) to give yourself enough
movement range of the seat during seat headroom and a good overview of the vehicle.
adjustment.
4. Electrically adjustable seat:
f Adjust the seat so that no-one is put at risk. Adjust the seat angle until your thighs rest
lightly on the seat cushion.
C Backrest angle
f Operate switch C until the desired backrest
angle is reached.
Seat backrest
Folding forward
f Pull up lever H in the side part of the backrest
and fold the backrest forward.
Folding back
f Tilt back and engage the backrest so that it
cannot tip forward when the car is braked.
Comfort seat with driver seat memory/

Standard seat/sports seat Adaptive sports seat with driver seat
A Seat height memory
f Use lever A in a pumping movement: f Press the switch in the direction indicated by
Upwards – seat moves upwards the arrow until the desired setting is reached.
Downwards – seat moves downwards
A Seat height adjustment
B Fore and aft
B Fore-and-aft position adjustment
f Raise locking lever B.
C Seat angle adjustment
Move seat to desired position and release
lever. D Backrest angle adjustment
Ensure that the seat engages correctly.
E Lumbar support B Backrest
(pelvis and spinal column support)
Folding forward
To permit a relaxed sitting posture, the backrest
curvature is continuously adjustable in vertical and f Pull loop B in the side part of the backrest and
horizontal directions for individual pelvis and fold the backrest forward.
spinal column support.
Folding back
f Press the switch in the direction indicated by
the arrow until the desired backrest curvature
is reached.
F Adjusting the backrest side bolsters
(adaptive sports seat only)
f Push forward or pull backward switch F until
the side bolsters are adjusted to the shape of
the body.
G Adjusting the seat cushion side bolsters
(adaptive sports seat only)
Sports bucket seat
f Push forward or pull backward switch G until
the side bolsters are adjusted to the shape of f Do not install a child restraint system in
the body. the Sports bucket seat.
The Sports bucket seat cannot be
equipped with the LATCH system.
Seat backrest
A Fore and aft adjustment
Folding forward
f Raise locking lever A.
f Pull up lever H in the side part of the backrest Move seat to desired position and release
and fold the backrest forward. lever.
Ensure that the seat engages correctly.
Folding back
Warning! Recalling seat position
Risk of crushing due to uncontrolled recall of The seat position can only be called up when the
a seat setting. vehicle is stationary.
f Cancel automatic adjustment by pressing any 1. Switch on the ignition or
of the seat adjustment buttons. open the driver’s door.
f Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended. 2. Press person button until the seat has reached
its final position.
The setting of door mirrors and lumbar
Operation with person buttons 2, 3 support will be completed even if the person
button is not kept depressed.
Storing seat position
1. Switch on ignition. Note
Reverse gear must not be engaged. Automatic seat adjustment can be interrupted
2. Set the desired seat and door-mirror positions. immediately by releasing the button.
3. Keep memory button M depressed and also

press person button 2 or 3 until an audible
M - Memory button
1 - Key button signal confirms that the position has been
2, 3 - Person buttons stored.
The individual setting is now stored under the
Seat Memory desired person button.
Individual seat and door mirror settings can be

stored and recalled for the driver’s position.
You cannot store the position of the side bolsters
of the adaptive sports seat.
Further individual setting options are available in
vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus.
f Please observe the chapter “Individual
Memory” in the separate PCM operating
instructions.
Operating with the remote control of the Storing individual lowered position of the Recalling seat position
vehicle key passenger’s door mirror as a parking aid
f Unlock the locked vehicle or the luggage
Once the driver's seat setting has been stored, an compartment with the remote control.
Each remote control (up to six) can be assigned an
individual lowered position of the passenger's The stored seat position is automatically set.
individual seat and door mirror position.
door mirror may be stored for driving in reverse:
The stored seat and door mirror position is set au- The seat position assigned to a remote control
tomatically when the vehicle is unlocked using the 1. Apply the handbrake. can also be recalled with the key button 1 if the
corresponding remote control. corresponding key was used to switch on the
2. Switch the ignition on with the desired car key.
ignition.
Storing seat position 3. Engage reverse gear.
If no seat position has been assigned to a remote
1. Switch the ignition on with the desired car key. 4. Select passenger side with mirror switch. control, the key button will not work.
Reverse gear must not be engaged. The passenger’s mirror swivels downwards.
Note on operation
2. Set the desired seat and door-mirror positions. 5. Set passenger’s door mirror to desired final
position. Automatic seat adjustment can be interrupted
3. Keep memory button M depressed and also
immediately:
press key button 1 until an audible signal 6. Keep memory button M depressed and also
confirms that the position has been stored. press key button 1 until an audible signal f by switching on the ignition,
The individual setting is now assigned to this confirms that the position has been stored. f by pressing the central locking button,
remote control and to the key button. The individual setting is now assigned to this
It is necessary to wait for at least 15 seconds remote control and to the key button. f by pressing any memory or seat adjustment
between locking and unlocking the door. button.
Clearing the stored seat position

1. Switch the ignition on with the desired car key.
2. Press memory button twice and key button 1
once consecutively.
Switching on
High heating power
f Press button once.
Both light-emitting diodes in the button
light up.
Low heating power

f Press button twice.
One light-emitting diode in the button lights up.
Switching off
f Press button as often as necessary until the
light-emitting diodes go out.
A - Seat heating, left

B - Seat heating, right
Heated Seats
Two-stage seat heating is ready for operation
when the engine is running.
The yellow light-emitting diodes in the button show
which stage is currently activated.
Seat Ventilation Switching off seat ventilation
The three-stage seat ventilation is ready for opera- f Press button as often as necessary until all
tion when the engine is running and from an light-emitting diodes go out.
ambient cabin temperature of 58 °F (15 °C).
The three stages are controlled with the buttons
on the control panel for the air conditioning.
The blue light-emitting diodes in the buttons show
which stage is currently activated.
Note
The full effect of the seat ventilation can be
achieved only if you are wearing breathable
clothing.
Seat ventilation and seat heating can be used at
the same time and provide excellent seating
comfort when used in the right combination. A - Seat ventilation, left
f Do not use protective seat covers. B - Seat ventilation, right
Switching on seat ventilation

High ventilation
f Press button once.
Three light-emitting diodes light up.
Medium ventilation
f Press button twice.
Two light-emitting diodes light up.
Low ventilation
f Press button three times.
One light-emitting diode lights up.
Cabriolet
f Do not fold up the rear seat backrests with the
windstop installed.
Steering Wheel Adjustment

Warning!
Risk of accident.
The steering wheel may move further than
desired if you attempt to adjust it when
driving.
You can lose control of the vehicle, causing
serious personal injury or death.
f Do not adjust the steering wheel when driving.
Rear Seat Backrests Adjusting steering wheel height and

longitudinal direction
Extra storage space is gained by folding the rear
seat backrests forward. 1. Insert ignition key fully into ignition lock.
Folding forward 2. Push the locking lever downwards.
f Pull lever forward and fold the backrest 3. Adjust steering wheel to fit the chosen
forward. backrest angle and your seat position by
moving the steering wheel up or down and
Folding back longitudinally.
f Tilt the backrest back until you feel it click into 4. Swivel locking lever back until you feel it en-
place. When doing so, make sure that the seat gage.
belt is properly routed (see figure). If necessary, move steering wheel slightly lon-
gitudinally.
Switching on steering wheel heating
f Press button.
The message “Steering wheel heating ON”
is displayed on the on-board computer for
2 seconds.
Switching off steering wheel heating

f Press button.
The message “Steering wheel heating OFF”
is displayed on the on-board computer for
2 seconds.
Steering Wheel Heating

The steering wheel heating can be switched on
and off with the button on the rear of the steering
wheel when the ignition is switched on.
Multi-Functional Steering Wheel Operating the function keys
f Please read the separate PCM operating
Warning!
instructions before operating the function
There is a danger of accident if you set or keys.
operate the on-board computer, radio,
The rotary knobs at the top left and right of the
navigation system, telephone or other
steering wheel can also be pressed.
equipment when driving.
Operating these devices while driving could Turn volume control
distract you from traffic and cause you to Upwards – increase volume.
lose control of the vehicle. Downwards – decrease volume.
f Operate these components while driving only if Press volume control
the traffic situation allows you to do so safely. To switch volume/mute on and off.
f Carry out any complicated operating or setting Turn rotary knob

procedures only while the vehicle is stationary. To select/mark function in the PCM within
a menu. To do this, turn the rotary knob
Depending on the equipment in your vehicle, you upward or downward.
can use the function keys of the multi-functional Readiness for operation of multi- Press rotary knob
steering wheel to operate the following Porsche functional steering wheel To activate selected function.
communication systems:
The multi-functional steering wheel is ready for Press screen button
– PCM To call the stored PCM function.
operation when the ignition and PCM are switched
– Telephone on. The button can be assigned the desired
function in the PCM.
– CD-Audio, DVD-Audio
Press Back button
To move back in the PCM menu.
Press Handset Pickup button

To accept a telphone call.
Press Handset Hangup button

To end or refuse a telephone call.
Sun Visors
f Swing the sun visors down to prevent glare
from the front.
f To prevent glare from the side, unclip the sun
visor from the inner bracket and swivel round
so that it is in front of the door window.
Vanity mirror
The vanity mirror on the rear of the sun visor is
covered by a lid.
Warning!
Risk of injury in an accident or risk of dam-
age to mirror lid and convertible top.
f Keep the lid closed while driving and when Coupé, Cabriolet Targa
closing the convertible top.
Risk of damage. The vanity mirror illumination is switched on auto- The vanity mirror illumination is switched on auto-
matically when the cover is opened (arrow). matically when the sliding cover is opened
f Do not force the lid beyond its end position. (arrow). The light is switched off when the sun vi-
sor is in its upper or lower end position.
Safety Belts f Belts should not be worn twisted. f The belts must be kept clean or the retractors
may not work properly.
f Do not wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
Warning! Please see the chapter “CAR CARE INSTRUC-
jects in or on your clothing, such as eye glass-
TIONS” on Page 224.
Always make sure your and your passengers’ es, pens, keys, etc. as these may cause injury.
f Never bleach or dye safety belts.
safety belts are properly fastened while the f Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere
vehicle is in motion. with proper positioning of belts. f Do not allow safety belts to retract until they
Failure to follow safety belt warnings may re- are completely dry after cleaning or this may
f Belts must not rub against sharp objects or
sult in serious personal injury or death. cause damage to the belt.
damage may occur to the belt.
f For your and your passengers’ protection, use
f Two occupants should never share the same
safety belts at all times while the vehicle is in
belt at the same time. Belt tensioner
motion.
Care and maintenance
f Use appropriate child restraint systems for all Depending on the force of an impact, fastened
small children. f Keep belt buckles free of any obstruction that front seat safety belts are tightened in an acci-
may prevent a secure locking. dent.
Proper wearing of safety belts
f Belts that have been subjected to excessive
f Safety belts must be positioned on the body as The belt tensioners are triggered in:
stretch forces in an accident must be inspect-
to restrain the upper body and lap from sliding – Front, side and rear impacts of sufficient
ed or replaced to ensure their continued effec-
forward. Improperly positioned safety belts severity.
tiveness in restraining you.
can cause serious personal injury or death in
The same applies to belt tensioner systems – For the Cabriolet, in cases of vehicle rollover.
case of an accident.
which have been triggered.
f The shoulder belt should always rest on your In addition, the anchor points of the belts Note
upper body. The shoulder belt should never be should be checked. The belt-tensioner system can be triggered only
worn behind your back or under your arm.
f If safety belts do not work properly, see your once; the system must be replaced afterward.
f For maximum effectiveness, the lap belt authorized Porsche dealer immediately. If there is a fault in the belt-tensioner system, the
should be worn low across the hips.
f If the belts show damage to webbing, bindings, airbag warning light lights up.
f Pregnant women should position the belt as buckles or retractors, they should be replaced Work may be performed on the belt-tensioner sys-
low as possible across the pelvis. Make sure it to ensure safe operation. tem only by an authorized Porsche dealer.
is not pressing against the abdomen.
f Do not modify or disassemble the safety belts Smoke is released when the belt tensioners are
in your vehicle. triggered. This does not indicate a fire in the
vehicle.
Safety Belt Warning System Fastening the safety belt
f Assume a comfortable sitting position.
An audio-visual warning system is interconnect-
ed with the driver’s safety belt. f Please see the chapter “SEAT POSITION” on
Page 30.
Every time the ignition is turned on, the gong will
sound for about 6 seconds to remind driver and f The shoulder belt should always rest on your
passenger to buckle up. upper body. The shoulder belt should never be
In addition, the gong will sound for approx. 90 sec- worn behind your back or under your arm.
onds if vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph/24 km/h.
f Grasp belt and pull the belt in a continuous
The safety belt warning lights in the instrument
slow motion across your chest and lap.
panel and on-board computer will go off as soon
as the driver has buckled up. f Insert belt tongue into buckle on inboard side
of seat. Push down until it securely locks with
an audible click. Pull the belt to check.
f Pull shoulder section to make sure belt fits
snugly across the pelvis.
Inertia reel retractor f Belts should fit snugly across the pelvis and
chest. Make sure there is no slack in the belt.
The combination lap/shoulder belt with inertia reel
locking mechanism adjusts automatically to your Releasing the safety belt
size and movements as long as the pull on the belt
is slow. f Push in release button (arrow) on buckle. Belt
Rapid deceleration during hard braking or a colli- tongue will spring out of buckle.
sion locks the belt. The belt will also lock when you f To release a latched belt, lean back to take the
drive up or down a steep hill or in a sharp curve, body pressure off the belt.
otherwise, the shoulder belt will not inhibit your
upper body movement. f To store lap/shoulder belt, allow the belt to re-
tract as you guide the latch to its stowed posi-
tion.
f Please see the chapter “AUTOMATIC LOCKING
RETRACTOR” on Page 53.
Cleaning the safety belts
If it becomes necessary to clean the belts, you
can use any mild washing agent. Allow the belts to
dry prior to retracting, but avoid direct sunlight.
f Only use suitable cleaners. If unsuitable
cleaners are used or any attempt is made to
dye or bleach the belts, the webbing may be
weakened and thus constitute a safety risk.
Safety belt height adjustment

(Coupé and Targa)
The height of the belt deflectors for the driver’s
seat and passenger’s seat can be adjusted.
Adjust the height of the safety belt so that it runs
across the middle of the shoulder, not against the
neck.
Adjusting belt height

f Upward – push belt deflector up.
f Downward – press button (arrow) and move
belt deflector.
Airbag Systems Danger! f Always keep the lid of the door storage com-
partment closed. Objects must not protrude
To provide optimal occupant protection, air-
The airbags in combination with the safety belts out of the door storage compartment.
bags must inflate at very high speed. If you
make up a safety system which offers the driver
are not wearing your safety belt or are too f No changes may be made to the wiring or
and the passenger the greatest known protection
close to the airbag when it is deployed, inflat- components of the airbag system.
from injuries in case of accident.
ing airbags can result in serious personal in-
Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys- f Do not add any additional coverings or stickers
jury or death.
tem for the front passenger's seat in accordance to the steering wheel or in the area of the pas-
with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard f Make sure there are no people, animals or ob- senger’s airbag, side airbags and head air-
208. jects between the driver or passenger and the bags. Doing so may adversely affect the func-
area into which the airbag inflates. tioning of the airbag system or cause harm to
Even if your vehicle is equipped with airbags, the
the occupants if the airbag system should de-
safety belts must be worn at all times, f Sit back as far from the dashboard or steering
ploy.
because the front airbag system is only deployed wheel as is practical, while still maintaining full
Do not use protective seat covers.
by frontal collisions with an impact of sufficient se- vehicle control.
verity. f Do not modify the seat coverings. Do not at-
f Always hold the steering wheel by the outer
tach additional cushions, protective coverings,
Below the deployment threshold of the airbag sys- rim. Never rest your hands on the airbag panel.
or pillows to the passenger's seat. Do not affix
tem, and during types of collisions which do not
f Always fasten seat belts because triggering things to the passenger's seat or cover it with
cause the actuation of the system, the safety belts
of the airbag system depends on the force and other materials. Do not cover the back of the
provide the primary protection to the occupants
angle of impact. backrest. Do not make changes to the passen-
when correctly worn.
ger's seat and to the seat base frame.
Therefore, all persons within the vehicle f Do not transport heavy objects on or in front of
must wear safety belts at all times (in many the passenger’s seat. These could impair the f Do not undertake any wiring for electrical ac-
states, state law requires the use of safety belts). function of the airbag, the seat belts, and cessory equipment in the vicinity of the airbag
weight sensing. wiring harnesses. Doing so may disable the air-
f Please see the chapter “SAFETY BELTS” on
bag system or cause inadvertent inflation.
Page 41. f Do not hang objects (e.g. jackets, coats, coat
hangers) over the backrest. f If the warning light comes on, the airbag sys-
The front airbags are located under the padded
tem should be repaired immediately by your
steering wheel panel on the driver’s side and, on
authorized Porsche dealer.
the passenger's side, in the dashboard.
The side airbags for the front seats are installed f Always keep feet in the footwell while driving.
on the side in the seat backrests. Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat
The head airbags are installed in the door linings. area. Do not lean against the inside of the door
or outside the window while the vehicle is mov-
ing.
f Using accessories not approved by Porsche Airbags help to protect the head and upper body, Advanced Airbag
can cause the weight sensing system to be im- while simultaneously damping the motion of the
paired. driver and passenger in the impact direction in the Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys-
event of a frontal impact or side impact. tem for the passenger's seat in accordance with
f Do not squeeze objects, such as the fire extin-
U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208.
guisher, or first aid kit under the seat. In order to help provide protection in severe colli-
Depending on the weight acting on the front pas-
sions which can cause death and serious injury,
f Only have seats removed and installed by an senger's seat, the front passenger's airbag will au-
airbags must inflate extremely rapidly. Such high
authorized Porsche dealer so that weight sens- tomatically be switched on and off.
speed inflation has a negative but unavoidable
ing components will not be damaged.
side effect, which is that it can and does cause in- Depending on the angle and force of impact, the
f Give your passenger all of the information in juries, including facial and arm abrasions, bruising front passenger's airbag which is activated will be
this chapter. and broken bones. You can help minimize such in- triggered during a collision.
juries by always wearing your safety belts.
Precondition for switching the front passenger's
Note There are many types of accidents in which airbag on and off, depending on weight:
Airbag components (e.g. steering wheel, door lin- airbags are not expected to deploy. These include
– Vehicles equipped with key-operated airbag
ing, seats) may be disassembled only by an autho- accidents where the airbags whould provide no
deactivation device:
rized Porsche dealer. benefit, such as a rear impact against your vehi-
Switch position AUTO.
cle. Other accidents where the airbags are de-
When disposing of a used airbag unit, our safety signed not to deploy are those where the risk of – Ignition key is inserted.
instructions must be followed. These instructions injury from the airbag deployment could exeed any
can be obtained at any authorized Porsche dealer. Improper handling of the weight sensing
protective benefits, such as in low speed acci-
system can unintentionally impair switching
dents or higher speed accidents where the vehicle
the passenger's airbag off and on.
Function of the airbag system decelerates over a longer time. Since airbag de-
ployment does not occur in all accidents, this fur-
Airbags are a supplemental safety system. Your ther emphasizes the need for you and your pas-
primary protection comes from your safety belts. sengers to always wear safety belts.
The front airbags are triggered during a frontal col- Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
lision of sufficient force and direction. diagnostic module. This module will record the
In the event of a side impact of corresponding use of the seat belt restraint system by the driver
force, the side airbag on the impact side is and front passenger when the airbags and/or belt
triggered. tensioner work.
The inflation process generates the amount of gas
required to fill the airbags at the necessary pres-
sure in fractions of a second.
Seat adjustment for the front passenger's If the weight on the passenger's seat is reduced Automatic deactivation of the front
seat significantly, e.g., by supporting weight on the passenger’s airbag.
armrest, the passenger's airbag can be switched
Danger! off. Danger!
Safety belts only offer protection when the f Select an upright seat position, and do not sup- The use of a child restraint system in the
backrest is upright and the belts are properly port weight on the armrests or lean out of the front passenger’s seat can result in serious
positioned on the body. Improperly posi- window. personal injury or death to the child from an
tioned safety belts can cause serious person- Always keep feet in the footwell while driving. airbag deployment.
al injury or death in an accident. Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat
area. Do not lean against the inside of the door f Please see the chapter “PASSENGER AIRBAG
f Do not operate the car with the driver or or outside the window while the vehicle is mov- OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
passenger backrests excessively reclined. ing. on Page 47.
f Porsche recommends the use of L.A.T.C.H. If the passenger's seat is warped significantly, a f Before transporting a child on the passenger’s
(Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children) message is displayed on the on-board computer: seat:
equipped Porsche child seat. Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT
Do not install a child restraint system in f Correct the seat adjustment. SYSTEMS” on Page 50.
the Sports bucket seat. f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE f Do not install a child restraint system in
The Sports bucket seat cannot be INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD the Sports bucket seat.
equipped with the LATCH system. COMPUTER” on Page 158.
– When an up to one-year old child is seated
If the seat is in an extreme position (e.g., the back- Vehicle modifications to accommodate in the child restraint system, the front airbag is
rest is in contact with the rear seat), the backrest persons with disabilities automatically deactivated on the passenger’s
can warp. Warping of the backrest can lead to mal-
Because modifications to your vehicle could com- side.
functions.
promise your advanced airbag system, please call – When an adult is seated in the front seat, the
f Correct the seat adjustment. 1-800-PORSCHE prior to having your vehicle mod- front airbag remains active on the passenger‘s
Ensure that the seat is not jammed and is self- ified. side.
supporting.
Ensure that the backrest is in the upright posi-
tion.
f Do not transport a load and objects in the rear
footwell and under the passenger's seat.
If the load or objects are under the seat, it can
cause malfunctions.
f Please see the chapter “KEY-OPERATED AIR- Danger!
BAG DEACTIVATION DEVICE” on Page 49.
Risk of serious personal injury or death due
f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT to the passenger airbag triggering uninten-
SYSTEMS” on Page 50. tionally.
f Please see the chapter “LATCH SYSTEM When the ignition key is inserted and the up
CHILD SEAT BRACKET ON THE PASSENGER’S to one-year old child is seated in the child re-
SEAT” on Page 54. straint system on the passenger’s seat, the
indicator lamp “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF”
Note must be on.
f After inserting the ignition key, the PASSEN- If the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator
GER AIRBAG OFF warning light lights up for a lamp does not light up, it could indicate a
few seconds as a bulb check. fault in the system.
In this case:
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp
lights up f Child restraint systems facing forwards:
Install on the rear seats.
– The passenger's airbag is switched off.
f Child restraint systems facing rearwards:
PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp On vehicles with key-operated airbag deactiva-
does not light up tion device: Switch to position OFF.
Note on operation
Although not desired, it can occur in the case of
– The passenger's airbag is active and ready for f Child restraint systems facing rearwards:
operation. On vehicles without key-operated airbag deac-
heavier children that the passenger’s airbag re-
mains active or, in the case of very light adults or – If the passenger's seat is not occupied, the tivation device: Do not use a child restraint sys-
young persons, that the passenger’s airbag is PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp will tem in the front passenger’s seat.
deactivated. also not light up, even though the passenger's f Have the fault remedied at your nearest author-
airbag is switched off. ized Porsche dealer.
The condition of the passenger’s front airbag is
shown by the indicator lamp.
If in doubt:
f Please see the chapter “PASSENGER AIRBAG
OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP”
on Page 47.
Note Airbag maintenance
The key switch for switching off the passenger’s
In order to ensure long-term functioning, the air-
airbag in combination with the LATCH attachment
bag system must be inspected by an authorized
bracket are not installed at the factory. They can
Porsche dealer at the intervals recommended in
be retrofitted.
your Maintenance Booklet.
f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer.
Important information
Warning light and warning If you sell your Porsche, notify the purchaser that
message the vehicle is equipped with airbags, and refer
Faults are indicated by a warning light in the instru- them to the chapter, “Airbag Systems“, in the
ment panel and a message on the on-board com- Owner's Manual (safety and disposal rules).
puter. Further information on the airbag system can be
f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE found on stickers attached to the sun visors.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD For special recommendations on the use of child
COMPUTER” on Page 158. restraints:
f In the following cases you should immedi- f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT
ately consult an authorized Porsche SYSTEMS” on Page 50.
dealer in order to assure the airbag sys-
tem is functioning properly:
– If the warning light does not light up when the
ignition key is inserted or
– If the warning light does not go out once the
engine is running or
– If the warning light appears while driving.
Warning light “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF”
If the airbag on the passenger’s side is switched
off:
– Warning light “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” is
continuously lit when the ignition key is
inserted.
Danger!
Risk of serious personal injury or death from
the passenger’s airbag.
If the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” warning
light is not lit when the ignition key is inserted
and the Airbag OFF switch is switched to the
OFF-Position, this could indicate a fault in the
system.
f Do not install a child restraint system on the
Key-operated airbag deactivation device passenger’s seat.
In case your vehicle is equipped with LATCH, you Danger! f Have the fault remedied immediately.
can switch off (OFF) the passenger’s front airbag Please see your authorized Porsche dealer.
Risk of serious personal injury or death for
manually. In the automatic mode (AUTO), the passenger if passenger’s airbag remains
airbag will be switched on or off automatically switched off after the child restraint system Note
depending on the weight on the passenger seat. is removed. f Do not install a child restraint system in
f Switch off the passenger’s airbag on the key f Make sure that the key switch is switched to the Sports bucket seat.
switch using the vehicle key. AUTO once the child seat has been removed, The key switch for switching off the passenger’s
Switch position AUTO – passenger’s front airbag is in order to provide protection to the adult airbag in combination with the LATCH attachment
active occupants. bracket are not installed at the factory. They can
be retrofitted (not on vehicles with Sports bucket
Switch position OFF – passenger’s front airbag is
seats).
switched off
Child Restraint Systems tion manual provided with the restraint. Danger!
Risk of serious personal injury or death to the
f Do not install a child restraint system in Danger! child.
the Sports bucket seat.
The Sports bucket seat cannot be The use of a child restraint system in the f Follow all child restraint instructions and
equipped with the LATCH system. front passenger’s seat can result in serious warnings in this manual.
personal injury or death to the child from an
Porsche recommends that all infants and children airbag deployment. – When using an infant or child restraint system,
be restrained in child restraint systems at all times To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air- be sure to follow all manufacturer's instruc-
while the vehicle is in motion in accordance with bag in an accident, Porsche strongly recom- tions on installation and use.
applicable laws. mends:
– Infants and small children should never be held
Use only child restraint systems with the LATCH- f Please see the chapter “PASSENGER AIRBAG on the lap, nor should they share a safety belt
system recommended by Porsche. These sys- OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP” with another occupant while the vehicle is in
tems have been tested and adjusted to the interior on Page 47. motion.
of your Porsche and the appropriate child weight
groups. Other systems have not been tested and f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT – Children too big for child restraint systems
could entail an increased risk of injury or death. SYSTEMS” on Page 50. should use regular safety belts. A shoulder belt
You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compa- f Do not install a child restraint system in can be used providing it does not cross the
the Sports bucket seat. face or the neck of the child.
tible at your authorized Porsche dealer.
The Sports bucket seat cannot be – Choose a child restraint system according to
f Always observe the separate installation in- equipped with the LATCH system. the weight of the child.
structions for your child seat.
– Child restraint systems that are damaged or
The use of infant or child restraints is required by Note
have been heavily stressed in an accident must
law in all 50 states of the U.S. and all Canadian
The key switch for switching off the passenger’s be replaced immediately.
provinces. The child restraint system should be
airbag and the LATCH attachment bracket are not
one that complies with U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle – Children could be endangered in a crash if their
installed at the factory. They can be retrofitted (not
Safety Standards and should be secured by a lap child restrains are not properly secured in the
on vehicles with Sports bucket seats).
belt or lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt or for vehicle.
child seats equipped with the LATCH sytem (Low- f Please see your authorized Porsche dealer.
– Do not affix things to child restraint systems or
er Anchorage and Tether for Children, also known
cover it with other materials.
as ISOFIX) to the LATCH anchorages.
A statement by the seat manufacturer of compli-
ance with this standard can be found on the in-
struction label on the restraint and in the instruc-
– Your authorized Porsche dealer will be glad to Direction of installation for child restraint Group III: Children in between 49 lbs (22 kg)
advise you about the installation possibility for systems and 80 lbs (36 kg)
a Porsche child restraint system which allows
Children of this weight are held in child restraint
a key-operated airbag deactivation of the pas- According to accident statistics, children are safer
systems facing forward.
senger’s airbag. when properly restrained in the rear seating
Whenever possible, these child restraint systems
positions than in the front seating positions.
– The key-operated airbag deactivation device should be installed on the rear seats.
installation requires special programming Under all normal circumstances, the forward
If a child restraint system must be fastened to the
available only from your authorized Porsche facing child seat must be placed in the rear.
passenger’s seat, the passenger’s seat must be
dealer.
Group 0 and 0+: Children up to 29 lbs (13 kg) adjusted to the lower rear position.
f Please see the chapter “KEY-OPERATED
AIRBAG DEACTIVATION DEVICE” on Page 49. Children of this weight must be transported in a Note
restraint system which is installed on the
If a child seat with top tether is adapted for use on
passenger’s seat facing rearward.
the front seat, the rear right (passenger’s side) an-
Group I: Children in between 20 lbs (9 kg) chor point must be used for anchoring the top
and 40 lbs (18 kg) tether.
It is then not permitted for a passenger to use the
Children of this weight are held in child restraint rear right (passenger’s side) seat.
systems facing forward. It is then not permitted to install a child restraint
Whenever possible, these child restraint systems system on the rear right (passenger’s side) seat.
should be installed on the rear seats.
f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT
Group II: Children in between 33 lbs (15 kg) ANCHORAGES” on Page 55.
and 55 lbs (25 kg)
Children of this weight are held in child restraint
systems facing forward.
Whenever possible, these child restraint systems
should be installed on the rear seats.
Using child restraint systems in the front Child restraint system for up to one-year old Child restraint system for children older than
passenger seat children one year
– Make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF Your vehicle is equipped with a weight sensing sys-
f Do not install a child restraint system in
indicator lamp lights up. tem for the passenger's seat in accordance with
U.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208.
– Adjust the passenger's seat as far away from
Depending on the weight acting on the passen-
Danger! the airbag as possible.
ger's seat, the passenger's airbag will automati-
The use of a child restraint system in the cally be switched on or off.
Danger!
front passenger seat can result in serious
personal injury or death to the child from an Risk of serious personal injury or death due Small adult passengers
airbag deployment. to the passenger’s airbag triggering uninten- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indi-
To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air- tionally. cator lamp does not light up.
bag in an accident, Porsche strongly recom-
When the ignition is on and the up to one-
mends: Danger!
year old child is seated in the child restraint
f Please see the chapter “PASSENGER AIRBAG system on the passenger’s seat the indicator Risk of serious personal injury or death due
OFF INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT LIGHT UP” lamp „PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF“ must be on. to the passenger’s airbag not triggering.
on Page 47.
If the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator When the ignition key is inserted and the
f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT lamp does not light up, it could indicate a small adult passenger is seated on the pas-
SYSTEMS” on Page 50. fault in the system. senger’s seat, the indicator lamp “PASSEN-
In this case:
f Do not install a child restraint system in GER AIRBAG OFF” must be off.
the Sports bucket seat. f On vehicles with key-operated airbag deactiva- If the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator
The Sports bucket seat cannot be tion device: Switch to position OFF. lamp lights up, it could indicate a fault in the
f On vehicles without key-operated airbag deac- system.
tivation device: Do not use a child restraint sys- In this case:
tem in the front passenger’s seat. f The passenger should sit in the rear seat until
f Have the fault remedied at your nearest autho- the fault is repaired.
rized Porsche dealer. f Have the fault remedied at the nearest autho-
rized Porsche dealer.
Automatic locking retractor Danger! Activating the automatic locking retractor
Risk of serious personal injury or death to the 1. If a child restraint system must be fastened to
child, when excessive force is acting on the the passenger's seat, adjust the passenger's
passenger's seat due to the seat belt. seat as far away from the airbag as possible.
In such cases, the passenger's airbag can be
equipped with the LATCH system. 2. Fasten child seat.
switched on unintentionally.
The safety belts for the front passenger and rear 3. Pull the safety belt retractor completely out. At
f After fastening the child restraint system, do
seats are equipped with an automatic locking re- this point the locking mechanism is activated.
not adjust the seat.
tractor for securing the child restraint system.
4. Insert the safety belt tongue into the buckle
When activated, this retractor allows you to se- f Check the condition of the passenger’s airbag
and make certain that it is properly latched.
curely fasten the child restraint system in place so shown by the indicator lamp in the central con-
Make no more adjustments to the seat.
that inadvertent movements will not occur. sole.
5. Allow the safety belt to retract until it is tight on
Danger! the child restraint system. You may further
tighten the belt by pulling on it to allow more of
The use of a child restraint system on the it to retract.
front passenger seat can result in serious Make sure that excessive seat belt forces do
personal injury or death to the child from an not occur by moving the seat with the child
airbag deployment. seat installed.
To reduce risk of injury from an inflating air-
bag in an accident, Porsche strongly recom- Releasing the safety belt
mends:
1. Unbuckle the safety belt latch.
f Under all normal circumstances, forward fa-
cing child seats must be placed in the rear. 2. Then make certain that the belt has fully
retracted. At this point the automatic locking
Before transporting a child on the passenger’s feature will be disengaged.
seat: Seek appropriate advice from your authorized
Porsche dealer about the possible installation
f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT of a Porsche child restraint system.
SYSTEMS” on Page 50.
LATCH System
Child seat bracket on the passenger’s
seat
The key switch for switching off the passenger’s
airbag and the LATCH attachment bracket are not
installed at the factory. They can be retrofitted
(not on vehicles with Sports bucket seats).
Porsche recommends the use of a Porsche Child
Seat with Lower Anchorage and Tether for Chil-
dren system (LATCH).
These systems have been tested and adjusted to
the interior of your Porsche and the appropriate
Installing a LATCH child seat system
child weight groups. Other systems have not been 1. Secure the child seat to retaining lugs A as
tested and could entail an increased risk of injury. outlined in the instruction manual for the child
You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compat- seat.
ible at your authorized Porsche dealer. 2. Pull the child seat to check that both fastening
f Always observe the separate installation in- points are engaged correctly.
structions for your child seat.
Note
f Please see the chapter “CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEMS” on Page 50. f Make sure that the key switch is switched to
AUTO once the child seat has been removed,
in order to provide protection to the adult
occupants.
Child Restraint Anchorages
(Coupé and Targa)
f Please see the chapter “AUTOMATIC LOCKING
RETRACTOR” on Page 53.
If your child restraint seat or seats require the use
of a tether strap, you will want to use the anchor
points provided behind the rear seat backrests un-
der the carpet.
To ensure proper installation, see your authorized
Porsche dealer.
Note
If a child seat with top tether is adapted for use on Warning!
the front seat, the rear right (passenger’s side) an- Child restraint anchorages are designed to
chor point must be used for anchoring the top withstand only those loads imposed by cor-
tether. It is then not permitted for a passenger to rectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-
use the rear right (passenger’s side) seat. cumstances are they to be used for adults
safety belts or harnesses. Such use could re-
sult in serious personal injury or death.
f Do not misuse the child restraint anchorages.
They are not designed to withstand loads
imposed by adults.
f Only attach one child seat tether per ancho-
rage.
Rollover Protection System Danger!
Warning light
Risk of death or serious injury.
The Rollover Protection System on the Cabriolet
Faults in the Rollover Protection System are indi-
consists of two supplemental safety bars that to- f Do not block area of supplemental safety bars
cated by the airbag warning light in the instrument
gether with the front windshield frame help to cre- with objects.
panel.
ate occupant survival space in case of rollover. Be- In the event of a deployment event, such
Extension of the supplemental safety bars is no
cause of the extreme and unpredictable forces objects could potentially prevent such deploy-
longer ensured.
which can be encountered in a rollover, it is not ment from occuring, or such objects could
possible to guarantee that occupants will be pro- impact the car occupants at high speed. f See your authorized Porsche dealer immedi-
tected from all contact with exterior objects or the ately and have the fault remedied.
f Do not tamper with or work on wiring and or
ground. However, the Rollover Protection System
components of Rollover Protection System.
is designed to maintain the occupant survival Lowering the supplemental safety bars
space. f All work regarding this system must be carried after deployment
out by your authorized Porsche dealer.
The Rollover Protection System is activated auto-
matically in the event of an accident or extreme f Check functions and periodic service intervals f Have this work performed by an authorized
driving situation. according to maintenance schedule (see your Porsche dealer.
The protective devices are located behind each authorized Porsche dealer).
rear seat and rapidly deploy within a fraction of a
To avoid damage to the convertible top:
second. If necessary, the seat-belt tensioners will
be activated. f If the supplemental safety bars are extended
for any reason, do not open or close converti-
f Please see the chapter “BELT TENSIONER” on
ble top.
Page 41.
They can deploy under:

– Extreme tilting of the vehicle.
– Loss of ground contact (e.g. Going over the
crest of a hill at high speed).
Setting the parking brake
f Pull the lever all the way up (arrow).
With the ignition on, the parking brake warning
lights in the instrument panel and on-board
computer will come on if the lever is even
slightly raised. A firm pull upward is required to
properly engage the parking brake.
If the brake is not fully set, the vehicle may roll
without control.
f Move the selector lever to “P” (PDK) or move
the gearshift lever to reverse or first gear
(Manual transmission).
f Before exiting the vehicle, make sure that the
parking brake is fully set and the vehicle is not
moving at all.
Sports Exhaust System Parking Brake Danger!
Parking brake force is mechanically transferred to Risk of serious personal injury or death. A
Switching on and off the rear wheels by means of cables. partially engaged parking brake may allow
the vehicle to roll, causing serious personal
The sports exhaust system can be switched on f Use the parking brake only after the vehicle injury or death to any person in its path.
and off when the ignition is switched on using has come to a full stop.
button A. f Engage the parking brake fully.
When the sports exhaust system is switched on,
the light-emitting diode in the button lights up.
Releasing the parking brake
f Pull the lever slightly up as you depress the re-
lease button, and then push the lever all the
way down.
Parking brake warning light USA Brakes Brake system function
f Make it a habit to check the operation of your Your Porsche is equipped with a power assisted
Parking brake warning light brakes before driving. hydraulic dual circuit brake system with disc
Canada Keep in mind that the braking distance increases
brakes at the front and rear.
Both circuits function independently. One brake
The warning lights in the instrument panel and on- very rapidly as the speed increases. At 60 mph or
circuit operates the front and the other operates
board computer will go out after the parking brake 100 km/h, for example, it is not twice but four
the rear.
is fully released. times longer than 30 mph or 50 km/h. Tire trac-
The warning lights are not an indicator that the tion is also less effective when the roads are wet If one brake circuit has failed, the other will still op-
parking brake is fully set; it is only intended to be or slippery. erate. However, you will notice an increased pedal
travel when you apply the brakes.
a warning to release the parking brake before f Therefore, always maintain a safe distance
driving the car. Failure of one brake circuit will cause the stopping
from the car in front of you.
distance to increase.
Caution! Vehicles without Porsche Ceramic Compos-
ite Brake (PCCB) Warning!
A partially engaged brake will overheat the
rear brakes, reduce their effectiveness and Even though the brake discs consist of alloyed Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per-
cause excessive wear. grey cast iron, they will unavoidably start to cor- sonal injury or death.
rode if your car is parked for an extended period. In the unlikely event of hydraulic failure of
f Release the parking brake fully. one brake circuit:
The brakes will tend to “rub” as a result.
f When parking your car, always set the parking
The nature, extent and effects of corrosion de- f Push the brake pedal down firmly and hold it in
pend on the amount of time the vehicle was that position.
brake by pulling all the way up on the lever.
parked, whether granular or liquid road salt was A mechanical linkage activates the second cir-
f Move the selector lever to “P” (PDK) or move spread and whether grease-dissolving agents cuit, and you will be able to bring the vehicle to
the gearshift lever to reverse or first gear were used in car washes. a stop.
(Manual transmission). To prevent corrosion of the brake discs, “brake
them dry” before parking the car. f After bringing your vehicle to a complete stop,
f On hills also turn the front wheels towards the avoid driving the vehicle and instead have it
If the braking comfort is noticeably impaired, we
curb. towed to the nearest authorized Porsche deal-
recommend having the brake system checked by
experts at an authorized Porsche dealer. er for repair.
Brake system warning light Brake pedal Warning!
You can check the functionality of the brake To avoid overheating and premature wear of
system warning light by switching the ignition to Warning! the brakes:
the "On" position and verifying that the warning Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per- f Before descending a steep grade, reduce
light illuminates. sonal injury or death. speed and shift the transmission into a lower
Any obstruction of the brake pedal could gear or driving position to control speed.
Brake warning light USA increase the stopping distance.
f Do not “ride the brakes” by resting your foot on
f Always check the movement of the brake pedal the pedal when not intending to apply brake
Brake warning light Canada before driving and make sure that it is not ob- pressure.
structed by a floor mat or any other object.
f Do not hold the pedal down too long or too
f Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding
If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on-
board computer go on while driving, the brake flu- often.
into positions that could interfere with the safe This could cause the brakes to get hot and not
id level may be too low, or (if the brake pedal travel
operation of your vehicle. function properly.
has increased) one of the two brake circuits may
Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you
have failed.
nonskid floor mats of the correct size.
A greater braking pressure will be required, stop-
ping distances will be longer and the braking be- Note
havior will change, particularly in curves.
In case one of the two brake circuits fails, in-
With correctly adjusted brakes, and a correctly creased pedal travel is required to bring your
working brake system, the pedal travel to the vehicle to a full stop.
point of brake actuation should be 1-3/16 in. to
1-9/16 in. or 30 to 40 mm.
Whenever the brake pedal travel exceeds this dis-
tance, have the brake system checked.
Brake booster Brake wear Brake pads
The brake booster assists braking only when Your car has excellent brakes, but they are still Wear on the brake pads and brake discs depends
the engine is running. subject to wear. The rate at which they wear de- to a great extent on the driving style and the con-
pends on how the brakes are used. ditions of use and therefore cannot be expressed
When the car is moving while the engine is not run-
in actual miles on the road.
ning, or if the brake booster is defective, more f Have the brake system inspected at the
pressure on the brake pedal is required to bring intervals recommended in your Maintenance The high-performance brake system is designed
the car to a stop. Booklet. for optimal braking effect at all speeds and tem-
If this happens, ABS and PSM will also not oper- peratures.
ate. Brake system warning light Certain speeds, braking forces and ambient
You can check the functionality of the brake conditions (such as temperature and humidity)
Moisture or road salt on brakes affects braking.
system warning light by switching the ignition to therefore might cause “brake noises”.
When the vehicle is driven on salted or sanded
roads for extended periods, the brakes should be the "On" position and verifying that the warning
New brake pads or linings
washed down thoroughly about every 2 weeks. An light illuminates.
automatic carwash facility cannot do this job prop- New brake pads and brake discs have to be “bro-
erly. Warning light USA ken in”, and therefore only attain optimal friction
Brakes will dry after a few cautious brake applica- when the car has covered several hundred miles
tions. or km.
Warning light Canada The slightly reduced braking ability must be com-
Warning! pensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder.
If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on- This also applies whenever the brake pads and
Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per- board computer stay on when the engine is run- brake discs are replaced.
sonal injury or death. ning or come on while driving, the brake pads are
Driving through water may reduce the trac- worn excessively.
tion.
f Do not continue to operate the vehicle.
Moisture on brakes from road water, car
Have your authorized Porsche dealer inspect
wash, or coating of road salt may affect
or replace the brake pads.
braking efficiency.
f Cautiously apply brakes to test brakes after ex-
posure to road water, etc.
ABS Brake System Warning! Operation of the ABS system
(Antilock Brake System) The increased control that is provided should
A wheel speed sensor is mounted to each of the
not induce you to take greater risks with your
The ABS system represents a major contribution four wheels. If wheel lock-up of either of the front
safety. The limits dictated by the laws of
to the enhancement of active safety in your vehi- wheels or the rear wheels is sensed during brak-
physics cannot be overcome, even with ABS.
cle. This system prevents the wheels from locking ing, the brake pressure is adjusted automatically
The risk of accidents due to inappropriate
in a panic stop on almost all road surfaces. until the wheel no longer slips.
speed cannot be reduced, even by the ABS.
The driver bears the responsibility for all If braking forces approach the wheel lock-up point
With the ABS system in your vehicle, the driving maneuvers. for all wheels (panic braking) the ABS system will
following areas are enhanced: intervene to provide a rapid rythmic braking. The
f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road
Steering, vehicle remains steerable under all proper operation of ABS is perceived by the driver
and weather conditions.
braking forces when ABS is engaged. as a pulsating brake pedal in conjunction with au-
f Obey all traffic laws. dible noise and perhaps some vibration.
Good directional control, no swerving caused
by locking of wheels under braking conditions. Other vehicles not equipped with the ABS f If you experience these sensations while driv-
system may not be able to maintain control, ing or a road surface with questionable trac-
Shorter stopping distance, stopping distances
especially on wet or poor road surfaces and tion, reduce vehicle speed appropriate for the
are usually reduced because controlled braking is
thus may be more likely to impact you from prevailing road conditions.
maximized.
behind.
f If full braking should be necessary, press the
Prevention of wheel lock up, no brake- induced
f To minimize that risk, use your ABS system to brake pedal all the way down throughout the
sliding and thus no localized tire wear from emer-
increase your ability to maneuver to avoid dan- entire braking procedure, regardless of the pul-
gency braking.
gerous situations and not merely to try to stop sating pedal. Do not ease up on pressure ap-
The crucial advantage of the ABS system over a in the shortest distance possible. plied to the pedal.
conventional brake system is in the area of main-
The functional readiness of all the main electrical
taining directional control and maneuverability of
components of the ABS is checked by an
the car in emergency situations.
electronic monitoring system both before and
while you drive.
Warning light USA Warning! Clutch Pedal
sonal injury or death. The clutch pedal must be depressed fully
Warning light Canada The control unit of the ABS brake system is before the starter will engage.
set for standard tire size. If non-standard
When the ignition is switched on the ABS warning tires are installed, the control unit may mis- Warning!
light will light up while the system is electronically interpret the speed of the vehicle, because of Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per-
interrogated and goes out when the engine is the variant data it receives from the sensors sonal injury or death.
started if the check is not yet complete. on the axles.
If the ABS warning lamp fails to go out, this indi- f Always check the movement of the clutch ped-
cates that ABS has been deactivated due to a f Use only tire makes and types tested by al before driving and make sure that it is not
fault. If the warning lights in the instrument panel Porsche. obstructed by a floor mat or any other object.
and on-board computer light up while you are driv-
f Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding
ing, this indicates that a fault has occurred. In both
into positions that could interfere with the safe
cases, normal braking, as in vehicles without ABS,
operation of your vehicle.
is still retained.
Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you
The ABS system should, however, be examined at nonskid floor mats of the correct size.
an authorized Porsche dealer immediately to pre-
To avoid damage to the clutch and transmis-
vent the occurrence of further faults.
sion:
f If the ABS system becomes inoperative, take
f Always depress the clutch pedal fully when
your vehicle to your authorized Porsche dealer
changing gears.
immediately.
f Do not hold the car on a steep grade with the
clutch pedal partially depressed.
Should the free travel of the clutch pedal suddenly

become larger, it could mean a malfunction of the
clutch.
f See your Porsche dealer for correction.
Porsche Traction Management Dynamometer testing procedure Brake tests
(PTM) Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces con- Brake tests must be performed only on plate-type
With PTM, the engine power is variably distributed duct emissions inspection/maintenance testing in- test stands or roller test stands.
to the front and rear wheels. volving the use of two-wheel dynamometer.
A two-wheeled dynamometer is a treadmill type The ignition must be off.
Power distribution between the front and rear ax-
les is performed by a map-conrolled multiple-disc device upon which a single axle of the car, the dri- The following limit values must not be exceeded
clutch. ving axle of the vehicle, rotates to simulate vehicle on roller test stands:
operation on the road while the vehicle remains
Distribution of the engine power also depends on stationary. – Testing speed 5 mph (8 km/h)
the difference in wheel speed between the two ax-
Your vehicle has a full-time four-wheel drive system – Test duration 20 seconds
les.
The multiple-disc clutch always delivers sufficient which cannot be disabled. Severe damage to the
drive power to the front wheels to ensure optimum powertrain can result if tested on a two-wheel dy- Handbrake tests
propulsion even on an unfavorable road surface. namometer.
Handbrake tests on the roller test stand must only
In combination with the Porsche Stability Manage- Warning! be carried out with the ignition switched off.
ment (PSM), the PTM ensures optimum handling
and high driving stability. Risk of severe powertrain damage and a pos-
sible unexpected movement of the vehicle. Balancing wheels on the vehicle
Warning! f Do not test your vehicle on a two-wheel dyna- During finish balancing of the wheels, the vehicle
The increased control that is provided should mometer. must be hoisted and all the wheels able to rotate
freely.
not induce you to take greater risks with your f Advise the emission station of this warning be-
safety. The limits dictated by the laws of phy- fore testing the vehicle.
sics cannot be overcome, even with PTM. Towing
The risk of accidents due to inappropriate
speed cannot be reduced, even by PTM. f Please see the chapter “TOWING” on
The driver bears the responsibility for all dri- Page 280.
ving maneuvers.
f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road Wheels/Tires
and weather conditions.
The PTM control unit is adapted to the approved
f Obey all traffic laws. tire sizes. The use of non-approved tire sizes may
lead to deviations in wheel speeds and it may influ-
ence handling or result in the PTM switching off.
Sport Mode – The rpm limiter characteristic is “harder”, i.e. Switching Sport mode on and off
the engine is immediately throttled when the
A sportier car set-up is obtained when Sport mode performance limits are reached (only in manual Switching Sport mode on and off simultaneously
is switched on. Interventions by the Porsche selection mode for vehicles with PDK transmis- activates and deactivates the Sport mode in
control systems are intentionally shifted towards sion). PASM.
greater agility and driving performance: If PASM Sport mode was activated with the PASM
f Please observe the chapters on PSM, PASM
button, PASM remains active.
– PASM (Porsche Active Suspension Manage- and PDK.
ment) is automatically changed to Sport mode, After the ignition is switched off, Sport mode is
resulting in a stiffer suspension setup. automatically reset to Normal mode.
– When Sport mode is active, the PDK transmis- SPORT button
sion switches to a sporty gear-changing map
and shortens the gear shifting times. Gear f Press SPORT button A in the center console.
changes take place faster, but fuel consump- When Sport mode is switched on, the light-
tion is also increased. emitting diode in the SPORT button is lit.
PSM (Porsche Stability Management) control A sporty gear-changing map is enabled and the
gives a sportier road-feel to the vehicle. PSM gear shifting times are shortened for the PDK
interventions take place later than in Normal transmission.
mode. The driver can maneuver the vehicle A sporty driving style is recognized more quickly
with greater agility at its performance limits, and the gear-changing speeds are adapted to
without having to dispense with the assistance driving performance.
of PSM in emergency situations. This helps to
achieve optimal lap times, particularly on race Deceleration downshifts are commenced earlier.
circuits with a dry road surface. Downshifts are made during slight decelerations,
even at higher engine speeds.
– The electronic accelerator pedal reacts
sooner, and the engine is more responsive to f Please see the chapter “SPORT MODE
throttle inputs. When Sport mode is switched (“SPORT” AND “SPORT PLUS” MODES)” on
on, this function is activated only after the Page 172.
driver has floored the accelerator pedal or
released it briefly.
SPORT PLUS button When mode “Sport” is switched on, the logo When mode “Sport Plus” is switched on, the logo
(only on vehicles with PDK transmission) SPORT appears next to the digital speedometer. SPORT PLUS appears next to the digital
speedometer.
In “Sport Plus” mode, the PDK transmission
changes to a shift program designed for driving
on race circuits. 7th gear is not selected.
The gear-changing performance is enhanced
significantly again compared with “Sport” mode.
f Please see the chapter “SPORT MODE
(“SPORT” AND “SPORT PLUS” MODES)” on
Page 172.
f Press SPORT PLUS button B in the center
console.
When Sport mode is switched on, the light-
emitting diode in the SPORT PLUS button is lit.
Porsche Stability Management PSM uses these values to determine the direction Examples of PSM control operations
of travel indicated by the driver.
(PSM) PSM intervenes and helps to correct the course if – If the front wheels of the vehicle drift on a
PSM is an active control system for stabilization of the actual direction of motion deviates from the bend, the rear wheel on the inside of the bend
the vehicle approaching the performance limits of chosen course (steering-wheel position): is braked and the engine power is reduced if
driving maneuvers. It brakes individual wheels as needed. In addition, necessary.
the engine power may be manipulated in order to
– If the rear of the vehicle swings out on a bend,
Warning! stabilize the vehicle.
the front wheel on the outside of the bend is
The events below inform the driver of PSM control braked.
sonal injury or death. operations and warn him/her to adapt his/her
The increased control that is provided should driving style to the road conditions: Additional braking functions
not induce you to take greater risks with your – The multifunctional information light on the
safety. The limits dictated by the laws of instrument panel flashes. – Pre-filling the brake system:
physics cannot be overcome, even with PSM. The brake system is prepared for possible
The risk of accidents due to inappropriate – Hydraulic noises can be heard. subsequent emergency braking if the acceler-
speed cannot be reduced, even by PSM. – The vehicle decelerates and steering-wheel ator pedal is released suddenly and quickly.
The driver bears the responsibility for all forces are altered as the PSM controls the The brake system is prefilled and the brake
driving maneuvers. brakes. pads are already applied gently to the brake
discs.
f Adapt your driving style to the prevailing road – Reduced engine power.
and weather conditions. – Brake booster:
– The brake pedal pulsates and its position is In the event of an emergency braking operation
f Obey all traffic laws. changed during braking. where the pedal force is insufficient, a brake
In order to achieve full vehicle deceleration, booster provides the braking pressure neces-
Sensors at the wheels, brakes, steering system foot pressure must be increased after the sary for maximum deceleration at all 4 wheels.
and engine continuously measure: brake pedal has begun vibrating.
– Speed Advantages of PSM
– Direction of travel (steering angle) – Best possible traction and lane-holding ability
– Lateral acceleration in all driving situations – even on road surfaces
with varying friction.
– Rate of turn about the vertical axis
– Longitudinal acceleration
– The system compensates for undesired lateral The following functions stabilize the vehicle in
vehicle reactions when the driver releases the emergency situations, even with PSM switched
accelerator pedal or brakes when cornering. off:
This compensation functions up to the
– When PSM is off, the vehicle is stabilized as
maximum lateral acceleration.
soon as one of the two front wheels enters the
– PSM actively stabilizes the vehicle as required ABS control range.
during dynamic driving maneuvers (e.g. rapid
– When PSM is off and Sport mode is on, the
steering movements, during lane changes or
vehicle is stabilized as soon as both front
on alternating bends).
wheels enter the ABS control range.
– Improved braking stability on bends and on
One-sided spinning of the wheels is prevented,
different or varying road surfaces.
even with PSM switched off.
– It improves braking function and shortens
stopping distance in the event of emergency Switching PSM back on
braking.
f Press PSM OFF button.
Readiness for operation PSM is switched on after a short delay.
The light-emitting diode in the button and the
Switching off PSM
PSM is switched on automatically every time you PSM multifunctional light on the instrument
start the engine. f Press PSM OFF button. panel go out.
PSM is switched off after a short delay. The on-board computer shows a message.
PSM should always be switched on during
“normal” driving. The light-emitting diode in the button is lit up.
When the PSM is switched off, the PSM multi-
However, it may be advantageous to switch off functional light on the instrument panel is lit
PSM temporarily in exceptional situations, for and a message is shown on the on-board
example: computer.
– On a loose surface or in deep snow, An acoustic signal also sounds.
– When “rocking” the vehicle free and Note

– When using snow chains. When PSM is switched off, the additional braking
functions are deactivated. Automatic reactivation
in emergency situations is linked to the PSM
control.
Sport mode f Please have the fault remedied at an author- Towing
ized Porsche dealer.
A sportier car set-up is obtained when Sport or f Please see the chapter “TOWING” on
f Please see the chapter “PUTTING VEHICLE
Sport Plus mode is switched on. Page 280.
INTO OPERATION” on Page 263.
PSM interventions are later than in Normal mode;
the vehicle can be maneuverd with greater agility Checks on test stands
at its performance limits, without dispensing with
the assistance of PSM in emergency situations. Brake tests
This helps to achieve optimal lap times, particu-
Brake tests must be performed only on plate-type
larly on race circuits and a dry road surface.
test stands or roller test stands.
PSM multifunctional light The ignition must be switched off.

The following limit values must not be exceeded
– The multifunctional light on the instrument
on roller test stands:
panel lights up for a lamp check when the
ignition is switched on. – Testing speed 5 mph (8 km/h)
– The light indicates a control operation by – Test duration 20 seconds
flashing, including when PSM is switched off
(brake control in the event of one-sided wheel Handbrake tests
spin). Handbrake tests on the roller test stand must be
– In conjunction with a message on the on-board performed only with the ignition switched off.
computer, the light indicates that PSM is
switched off.
An acoustic signal also sounds.
– The light indicates a fault in conjunction with a
message on the on-board computer.
PSM is out of order.
Porsche Active Suspension Retractable Rear Spoiler
Management (PASM) The rear spoiler improves driving stability,
PASM makes two running-gear setups available to especially at higher speeds.
the driver: “Normal” and “Sport”.
The selection is made via a button on the center Warning!
console. Risk of accident. If the rear spoiler cannot be
In Normal mode the running gear is in a comfort- extended, driving stability will be adversely
able setup. affected by increased rear axle lift, which
Sport mode offers very sporty shock absorber could lead to loss of control.
tuning. f Adapt your driving style and speed to the
The variable suspension system selects the appro- changed driving behavior.
priate damping level for each wheel according to f Have the fault remedied at an authorized
the situation and driving conditions. Porsche dealer.
Example: Risk of injury during manual retraction or
If the vehicle is driven in a very sporty manner in extension of the rear spoiler with the vehicle
Normal mode, PASM automatically adapts the Switching on PASM Sport mode stationary.
shock-absorber behavior to the driving situation
accordingly. f Press PASM button in the center console. f Make sure that no persons or objects are
When PASM Sport mode is switched on, the within the range of movement of the rear
light-emitting diode in the button is lit up and a spoiler.
message is shown on the on-board computer. Risk of damage from pushing the vehicle by
the spoiler.
Switching off PASM Sport mode f Do not push the vehicle at the spoiler.
f Press PASM button in the center console.
The light-emitting diode in the button goes out
and the on-board computer displays a
message.
After the ignition is switched off, PASM is
automatically reset to Normal mode.
Automatic mode Retracting a manually extended rear spoiler
f at speeds between 0 and 20 mph
The limits for automatic extension and retraction
(0 and 30 km/h)
of the spoiler depend on various circumstances
Press and hold button until the rear spoiler has
(e.g. driving speed, engine compartment temper-
reached its final position.
ature).
If automatic control fails, a warning message is The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode.
displayed by the on-board computer.
f at speeds between 20 and 60 mph
Engine compartment temperature (30 and 100 km/h)
under 122 °F/55 °C Press button briefly.
The rear spoiler retracts, the light-emitting
Spoiler extends at 75 mph/120 km/h and diode in the button goes out.
retracts at 37 mph/60 km/h. The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode.
Engine compartment temperature f at speeds over 60 mph (100 km/h)
over 140 °F/60 °C Press button briefly.
Spoiler extends at 50 mph/80 km/h and retracts The rear spoiler remains extended, the light-
emitting diode in the button goes out.
at 19 mph/30 km/h. Manual control
The rear spoiler changes to automatic mode.
When the ignition is on, the rear spoiler can be
extended and retracted manually using the button
in the center console.
Extending
f Press button briefly.
The spoiler extends to its final position.
For vehicles with automatic anti-dazzle Orientation light
mirrors
A light-emitting diode at the bottom of the interior
f Switch off the automatic anti-dazzle operation
mirror improves orientation in the passenger com-
of the mirrors before you switch on the interior
partment when it is dark.
light.
Otherwise the mirrors may accidentally swivel Note on operation
into the anti-dazzle position.
On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus,
the brightness of the orientation light can be
Interior lights, reading lights changed in PCM.
Switching off f Please observe the chapter “Individual
f Press left half of switch. Memory” in the separate PCM operating
instructions.
Switching to continuous illumination
f Press right half of switch.
Switching on and off automatically

A, C - Switch for reading light on driver/passenger side
B - Switch for interior light and footwell lights f Move switch to center position.
D - Orientation light
The interior and footwell lights are switched
Interior Lights on when a door is unlocked or opened or when
the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition
f Please see the chapter “LOAD SWITCH-OFF lock.
AFTER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS” on Page 258.
The lights are switched off with a delay of
approx. 2 minutes after the doors are closed.
The light goes out immediately as soon as the
ignition is switched on or the vehicle is locked.
Parking Aids Note
The sensors must always be kept free of dirt, ice
Parking assistant and snow in order to ensure that they are fully
functional.
When the driver backs up, the parking assistant
system indicates the distance between the car Caution!
and a large obstacle behind it, by means of signal
To avoid damaging the sensors:
tones.
f Maintain sufficient distance when cleaning with
Warning! steam-jet units.
Risk of serious personal injury or death.
Parking assistant cannot detect small ob- Signal tones/function
jects such as children and pets. When reverse gear is selected, the parking
Despite use of the parking assistant system, assistant confirms that it is switched on by issuing
the driver is still responsible for taking due a short signal tone.
care and assessing obstacles when backing A detected obstacle is signalled by an intermit-
up. tent tone. The intervals decrease as the obstacle
Ultrasound sensors
f Make sure that no persons, especially small is approached.
children, animals or obstacles are within the A continuous tone sounds when the distance
Sensors
maneuvering area. becomes less than one foot. This continuous tone
Four ultrasound sensors in the rear bumper meas- can stop if the obstacle is approached closer than
The parking assistant system is activated auto- ure the distance to the closest obstacle. one foot.
matically when reverse gear is selected and the ig- The radio volume should not be so loud as to
– Range middle sensors around 60 in./150 cm
nition is on. drown out the signal tones.
– Range outer sensors around 24 in./60 cm
Note
Obstacles cannot be detected in the “blind” sen-
Be aware that the parking assistant system is sor area (e.g. near the ground).
not switched on if the car rolls backward without
reverse gear being engaged.
Limits of ultrasonic measurement Preconditions
The parking assistant system cannot detect: – Vehicle must be equipped with seat memory.
– sound-absorbing obstacles (e.g. powder – Set the control switch A to “passenger’s side”.
snow),
– Reverse gear must be engaged.
– sound-reflecting obstacles (e.g. glass surfac-
es, flat painted surfaces) Returning mirror glass to its original position
– and very thin obstacles. f Drive forwards with a speed of over 4 mph
(6 km/h) or
– Other ultrasound sources (e.g. pneumatic
brakes of other vehicles, jackhammers) can f Set the control switch A to “driver’s side”.
interfere with detection of obstacles.
Fault indication
The parking assistant system indicates a fault in
two ways:
– After reverse gear has been selected, the
short signal tone is followed by a continuous A - Control switch for door mirror adjustment
tone of the same pitch:
This indicates that sensors are soiled or cov- Swivelling down mirror glass as a parking
ered with ice. aid
– After reverse gear has been selected, the f Please see the chapter “SEAT MEMORY” on
short signal tone is followed by a continuous Page 33.
tone with a much lower pitch:
This indicates a general system fault. – When reverse gear is engaged, the mirror
Please have the fault remedied at an author- glass on the passenger’s side swivels down
ized Porsche dealer. slightly to show the curb area.
f Please see the chapter “KEY WITH RADIO RE- Switch position 1
MOTE CONTROL” on Page 16.
Ignition on
Before starting the engine f Turn ignition key to position 1.
Ignition is switched on.
f Apply the footbrake.
f Manual transmission: Note on operation
Move the gearshift lever into neutral. All electrical equipment can be switched on.
The clutch pedal must be depressed fully
f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE
before the starter will engage.
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD
f In vehicles with PDK transmission: COMPUTER” on Page 158.
Move PDK selector lever to position P or N.
Switch position 0
Initial position
O - Initial position The ignition key cannot be withdrawn when the

1 - Ignition on ignition is switched on or when the engine has
2 - Start engine been started.
3 - Ignition off
To withdraw the ignition key:
f Stop the vehicle.
Ignition/Starter Switch with
anti-theft Steering Lock f In vehicles with PDK transmission:
Move PDK selector lever to position P.
The ignition lock has a total of four ignition lock po-
f Switch ignition off.
sitions.
The ignition key rebounds to the initial position f Remove ignition key.
from every ignition lock position.
f For your safety, fasten safety belts.
f Please see the chapter “IMMOBILIZER” on
Page 15.
Switch position 2 Locking the steering column Automatic unlocking
The steering column is unlocked when the vehicle
Start engine Automatic locking
is unlocked with the radio remote control.
f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2. The steering column is automatically locked when
the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock. Note
f Please see the chapter “STARTING PROCEDU-
RES” on Page 77. f To avoid discharging the battery, always re-
Warning! move the ignition key from the ignition lock.
Risk of an accident, resulting in serious per- Please see the chapter “BATTERY” on
Switch position 3
sonal injury or death. Page 261.
Ignition off The steering wheel will lock and will cause
f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 3.
loss of steering. Gong
f Never remove key from the ignition lock or turn If you leave the key in the ignition/steering lock, a
Note on operation the key off while the vehicle is moving. gong will sound when the driver’s door is opened.
The vehicle battery discharges if the ignition key is f Always withdraw the ignition key when This is a reminder to remove the key.
left inserted. leaving the vehicle.
If the vehicle battery is dead, the key can only be
pulled out of the ignition lock if the emergency
operation is performed:
f Please see the chapter “EMERGENCY OPERA-
TION – PULLING OUT THE IGNITION KEY” on
Page 76.
Emergency operation – pulling out the 3. Use metal hook A to remove the plastic lid B 4. Turn ignition key counter-clockwise as far as it
ignition key from the ignition lock. Make sure that plastic lid will go.
B is not lost.
5. Press metal hook A into opening C.
If the vehicle battery is dead, the key can be pulled
An unlocking sound will be heard.
out only if the emergency operation is performed.
6. Turn the ignition key to initial position (0) and
1. Grasp the fuse box cover at the finger hole and
remove.
pull it off.
7. Re-fit the plastic lid B.
2. Unclip metal hook A on the inside of the cover.
Starting Procedures Starting the engine longed periods with the engine on and the car
not moving.
f Please see the chapter “IMMOBILIZER” on f Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2.
An unattended vehicle with a running engine
Page 15.
f As soon as the engine starts, release the igni- is potentially hazardous.
f Please see the chapter “EMISSION CONTROL tion key. If warning lights should come on to indicate
SYSTEM” on Page 218. improper operation, they would go unno-
The first operation of the starter is ended automat-
ticed.
ically when the engine starts.
Warning! If the engine does not start, subsequent starter f Never leave the engine idling unattended.
Serious injury or death may result if you are operations will not be ended automatically.
Danger of fire.
involved in a collision without having fas- If the engine fails to start after 10 or 15 seconds
tened the safety belts. f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas
of cranking:
where the hot exhaust system may come in
f Fasten safety belts before driving away. f Wait about 10 seconds before engaging the contact with dry grass, brush, fuel spill or oth-
starter again. er flammable material.
Before starting the engine f When starting the engine, be ready to drive f If your car catches on fire for any reason, call
immediately. the fire department.
f Apply the footbrake. Drive vehicle at moderate speeds and avoid Do not endanger your life by attempting to put
f Manual transmission: engine speeds above 4,200 rpm during the out the fire.
Move the gearshift lever into neutral. first 5 minutes.
Risk of burn injury when standing near or
The clutch pedal must be depressed fully f Do not let the engine idle to warm up. coming into contact with the exhaust pipe.
before the starter will engage.
The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running
f In vehicles with PDK transmission: and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is
Move PDK selector lever to position P or N. Danger!
turned off.
Temperature sensors on the engine automatically Engine exhaust fumes have many compo- f To prevent injury, make a point of noting where
provide the correct fuel/air mixture required for nents which you can smell. They also contain your vehicle’s exhaust pipe is, avoid placing
starting. carbon monoxide (CO), which is a colorless your legs near the exhaust pipe, and closely
Therefore, it is not necessary to depress the and odorless gas. supervise children around the vehicle when the
accelerator pedal while starting a cold or a Carbon monoxide can cause unconscious- exhaust pipe could be hot.
warm engine. ness and even death if inhaled. A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns.
f Never start or let the engine run in an en-
closed, unventilated area.
It is not recommended to sit in your car for pro-
Stopping Engine Engine-compartment blower, Automatic garage door
radiator fan
f Turn key back to position 3. The ignition system in your Porsche may interfere
The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of with your electronically operated garage door.
f Do not stop engine immediately after hard or
the car.
extended driving. f To check this, drive your Porsche close to the
The engine-compartment blower is mounted on
Keep engine running at increased idle for garage door. Make sure not to interfere with
the engine compartment lid.
about two minutes to prevent excessive heat the operating range of the door.
build-up before turning off engine.
Warning! f Run the engine at different speeds.
f To avoid discharging the battery, always re-
Risk of injury. f If the garage door opens or closes without you
move the ignition key from the ignition lock.
After the engine is switched off, the engine- operating the garage door unit in your car,
f When leaving the car, always remove the igni- compartment temperature is monitored for contact the dealer who installed the automatic
tion key and apply the handbrake. Engage 1st approx. 30 minutes. garage door to have the frequency and/or
gear or reverse gear on vehicles with manual During this period, and depending on tem- coding of the garage door signal changed or
transmission or move the selector lever to po- perature, the engine-compartment blower modified.
sition P on vehicles with PDK transmission. may continue to run or start to run.
f Engage the steering lock by moving the steer- f Carry out work in these areas only with the en-
ing wheel to the left or right. gine off, the ignition off, and exercise extreme
Turn the steering wheel to the locking position caution.
before you switch off the engine so that you
don’t have to exert yourself when locking or Risk of injury. The radiator fans in the front
unlocking the steering. end of the car may be operating or
unexpectedly start operating when the
engine is switched on.
Warning!
f Carry out work in these areas only with the en-
Danger of injury. Hot engine compartment
gine switched off.
components can burn skin on contact.
f Before working on any part in the engine com-
partment, turn the engine off and let it cool
down sufficiently.
Warning!
f Whenever stalled or stopped for emergency re-
pairs, move the car well off the road. Switch on
the emergency flasher and mark the car with
road flares or other warning devices.
f Do not remain in the car. Someone approach-
ing from the rear may not realize your vehicle
is stopped and cause a collision.
Danger of fire.
f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas
where the hot exhaust system may come in
contact with dry grass, brush, fuel spill or
other flammable material.
Emergency Flasher Switch Hot engine compartment components can

burn skin on contact.
Operational readiness of the emergency flasher
f Before working on any part in the engine
does not depend on the ignition lock and turn sig-
compartment, turn the engine off and let it cool
nal lever position.
down sufficiently.
f If your car is disabled or parked under emer-
gency conditions switch on the emergency
flasher in the dashboard.
All turn signals and the indicator light in the
switch flash with the same frequency.
Daytime driving lights
Low beam, high beam
Only with ignition on, The daytime driving lights are integrated in the
daytime driving lights switched off front auxiliary headlights. These lights are
switched on only when the engine is running and
Rear fog light with the light switch in the positions OFF or HOME.
Low beam headlights must be switched on when
Pull switch to second click. driving through tunnels or at dusk, for example.
Indicator light on.
Operation of the daytime driving lights may vary
depending on country-specific regulations.
Warning chime
Canada only:
If the ignition key is withdrawn and the door is In addition to the auxiliary headlights the parking
opened while the lights (not the parking light or lights are switched on.
Welcome Home lighting) are on, a chime warns of
possible battery discharge. USA only:
The daytime driving lights can be deactivated in
In some countries, differences are possible the on-board computer.
due to provisions of law.
f Please see the chapter “ON-BOARD
COMPUTER (BC)” on Page 126.
Light Switch
Vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus
Lights switched off
Further individual light functions (e.g. daytime driv-
Daytime driving lights are switched on ing lights) are available in vehicles with the Sport
when the engine is running. Chrono Package Plus.
Welcome Home Function f Please observe the chapter “Individual Memo-
Daytime driving lights are switched on ry” in the separate PCM operating instructions.
when the engine is running.
Cornering light
Parking lights, side marker lights,
license plate light, instrument illumina- The dynamic cornering light is activated above
tion, daytime driving lights switched off speeds of 6 mph (10 km/h).
Welcome Home Lighting Automatic Headlight Beam
Adjustment
Switching on
Vehicles with Bi-Xenon headlights feature
f Move light switch to the HOME position. dynamic headlight beam adjustment.
For improved visibility and security when you get When the ignition is switched on, the level of the
in and out of the car, the daytime driving lights and headlight beam automatically changes in accord-
the tail lights remain on for a certain period of ance with the vehicle load.
time: The level of the headlight beam is automatically
kept constant during acceleration and braking.
– When you get out of the car, the lights are
turned on for approx. 30 seconds after the
door is opened. The off-delay time resumes Checking operation
when the vehicle is locked.
1. Switch the low beam on.
On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package
Plus, the PCM can be used to set the off-delay 2. Insert ignition key and switch ignition on.
time. This setting also changes the lighting The light beam first dips all the way down and
period for unlocking the vehicle. is then adapted to the vehicle load.
Please observe the chapter “Individual
If this test item is not met, the headlight beam
adjustment system must be checked by an author-
instructions.
– The lights are turned on for approx.
30 seconds when the vehicle is unlocked.
The lights go out if the ignition is switched on
or when leaving the Welcome Home lighting.
The turn signal lever turns off automatically when Individual Light Functions
the steering wheel is straightened out after com-
pleting a turn. Further individual light functions are available in
vehicles with the Sport Chrono Plus package.
Lane changer f Please refer to the chapter “Individual Memory”
in the separate PCM operating instructions.
f To indicate your intention when changing lanes
on the freeway, slightly lift or depress the lever
to the resistance point.
The lever will return to the OFF position when
released.
f If the frequency of the display becomes notice-
ably faster, check the operation of the turn sig-
nal bulbs.
Headlight flasher
Turn Signal / Headlight Dimmer / (With ignition on or off)

Parking light / Flasher Lever f To flash the headlights to oncomming motor-
ists, slightly pull the lever toward the steering
Turn signals, low beam and high beam are ready wheel and then release it.
for operation when the ignition is on. The blue indicator light in the tachometer will
1 – Turn signal left go on/off as you pull/release the lever.
2 – Turn signal right
Push the lever to the upper or lower pressure Parking light
point – turn signals flash three times
The parking light can only be switched on when
3 – High beam
the ignition is switched off.
4 – Headlight flasher
Lever in center position – Low beam f Move the lever up or down to switch on the
right or left parking light.
When high beam and headlight flasher are select-
ed, the blue indicator light in the tachometer is lit.
f Always switch off windshield wipers in car 5 – Windshield wipers and washer system:
wash to prevent them wiping unintentionally f Pull wiper lever towards the steering wheel.
(intermittent or sensor operation). The washer system sprays and wipes while the
lever is pulled towards the steering wheel.
f Always switch off windshield wipers before
When the wiper lever is released, a few drying
cleaning the windshield to avoid unintentional
wipes are executed.
operation (intermittent or sensor operation).
f Do not operate the headlight washer in car A - Headlight washer:
washes. The washer sprays only while low beam or high
f Do not operate headlight washer when it is beam is switched on.
frozen. f Briefly push button A to operate headlight
washer system.
Front wiper and headlight washer system f If heavily soiled, repeat wash.
0 – Windshield wipers off The headlight washer system automatically sprays

1 – Rain sensor operation for front once for every ten times the front windshield
windshield wipers washer system is operated.
Windshield Wiper / Washer Lever f Move wiper lever upwards to the first click.
Note
Please see the chapter “RAIN SENSOR” on
Warning! Page 85. The windshield washer nozzles are heated
when the ignition is on, as a precaution against
Danger of injury when the windshield wipers 2 – Windshield wipers slow
freezing.
operate unintentionally, e.g. in intermittent f Move wiper lever upwards to the second click.
or rain sensor operation.
3 – Windshield wipers fast
Risk of damage to the windshield and wiper
f Move wiper lever upwards to the third click.
system.
4 – Front windshield wiper – one-touch oper-
f Avoid running the wiper blades over a dry wind-
ation:
shield to prevent scratching the glass. Spray
f Move wiper lever downwards. The front wind-
washer fluid on the windshield first.
shield wipers wipe once.
A scratched windshield will reduce visibility.
f Always loosen wiper blades from frozen glass
before operating wipers to prevent damage to
the wiper motor or blades.
The rear wiper is automatically switched off when
a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h) is exceeded. It is
switched on again when the speed falls below
124 mph (200 km/h).
On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus,
further rear wiper functions can be selected via
the PCM.
f Please observe the chapter “Individual
instructions.
Rear Wiper
6 – Rear window wiper – intermittent
operation
f Move wiper lever forwards to the first click.
The rear window wiper wipes at preset inter-
vals.
To switch the rain sensor on again: Maintenance note
f Move wiper lever to position 0 and then to f Periodically clean the wiper blades with a win-
position 1 or dow cleaner, especially after the vehicle has
been washed in a car wash. We recommend
f Operate windshield washer system 5 or
Porsche window cleaner. If they are very dirty
f Change the sensitivity of the rain sensor with (e.g. with insect remains), they can be cleaned
four-stage switch A. with a sponge or cloth.
Switch-on is confirmed by one wipe of the wind- If the wiper blades rub or squeak, this may be as
shield. a result of the following:
On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package Plus, If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash,
further rain sensor functions can be selected via wax residues may be adhering to the windshield.
the PCM. These wax residues can only be removed by using
a window cleaner concentrate.
f Please see the chapter “Individual Memory” in
the separate PCM operating instructions. f Please see the chapter “WASHER FLUID” on
Page 220.
Changing the sensitivity of the rain sensor
f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer
Rain sensor Sensitivity can be set with switch A in 4 stages: for further information.
The rain sensor on the windshield measures the f Adjust switch A upwards – The wiper blades may be damaged or worn.
high sensitivity.
amount of rainfall (snowfall too). Wiper speed is
The setting is confirmed by one wipe of the f Replace wiper blades as soon as possible.
automatically adjusted accordingly.
windshield.
Switching on f Adjust switch A downwards –
f Move wiper lever upwards to the first click. low sensitivity.
Switching off
f Move wiper lever to position 0.
The rain sensor remains switched off if the wiper
lever is already in position 1 when the ignition is
switched on.
Vehicles with PDK Hold and store speed
Downshifts are carried out to help maintain the
f Bring the car to the desired speed with the
pre-selected speed (especially when driving down-
accelerator.
hill).
f Then briefly push the operating lever forward
Warning! (position 1).
Risk of an accident resulting in serious per-
sonal injury or death. A constant speed may Accelerating (e.g. to overtake)
not be safe in heavy traffic, or on winding or
Option 1
slippery roads.
With the speed control system engaged, the f Increase the speed as usual with the
engine speed will not return to idle when re- accelerator.
moving the foot from the accelerator pedal. When you ease off the accelerator, the
previously saved value is set again.
f Do not use the speed control when it may be
unsafe to keep the car at a constant speed. Option 2
f Observe all local and national speed limits. f Push operating lever forward (position 1) until
A- Automatic speed control readiness off/on the desired speed is reached.
1- +SPEED/SET (accelerate/store)
The speed reached is maintained and stored
2- –SPEED (decelerate) Switch automatic speed control when the lever is released.
3- OFF (interrupt) readiness on
4- RESUME
Option 3
f Press button A on the automatic speed control
Automatic Speed Control lever. f Push lever slightly forwards (position 1)
(a maximum of 10 times).
The automatic speed control maintains any This green indicator light in the
The speed is increased by 1 mph (1.6 km/h),
selected speed between 15 mph and 145 mph speedometer now indicates readiness
each time the lever is pushed forwards.
(30 km/h and 240 km/h) without you having to
use the accelerator pedal. Note on operation
The automatic speed control is operated with the
lever on the steering wheel. Speed control operation is automatically interrupt-
ed if the speed is increased by more than approx.
16 mph (25 km/h ) for longer than 20 seconds.
Decelerating Interrupting automatic speed control Resuming the stored speed
operation
Option 1 f Briefly push operating lever upwards
f Pull operating lever downwards briefly (position 4).
f Pull operating lever towards the steering wheel
(position 3) or The speed control accelerates/decelerates
(position 2) until the desired speed is reached.
the vehicle to the stored speed.
The speed reached is maintained and stored f Operate brake or clutch pedal or
when the lever is released. The stored speed should only be recalled when
f Switch PDK to selector lever position N.
traffic conditions and the road surface so permit.
Option 2 f Please see the chapter “PORSCHE DOPPEL-
f Briefly move lever towards the steering wheel KUPPLUNG (PDK)” on Page 170. Switching automatic speed control
(position 2) (a maximum of 10 times). The speed driven before the interruption remains readiness off
The speed is reduced by 1 mph (1.6 km/h), stored in the memory.
each time the lever is moved towards the f Press button A on the automatic speed control
steering wheel. Automatic speed control operation is lever.
interrupted automatically: The green readiness light in the speedometer
Vehicles with PDK goes off.
– If the set vehicle speed is exceeded by more
Downshifts are carried out to improve decelera- than approx. 16 mph (25 km/h) for longer than Note
tion (especially when driving downhill). 20 seconds.
The stored speed value is cleared when the
– If the actual vehicle speed falls to approx. vehicle is parked and the ignition is switched off.
37 mph (60 km/h) below the set vehicle speed
for longer than 60 seconds (upward slopes). Important note
– For PSM control operations. On upward or downward slopes, the set speed
cannot always be maintained by the automatic
speed control.
f To obtain sufficient engine braking or a better
engine-speed range, a lower gear needs to be
selected.
Cupholder
(holder for drink cans and cups)
f Keep the cupholder closed while driving.
Warning!
Risk of scalding or damage due to spilling
drinks.
f Only use beverage containers which fit.
f Never put overfull containers in the cupholder.
f Never place hot drinks in the cupholder.
Extending cupholder f Press the symbol for the respective cupholder.

The cupholder extends out.
f Press the panel.
f Close panel in the middle.
The panel opens.
The cupholder diameter can be increased by pull-
ing it out to hold larger containers.
Closing cupholder
f Push cupholder drawer in.
f Open panel in the middle.
f Close and engage the cupholder.
f Close panel in the middle.
Pulling cupholder out Ashtray

f Pull out holder (arrow).
Opening
f Insert container.
f Open ashtray lid.
f Carefully slide holder inwards to adjust it to the
container size.
Emptying Heating lighter
f Open ashtray and carefully pull out ash insert. f Open ashtray lid.
f Leave ashtray lid open. f Push in knob of the cigarette lighter.
Push in ash insert. When ready for use, the lighter will snap back.
Warning! Note on operation
Danger of fire. The lighter receptacle is not to be used for

electrical accessories (except for the tire filling
f Never use ashtray for waste paper disposal, compressor).
as it could pose a fire hazard.
Maximum power consumption: 150 W
f Please see the chapter “SOCKETS” on
Page 257.
Cigarette Lighter
Warning!
Danger of fire and burning.
The cigarette lighter is ready for use, regard-
less of the ignition lock position.
f Never leave unsupervised children in the car.
f Never touch the heating element or sides of
the lighter.
f Hold the lighter by the knob only.
Storage in the Passenger Additional storage possibilities
Compartment – in the doors,
Warning! – in the door sill next to the passenger’s seat,
Unsecured luggage and heavy objects may – in the center console,

come loose during braking, rapid directional – behind the rear seat backrests
changes or in an accident and cause serious (only with the convertible top closed on the
personal injury or death. Cabriolet, when opening the convertible top
f Do not transport any heavy objects in the there should not be any objects in the area
storage trays. behind the rear seats – risk of damage),
f Do not carry unsecured luggage or objects in – storage tray with coin holder between seats,
the passenger compartment. – glove compartment with CD and pen holder,
– clothes hook on the roof frame,
– clothes hook on back of front backrests
(depending on vehicle equipment),
Storage tray between the seats
– enlarged storage space by folding the rear
seat backrests forward. Opening
f Press release button and lift the lid.
There is a coin holder and socket in the
forward part of the storage tray.
f Please see the chapter “SOCKETS” on
Page 257.
Glove compartment
Warning!
Risk of injury by the glove compartment lid in
case of an accident.
f Keep the glove compartment closed while
driving.
Opening CD holder
f Pull the catch and open the lid.
Occupied drawers are indicated by a red window.
Locking
Opening drawers
f Lock the catch to secure the contents against
unauthorized access. f Push the button of the drawer you wish to
open.
Closing drawers
f Fold up CD drawer and close until it engages.
Pen holder
A pen can be clipped in on the right side of the CD
holder.
The luggage compartment lid can also be un-
locked with the radio remote control.
f Please see the chapter “KEYS” on Page 15.
Important Note
If the vehicle battery is discharged, the luggage
compartment lid can be opened only by connect-
ing an external electrical power source.
f Please see the chapter “ELECTRICAL SYS-
TEM” on Page 257.
or the description inside the fuse box lid.
Warning message
A warning message in the on-board computer
comes on if the lids are not completely closed.
A - Opening luggage compartment lid
B - Opening engine compartment lid f Fully close the lid.
Luggage Compartment Lid and

Engine Compartment Lid
Unlocking
f Operate the appropriate pull-button next to the
driver’s seat.
The luggage compartment or engine compart-
ment is illuminated when the respective lid is
open.
f Please see the chapter “LOAD SWITCH-OFF AF-
TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS” on Page 258.
Closing luggage compartment lid and
engine compartment lid
f Lower the lid and close it.
f Push the lid closed with the palm of your hand
in the area of the lock.
Check that the lid has correctly engaged in the
lock.
Warning!
Risk of loss of control or an accident, result-
ing in serious personal injury or death.
f Should you notice at any time while driving that
one of the lids is not secured properly, please
stop immediately in a suitable place and close
it.
The front lid may fly up impairing vision.
Opening luggage compartment lid
Caution!
Risk of damage to luggage compartment lid
or windshield wipers.
f Make sure that the windshield wipers are not
folded out forwards when opening the luggage
compartment lid.
f Raise lid slightly and unlatch the safety catch

with the red lever (arrow).
Closing
f Insert tool box into the guide pegs in the
luggage compartment floor.
f Close tool box and lock the turn-locks C.
Luggage Compartment E- Adapter for security wheel bolts

F- Tire filling compressor
(Vehicles without Porsche Traction G- Towing hook
Management PTM) H- Tool kit
I - Tire sealant
Access covers A and B

Tool box
Caution!
Opening
Risk of injury or damage. f Unlock turn-locks C.
f Do not store any objects behind the access f Open tool box and place it on the floor of the
covers A and B. luggage compartment.
Tools
The tools are located under the floor plate of the
luggage compartment.
f Lift the floor plate on the opening and take out.
Luggage Compartment B- Access cover for tire sealant

C- Tire filling compressor
(Vehicles with Porsche Traction D- Tool kit
Management PTM) E- Towing lug
F- Adapter for security wheel bolts
Access cover A
Tire sealant
Caution!
The tire sealant is located behind the access
Risk of injury or damage.
cover B.
f Do not store any objects behind the access
f Open access cover B using the opening.
cover A.
Danger!
Warning light
Risk of accident.
A warning message in the on-board computer If the warning message in the on-board com-
lights up when the unlocking handle is operated. puter lights up when the vehicle is in motion,
the lid may impact in front of the windshield
f Stop the vehicle immediately when the warning
and can tear off.
lights light up.
You can lose control of the vehicle and seri-
f Check the luggage compartment. ous personal injury or death may result.
f Close the lid. f Stop the vehicle immediately when the warning
message lights up.
Function with vehicle stationary
f Check the luggage compartment.
If the luggage compartment lid is unlocked with
unlocking the handle, the lid can be opened from f Close the lid.
the inside immediately.
Note
Function with vehicle in motion
The lid cannot be opened from the inside if the bat-
If the luggage compartment lid is unlocked with
Trunk Entrapment the unlocking handle when a speed of 2 mph
tery is disconnected or empty.
Safety reasons require that you unscrew the
Your vehicle is equipped with an internal trunk (3 km/h) is exceeded, the warning message in the latch striker of the lid lock if you plan to put
release mechanism. on-board computer lights up. the vehicle out of operation for an extended
At the same time, the lid is unlocked and the latch period.
A person trapped in the luggage compartment striker pops into the catch-hook position.
can release the lid from the inside using the un- f Please consult your authorized Porsche
locking handle. dealer.
The handle is fluorescent and glows in the dark. They will advise you about the necessary
measures.
Note
f When loading the luggage compartment, make
sure that items of luggage or other objects
cannot become caught on the handle.
This could cause the luggage compartment to
open unintentionally.
Porsche Communication Accessories which have not been tested and Car Audio Operation/Tips
approved by Porsche may impair radio function
Management (PCM) and reception. For radio operation see your radio manual
f Refer to the separate operating instructions which is included with your on-board litera-
before putting the PCM into operation. Navigation ture.
f Please see the chapter “LOAD SWITCH-OFF f Please see the chapter “LOAD SWITCH-OFF AF-
When put into operation for the first time, a TER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS” on Page 258.
AFTER 2 HOURS OR 7 DAYS” on Page 258. distance of approx. 30 miles (50 km) must be
driven in order for the navigation system to FM reception
Warning! complete the process of fine calibration.
A vehicle is not an ideal place to listen to a radio.
There is a danger of accident if you set or The same applies when the tires are changed (e.g.
Because the vehicle moves, reception conditions
operate the on-board computer, radio, navi- summer/snow tires) or new tires fitted.
are constantly changing.
gation system, telephone or other equipment Full location accuracy is not yet achieved during
Buildings, terrain, signal distance and noise from
when driving. the fine-calibration process.
other vehicles are all working against good recep-
This could distract you from the traffic and If the vehicle has been transported (e.g. ferry, car tion.
cause you to lose control of the vehicle re- train), the system may take a few minutes to deter- Some conditions affecting FM may appear to be
sulting in serious personal injury or death. mine the current location after it has been problems when they are not.
f Operate the components while driving only if switched on.
The following characteristics are completely nor-
the traffic situation allows you to do so safely. Serious tire slip (e.g. spinning wheels on snow) mal for a given reception area, and they do not in-
f Carry out any complicated operating or setting may result in temporarily inaccurate navigation. dicate any problem with the radio itself.
procedures only with the vehicle stationary. When the battery has been disconnected, it may
Note
take up to 15 minutes before the navigation
The reception conditions for the radio module system is operational again. Electronic accessories should only be installed by
integrated in the PCM change continuously as you your authorized Porsche dealer.
drive. Interference from buildings, terrain and the Equipment which has not been tested and ap-
weather is unavoidable. proved by Porsche may impair radio reception.
FM stereo reception is particularly susceptible to
varying reception conditions.
Electronic accessories should only be retrofitted
by your authorized Porsche dealer.
Fading and drifting Station swapping f When not in use, take the disc out of the player,
put the disc back into its case and store it
FM range is limited to about 25 miles (40 km), When two FM stations are close to each other, and
away from dust, heat, damp and direct
except for some high power stations. an electronic dead spot, such as static or multi-
sunlight.
path area, interrupts the original signal, some-
If a vehicle is moving away from the desired sta- Leaving the disc on the dashboard in the sun
times the stronger second signal will be selected
tion’s transmitter, the signal will tend to fade and/ can damage the disc.
automatically until the original one returns.
or drift. This condition is more prevalent with FM
This swapping can also occur as you drive away f If the disc gets dirty, clean the disc by wiping
than AM, and is often accompanied by distortion.
from the selected station and approach another the surfaces from the center to the outside in
Fading and drifting can be minimized to a certain
station of a stronger signal. a radial direction with a soft cloth.
degree by careful attention to fine tuning or selec-
Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
tion of a stronger signal.
Compact disc player anti-static record preservative.
Static and fluttering Disc cleaners are available in audio stores.
When the line-of-sight link between a transmitter

and vehicle is blocked by large buildings or moun-
tains, the radio sound may be accompanied with
Caution!
static or fluttering because of the characteristic of
FM. To avoid damage to compact disc player and
In a similar effect, a fluttering noise is sometimes discs.
heard when driving along a tree-lined road.
f Use only compact discs labeled as shown, hav-
This static and fluttering can be reduced by adjusting no dirt, damage or warpage.
ing the tone control for greater bass response un-
f Never attempt to disassemble or oil any part
til the disturbance has passed.
of the player unit.
Multipath Do not insert any object other than a disc into
the slot.
Because of the reflecting characteristics of FM, Remember there are no user-serviceable parts
direct and reflected signals may reach the antenna inside the compact disc player.
at the same time (multipath) and cancel each other
out. f Do not allow the disc to sustain any finger-
As a vehicle moves through these electronic dead prints, scrapes or stickers on the surfaces.
spots, the listener may hear a momentary flutter This may cause poor sound quality.
or loss of reception. Hold the disc only on the edge or center hole.
Car Telephone and It is essential to observe the telephone
manufacturer's instructions before operating
Aftermarket Alarms the telephone.
Important legal and safety information Any portable telephone or radio transmitter which
regarding the use of cellular telephones is used in a Porsche must be properly installed in
accordance with the technical requirements of
Some states may prohibit the use of cellular tele-
Porsche.
phones while driving a vehicle. Check the laws and
regulations on the use of cellular telephones in the The transmission power must not exceed
areas where you drive. 10 W.
The devices must possess a type approval for
Danger! your vehicle and have an “e” symbol.
Risk of an accident. If you should require equipment with transmission
Severe personal injury or death can result in power values greater than 10 W, please consult
the event of an accident. your authorized Porsche dealer for this purpose.
Looking away from the road or turning your The dealer is familiar with the technical require-
attention away from your driving can cause ments for installing devices of this kind.
an accident and serious or fatal injury.
Antenna The antennas for all radios and telephones with a
When using your cellular telephone, you should al- transmitting antenna must be externally mounted.
f Always unscrew the external antenna before ways:
The improper installation of radios or telephones
using an automatic car-wash.
f Give full attention to your driving - pull off the or use of a radio or telephone with a transmitting
On the Cabriolet and Targa the external antenna is road and park before making or answering a antenna inside the car may cause the warning
mounted on the right front fender. call if traffic conditions so require; and lights to come on.
f Keep both hands on the steering wheel - use Improper installation of such equipment can cre-
hands-free operation (if available) - pull off the ate a discharged battery or excessive current
road and park before using a hand-held tele- draw from added equipment.
phone.

If aftermarket systems are installed by non-dealer-
ship technicians or outside the selling dealer,
problems may result. Installation of aftermarket
equipment is not covered under the New Car War-
ranty.
f Consult your authorized Porsche dealer about
the installation of non Porsche approved equip-
ment.
Reception quality
The reception quality of your car telephone will
change constantly when you are driving. Interfer-
ence caused by buildings, landscape and weather
is unavoidable. It may become particularly difficult
to hear when using the hands-free function due to
external noise such as engine and wind noise.
Automatic car-wash iPod, USB and AUX

f Unscrew external antennas before using an au-
tomatic car-wash. The interfaces for iPod, USB and AUX are located
in the storage tray between the seats.
f Please refer to the chapter “External Audio
Source” in the separate PCM/CDR operating
instructions.
Note
Do not leave an iPod, USB storage device or an
external audio source in the vehicle for a
prolonged period as extreme ambient conditions
(temperature fluctuations, air humidity) can occur
in the vehicle.

Note
f Pay attention to the final control date on the
fire extinguisher.
If the fire extinguisher is used after its expira-
tion date has elapsed, it may not operate
properly.
f Follow the operating instructions on the fire
extinguisher.
f The functional ability of the fire extinguisher
should be checked by a specialist workshop
every 1-2 years.
f After use, have the fire extinguisher refilled.
Fire Extinguisher Inserting fire extinguisher

In cars equipped with a fire extinguisher, the extin-
1. Place fire extinguisher in the mounting.
guisher is fitted to the front of the driver’s seat.
2. Engage fastening strap lug A in the tension
jack and close tension jack (arrow).
Taking out fire extinguisher
1. Hold fire extinguisher with one hand and press
the PRESS button on the fastening strap with
the other hand (arrow).
2. Remove fire extinguisher from mounting.

Warning! Note on operation
Risk of accident when using the HomeLink if f Always use the HomeLink opener in the
persons, animals or objects are within the direction of travel.
range of movement of the equipment that is Otherwise, range restrictions cannot be ruled
being operated. out.
f When using the HomeLink, ensure that no f Before selling the vehicle, delete the
persons, animals or objects are within the programmed signals of the HomeLink.
range of movement of the equipment that is
f Please read the instructions for the original
being operated.
hand-held transmitter to find out whether the
f Observe the safety notes for the original original transmitter is equipped with fixed or
hand-held transmitter. changeable code.
f Always fit new batteries in your hand-held trans-
Preconditions for operating and mitter before programming the transmitter.
programming the HomeLink:
– The battery in the original hand-held trans- Allocating signals to the buttons
mitter must be new.
1, 2, 3 - Programmable buttons f Please follow the operating instructions for the
A - Light-emitting diode for status identification – Ignition is switched on. original hand-held transmitter.
– Daytime driving lights are switched off.
HomeLink Clearing factory settings prior to program-
To operate the respective device: ming the HomeLink for the first time
The programmable HomeLink replaces up to three
original hand-held transmitters used to operate f Press the appropriate button (1, 2 or 3). The following process deletes the standard codes
various devices (e.g. garage door, gate to the Light-emitting diode A lights up during signal set at the factory. Do not repeat the process if you
property, alarm system). transfer. program further buttons.
You can program buttons 1 to 3 with a frequency f Keep the two outer buttons 1 and 3
of an original handheld transmitter. depressed for approx. 20 seconds until light-
emitting diode A begins to flash quickly.
All programmed signals of buttons 1 to 3 are
deleted.

Note Note
Several attempts with different distances between
Programming HomeLink with changeable
the vehicle and the original hand-held transmitter
code hand-held transmitters
might be necessary.
1. Press the desired button until the light-emitting
diode begins to flash slowly. The daytime driving lights will flash once the 5
You then have approx. 5 minutes to perform minutes have been exceeded. Programming must
steps 2 and 3. be repeated from the beginning.
2. Hold the original hand-held transmitter approx. f Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer
0 to 12 in. (0 to 30 cm) in front of the marked if you have not been able to successfully
position (figure) on the vehicle. allocate signals for the garage door opener to
the buttons even though you have carefully
3. Press the transmit button on the original hand- followed the instructions in this chapter and
held transmitter until the daytime driving lights the operating instructions for the original hand-
flash three times (up to approx. 45 seconds). held transmitter.
4. To synchronize the system:
Deleting programmed signals of the
Press the programming button on the receiver
HomeLink
Programming HomeLink with fixed code for the garage door actuator.
hand-held transmitters Afterwards, you usually have approx. (e.g., when selling the vehicle)
30 seconds to initiate step 5.
1. Press the desired button until the light-emitting Keep the two outer buttons 1 and 3 depressed
diode begins to flash slowly. 5. Press the allocated HomeLink button twice. for approx. 20 seconds until light-emitting diode A
You then have approx. 5 minutes to perform (With some devices, the button to be allocated begins to flash quickly.
steps 2 and 3. must be pressed a third time in order to All programmed signals of buttons 1 to 3 are
complete the setting process.) deleted.
2. Hold the original hand-held transmitter approx.
0 to 12 in. (0 to 30 cm) in front of the marked 6. Repeat the programming steps to allocate
position (figure) on the vehicle. other buttons.
3. Press the transmit button on the original hand-
held transmitter until the daytime driving lights
flash three times (up to approx. 45 seconds).
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to allocate other buttons.

Automatic Air Conditioning System, Heated Rear Window/Door Mirror Heating
Automatic Air Conditioning System ............. 106
Central and Side Vents............................... 109
Fresh-air Intake ......................................... 109
Heated Rear Window/Door Mirror Heating ... 110
Automatic Air Conditioning System, Heated Rear Window/Door Mirror Heating 105
A- Defrosting the windshield
B- Heated rear window
C- Temperature sensor
D- AC OFF button (air-conditioning compressor off/on)
E- Recirculating-air button
F- Temperature button
G- AUTO button (automatic mode)
H- Air distribution to footwell
I - Air distribution to central and side vents
J- Air distribution to windshield
K- Blower speed button
Automatic Air Conditioning System Automatic mode

The automatic air-conditioning system controls f Press AUTO button G.
the preselected interior temperature completely AUTO will appear on the display panel.
automatically. Air quantity and distribution are automatically
If necessary, the automatic system can be controlled and variations are compensated.
manually adjusted.
All automatic setting functions can be individually
changed.
This setting is retained until the appropriate
function button is pressed again or the AUTO
button is pressed.
106 Automatic air conditioning system, Heated rear window/Door mirror heating
Setting temperature Defrosting the windshield Adjusting blower speed
f Press button F upwards or downwards
f Press button A (switch on or off). f Press button K upwards or downwards respec-
respectively.
The windshield is defogged or defrosted as tively.
To suit personal comfort, the interior temperature quickly as possible. The preset blower speed is increased or
can be adjusted between 61 °F and 85 °F/16 °C Air flows to the windshield only. decreased.
and 29.5 °C. The light-emitting diode in the button lights up.
The speed stages are indicated by a bar display.
Recommendation: 72 °F/22 °C.
AC OFF – switching compressor for air- If the button is pressed downwards at the lowest
If “LO” or “HI” appears on the display, the system
conditioning system on and off blower stage, the blower and automatic control
is operating at maximum cooling or heating pow-
are switched off. “OFF” will appear on the display
er.
The air-conditioning compressor switches off field.
Automatic control is no longer active.
automatically at temperatures below approx. Pressing the button upwards or pressing the
Note 37 °F/3 °C and cannot be switched on, even AUTO button switches the blower and automatic
manually. control back on again.
If the preselected temperature is changed, the
blower speed can increase automatically in auto- Whenever outside temperatures exceed approx.
matic mode. 37 °F/3 °C, the air-conditioning compressor is Recirculating-air setting
The desired temperature is reached more quickly always switched on in automatic mode.
this way. The compressor can be switched off to save fuel,
but control comfort is then limited: Warning!
Sensors
f Press AC OFF button D. Risk of accident due to impaired vision,
To avoid affecting the performance of the air-con- The compressor is switched off. resulting in serious personal injury or death.
ditioning system: The light-emitting diode in the button lights up. In recirculating-air setting, the windows may
fog up.
f Do not cover the sun sensor on the instrument f If the interior temperature is too high, switch
panel or the temperature sensor C. compressor back on or press AUTO button. f Only select recirculating-air setting for short
periods.
To dry incoming air in damp weather, do not
switch off the air-conditioning compressor. f If the windows fog up, switch recirculating-air
This prevents fogging of windows. setting off immediately by pressing the
circulating-air button again and select the
“Defrost windshield” function.
Automatic air conditioning system, Heated rear window/Door mirror heating 107
Switching recirculating-air setting on or off Air distribution to footwell General instructions for air-conditioning
f Press button E. compressor
The outside-air supply is interrupted and only f Press button H.
– Can switch off briefly if engine is under an ex-
the inside air is circulated. The air flows to the footwell.
treme load to ensure sufficient engine cooling.
The light-emitting diode in the button lights up. The selection appears on the display panel.
– Switches off automatically at temperatures be-
Over approx. 37 °F/3 °C Air distribution to central and side
low approx. 37 °F/3 °C and cannot be
vents
If the air-conditioning compressor was off, it switched on, even manually.
switches on automatically. The duration of recircu- f Press button I.
– Operates most effectively with windows
lating-air setting is not limited. The air flows from the central and side vents.
closed.
Vents must be open.
If the car has been in the sun for a long time, it
Below approx. 37 °F/3 °C The selection appears on the display panel.
is a good idea to ventilate the interior briefly
The air-conditioning compressor is switched off. Air distribution to windshield with the windows open.
Recirculating-air setting is automatically ended
– Depending on the outside temperature and hu-
after approx. 3 minutes.
f Press button J. midity, condensation can drip from the evapo-
Air distribution The air flows to the windshield. rator and form a pool under the vehicle.
The selection appears on the display panel. This is normal and not a sign of leakage.
The individual air distributions can be combined as
Note on operation – If uncooled air flows out when the lowest
desired.
temperature has been set, switch off the air-
Recommended setting in Summer: f On vehicles with the Sport Chrono Package conditioning compressor and have the fault
Air distribution to central and side vents. Plus, individual air conditioning settings can be repaired at an authorized Porsche dealer.
stored on your vehicle key.
Recommended setting in Winter: Please observe the chapter “Individual
Air distribution to footwell and windshield. Memory” in the separate PCM operating
instructions.
Fresh-air Intake
To ensure proper air intake:
f Keep the fresh-air inlet between the luggage
compartment lid and the windshield free from
snow, ice and leaves.
A - Continuous opening and closing

B - Setting vent direction
Changing air flow direction
f Move the vanes to make the air flow in the
Central and Side Vents desired direction.
Outside air or conditioned air can be delivered
Opening vents
from all vents, depending on the air-distribution
setting on the operating panel.
f Rotate knurled wheel upward.
Closing vents
f Rotate knurled wheel downward.
Automatic air conditioning system, Heated rear window/Door mirror heating 109
Switching on
f Press button.
After approx. 15 minutes, the heating switches off
automatically.
The heater can be switched back on by pressing
the button again.
Switching off
f Press button.
Heated Rear Window/Door

Mirror Heating
The heated rear window/door mirror heating is
ready for operation when the ignition is on.
Instruments, On-Board Computer, Warnings
Instrument Panel USA Models..................... 112
Instrument Panel Canada Models ................ 114
Engine Oil Temperature.............................. 116
Automatic Speed Control Indicator light ...... 116
Instrument Illumination ............................... 116
Trip Odometer........................................... 117
Speedometer............................................ 118
Changing over between Miles / Kilometers.. 118
Tachometer .............................................. 119
Turn Signal Indicator Light.......................... 119
High Beam Indicator Light .......................... 119
Gear Shift Indicator “A”
(in vehicles with manual transmission) ......... 119
Cooling System......................................... 120
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) .................. 121
Fuel.......................................................... 122
Clock ....................................................... 123
Outside Temperature ................................. 123
Engine Oil Pressure ................................... 124
Check Engine (Emission Control) ................ 125
On-Board Computer (BC) ............................ 126
Warnings on the instrument panel
and the on-board computer ........................ 158
Instruments, On-Board Computer, Warnings 111

Instrument Panel USA Models 15.Light sensor for instrument illumination When the ignition is switched on, the warning
lights light up for a lamp check.
16.Airbag warning light
Also refer to the corresponding chapters in
the Owner’s Manual. 17.Check Engine warning light Note
(Emission control warning light) Warnings that have been given are stored in the
1.Engine oil temperature gage
18.Central warning light appropriate control unit memory and can be read
2.Speedometer with analogue display out at an authorized Porsche dealer.
19.On-board computer display
3.Tire pressure warning light This information can help to warn you about situa-
20.Porsche Stability Management tions which may be hazardous to you or your car.
4.Turn signal indicator light, left
PSM Multifunctional light
5.Tachometer
21.Brake warning light
6.High beam indicator light
22.Safety belt warning light
7.Turn signal indicator light, right
23.PDK transmission, gear display
8.ABS warning light
24.PDK transmission, selector lever position
9.Cooling system
25.Clock and outside temperature display
Temperature gage, warning light
26.Adjustment button for clock
10.Fuel
Level gage, warning light
11.Engine oil pressure gage
12.Adjustment button for instrument illumination
and trip counter
13.Odometer and daily trip mileage display
14.Automatic speed control indicator light
112 Instruments, On-Board Computer, Warnings

Instrument Panel Canada Models 15.Light sensor for instrument illumination When the ignition is switched on, the warning
lights light up for a lamp check.
16.Airbag warning light
Also refer to the corresponding chapters in
the Owner’s Manual. 17.Check Engine warning light Note
(Emission control warning light) Warnings that have been given are stored in the
1.Engine oil temperature gage
18.Central warning light appropriate control unit memory and can be read
2.Speedometer with analogue display out at an authorized Porsche dealer.
19.On-board computer display
3.Tire pressure warning light This information can help to warn you about situa-
20.Porsche Stability Management tions which may be hazardous to you or your car.
4.Turn signal indicator light, left
PSM Multifunctional light
5.Tachometer
21.Brake warning light
6.High beam indicator light
22.Safety belt warning light
7.Turn signal indicator light, right
23.PDK transmission, gear display
8.ABS warning light
24.PDK transmission, selector lever position
9.Cooling system
25.Clock and outside temperature display
Temperature gage, warning light
26.Adjustment button for clock
10.Fuel
Level gage, warning light
11.Engine oil pressure gage
12.Adjustment button for instrument illumination
and trip counter
13.Odometer and daily trip mileage display
14.Automatic speed control indicator light

Instrument Illumination
The illumination is automatically adjusted to the
ambient brightness by the light sensor in the
tachometer.
In addition, when the car lights are switched on,
the instrument and switch symbol brightness can
be manually adjusted.
Warning!
Risk of loss of control or accident, resulting
in serious personal injury or death.
f Do not reach through the steering-wheel
spokes while driving.
Note
A - Adjustment button for instrument illumination and
Engine Oil Temperature trip counter
When the car lights are switched on, the instru-
ment lighting for light dials switches on and off
automatically depending on the ambient bright-
The engine oil temperature is indicated in the left Automatic Speed Control ness.
instrument. Indicator light
Indicates automatic speed control readiness.

Resetting to zero
f Press adjustment button A for approximately
one second or
f Reset the distance in the “SET” menu of the on-
board computer.
Please see the chapter “SET BASIC SETTING
ON ON-BOARD COMPUTER” on Page 155.
After exceeding 6,213 miles or 9,999 kilometers,
the counter returns to “0”.
Dimming instrument illumination Trip Odometer

f Turn adjustment button A in the appropriate di-
rection and hold it until the desired brightness Warning!
has been reached. Risk of loss of control or accident, resulting
The chosen level of brightness is indicated by a in serious personal injury or death.
bar display in the display field of the on-board f Do not reach through the steering-wheel
computer. spokes while driving.

Speedometer Changing over between
The digital speedometer is integrated in the on-
Miles / Kilometers
board computer. The units of the distance and speed displays can
The indication changes from mph to km/h when be changed in the “SET” menu of the on-board
the units are changed from miles to kilometers. computer.
f Please see the chapter “SET BASIC SETTING
ON ON-BOARD COMPUTER” on Page 155.

Caution!
To avoid severe engine damage.
f Always observe the engine rpm before down-
shifting to a lower gear, so you do not exceed
the maximum engine rpm.
Turn Signal Indicator Light

Flashes in synchronism with the turn signals.
Left arrow – left turn signals
Right arrow – right turn signals
f If the frequency of the display becomes notice-
ably faster, check the operation of the turn sig-
nals.
Tachometer High Beam Indicator Light Gear Shift Indicator “A”

The tachometer shows the engine speed in revolu-
(in vehicles with manual transmission)
tions per minute (rpm). Lights when high beam or headlight flasher is
switched on. The consumption-orientated gear shift indicator A
The beginning of the red marks at the right end of on the display panel of the on-board computer
the scale indicates the maximum permissible en- The indicator light goes out when the high beams
are switched off. assists a fuel-saving driving style. The gear shift
gine rpm. indicator lights up as a recommendation to shift
A speed limiter prevents the engine from being The indicator light flashes in the event of cornering up to the next-higher gear depending on the
overrevved during acceleration. Before reaching light failure. selected gear, engine rpm and accelerator pedal
this area, the next higher gear should be select- position.
ed.
Shift to the next lower gear when the engine rpm f When the gear shift indicator A lights up,
drops below 1,500 rpm. change to the next higher gear to decrease
fuel consumption.

Pointer in the middle – normal operating tem- If the coolant level is too low, the warning light
perature flashes.
Additionally, a warning is displayed in the on-board
The pointer may move up to the red area when en-
computer.
gine is heavily loaded and outside temperature is
high, but should return to “normal” when engine f Switch engine off and allow to cool.
load is reduced.
f Add coolant after the engine has cooled to the
touch.
Warning light “A”
f Have the cause of the fault remedied at an au-
If the coolant temperature is too high, the warn- thorized Porsche dealer.
ing light comes on. Please see the chapter “COOLANT LEVEL” on
Additionally, a warning is displayed in the on-board Page 207.
computer.
Caution!
f Pull off the road, turn off the engine and allow
to cool. Risk of engine damage.
f Check radiator and air passages in front end of f If the warning lights come on even though cool-
car for obstructions. ant level is correct, do not continue driving.
Cooling System f Check coolant level. f Have the fault remedied at the nearest
If necessary, add coolant and have fault reme- authorized Porsche dealer.
Temperature gage (ignition on) died at an authorized Porsche dealer.
Please see the chapter “COOLANT LEVEL” on
USA: Display in °F Page 207. Engine compartment blower fan
Canada: Display in °C
Note In addition, this warning light flashes to indicate a
Pointer to the left – engine cold fault in the engine compartment blower fan.
To prevent excessive temperatures, the cooling-
f Avoid high engine speeds and heavy engine air passages must not be restricted by coverings f Have the cause of the fault remedied at an
loading. (e.g. films, “stone guards”). authorized Porsche dealer.

Warning messages Warning “Transmission emergency run” red
– Effect:
If the selector lever is between two positions
Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a
– Effects: stop.
The corresponding selector lever position Remedy:
flashes on the instrument cluster and the It is not possible to continue driving. Immedi-
warning “Selector lever not engaged” appears ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place. Have
on the on-board computer. the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche
Remedy: dealer.
Operate the footbrake and engage the
Warning “Transmission temperature too high”
selector lever properly.
– Effects:
If there is a fault in the transmission “Warning jerks” can be felt when driving off and
– Depending on priority, the warning “Transmis- the engine power may be restricted.
sion emergency run” in white or red lettering or Remedies:
the warning “Transmission temperature too Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on
high” is displayed on the on-board computer. a hill, for example. Hold the vehicle with the
brake. Reduce engine load. If possible, stop
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) Warning “Transmission emergency run” white the vehicle in a suitable place. Allow the engine
f Effects: to run in selector lever position P or N until the
Indicator for PDK selector lever position Restricted gearshift comfort, warning disappears.
and engaged gear Failure of reverse gear. f Please see the chapter “REDUCED DRIVING
Remedy: PROGRAM” on Page 176.
When the engine is running, the selector lever
Have the fault repaired immediately at an
position and the engaged forward gear are
authorized Porsche dealer. f Please see the chapter “PORSCHE DOPPEL-
indicated in gates D or M. KUPPLUNG (PDK)” on Page 170.

Note If the level gage warning light flashes, there
has been a system fault.
If a small quantity of fuel is added to a nearly emp-
ty fuel tank, the fuel gage cannot measure the add-
computer.
ed fuel accurately. The „remaining range“ readout
There will then be no reserve warning.
will also be incorrect.
f To remedy the fault, go to an authorized
Warning light “A” Porsche dealer.
When the engine is running, the warning light

of the level gage lights up if less than approx.
2.6 U.S. gallons (10 liters) of fuel remains in the
tank.
computer.
f Fill up at the next opportunity.
Caution!
Fuel To prevent damage to the emission control
system and engine.
Level gage f Never drive the tank completely out of fuel.
f Avoid high cornering speeds after the warning
When the ignition is on the fuel level is displayed.
lights have come on.
f Please see the chapter “CAPACITIES” on
Page 290. f Please see the chapter “EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM” on Page 218.
If the vehicle’s inclination changes (e.g. going up
or downhill), minor deviations in the indication may
occur.

Setting the time Leaving adjustment mode
Automatically after one minute or:
Warning!
f Press adjustment button again.
Risk of loss of control or accident, resulting
in serious personal injury or death. When adjustment mode is deliberately left by
pressing the button, the time begins precisely to
f Do not reach through the steering-wheel the second.
spokes while driving.
Note
f Switch ignition on.
The time mode can be changed between 12h and
Setting hours 24h in the on-board computer.
f Press adjustment button A for about one sec-

ond. Outside Temperature
Hour display flashes.
The outside temperature display C does not indi-
f Turn button in the appropriate direction: cate, if ice is on the road.
to right – increase hours figure Even if a temperature above 32 °F (0 °C) is dis-
A - Adjustment button for clock to left – decrease hours figure. played, ice may still form on the road, for instance
B - Clock on bridges or when the road passes through a
C - Outside temperature display Adjustment in hours – turn button briefly heavily shaded area.
Fast adjustment (display cycles) –
Clock turn and hold button.
The clock is blanked out approximately four min- Setting minutes

utes after the ignition is switched off or when the
car is locked. f Press adjustment button again.
Minutes display flashes.
f Set by rotating as in hours mode.

If oil pressure drops abruptly and a message
is displayed on the on-board computer when
Battery
the engine is running on or when driving:
If the battery voltage drops abruptly, a warning
f Stop immediately in a suitable place. message will be displayed by the on-board compu-
ter.
f Switch off the engine.
f Check whether there is an obvious oil leak on If the warning is displayed by the on-board
or under the car. computer while the engine is running or while
driving:
f If no oil leak can be detected: With the engine
idling, measure the oil level with the on-board f Stop the car in a safe place and stop the
computer. engine.
f Please see the chapter “OIL DISPLAY AND Possible causes

MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL”
– Defect in the battery charging system.
on Page 153.
– Broken drive belt.
f Please see the chapter “ENGINE OIL LEVEL”
on Page 208.
Warning!
Engine Oil Pressure f Add engine oil if necessary.
Risk of engine damage with resultant loss of
The oil pressure is controlled as required and control and accident, leading to serious per-
Caution!
should be at least 3.5 bar at an engine speed of sonal injury or death.
5000 rpm. Risk of engine damage. A broken drive belt means there is no power
assistance to the steering (more effort is re-
The engine oil pressure varies depending on the f Do not continue driving if there is an obvious oil
quired to steer) and coolant pump function
engine speed, engine load and engine tempera- leak.
will stop.
ture.
f Do not continue driving if the warning lights
f Do not continue driving.
come on even though oil level is correct.
f Have the fault remedied at the nearest author-
f Have the fault remedied at the nearest

Check Engine If the warning light in the instrument panel lights up Central Warning Light
permanently without flashing before and remains
(Emission Control) on while driving, it suggests:
The central warning light on the instrument panel
Warning Light – a potential engine control problem and the lights up if there are warning messages in the
need for system service or INFO menu.
The emission control system detects malfunctions – an improperly fastened tank cap or The messages can be called in the on-board
early that could, for example, cause increased computer INFO menu:
pollutant emissions or consequential damage. – the vehicle was refueled while the engine was
Faults are indicated by a continuously lit or running. f Please see the chapter “INFO WARNING MES-
SAGES” on Page 132.
flashing instrument panel warning light. f Stop immediately at a suitable and secure
The faults are recorded in the control unit's fault place and check tank cap for proper fastening.
memory. If tank cap was fastened correctly, see your au-
Brake Warning Light USA
The warning light in the instrument panel lights up thorized Porsche dealer for service as soon as Brake Warning Light Canada
when the ignition is switched on as a bulb check possible.
The warning light on the instrument panel lights
and goes out approx. 4 seconds after the engine
Caution! up:
starts. If the warning light does not light up, have
the bulb replaced promptly. If the check engine warning light in the in- – if the handbrake is on,
The warning light in the instrument panel flashes to strument panel is flashing, serious catalytic – if the brake fluid level is low,
indicate operating states (e.g. engine misfiring) converter damage and power loss will soon
occur. – if the brake pads have reached the wear limit,
which might cause damage to certain parts of the
emission control system. Prolonged driving with the check engine war- – if the brake circuit division is defective.
ning light on could cause damage to the
f In this case, immediately reduce the engine Additionally, a warning is displayed by the on-
emission control system. It also could affect
load by easing off the accelerator. board computer.
fuel economy and driveability.
f In order to avoid consequential damage to the f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE
f Have the fault remedied at the nearest
engine or emission control system (e.g. cata- INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD
authorized Porsche dealer immediately.
lytic converter), have the fault diagnosed and COMPUTER” on Page 158.
rectified immediately at the nearest authorized
Porsche dealer.

Operating lever
The on-board computer is operated with the lower
left lever on the steering column.
Selecting functions of the on-board

computer
f Push lever up 3 or down 4.
Confirming selection (Enter)

f Push the lever forward 1.
Moving back one or several selection levels

f Pull the lever back 2 once or several times or
f Select the arrow on the on-board compu-
ter display with the operating lever and push
the operating lever forward 1.
On-Board Computer (BC) Operation, controls
Note
It is not possible to describe all details of the on-
Display field board computer functions in this Owner’s Manual. You can always return to the basic menu by pulling
However, the examples will quickly familiarize you the operating lever several times.
The display field is beneath the tachometer.
with the operational principle and help you to
navigate through the menu structure. 5 - Button for voice control
Readiness for operation f Please refer to the separate operating
You can restore the factory default settings at any
instructions for Porsche Communication
– With ignition switched on, time by using the “SET” menu.
Management (PCM).
– with engine running.

Basic setting
– Central display: .... Radio station
The central line B of the on-board computer can
be selected in the SET menu.
Calling on-board computer functions in

display “C”
f Push operating lever up or down
(selection field D must be switched off).
The following displays can be called step by step:
– Average speed (ø mph),
– Average consumption (ø mpg),
– Range on remaining fuel (mls ),
– Tire pressure
A - Digital speedometer
– Navigation information
B - Central display
C - Bottom display (if activated in the SET menu).
Note
Functions and display possibilities
The values “Average speed”, “Average consump-
Note tion” and “Daily trip mileage” can be reset to zero
The available items and displays in the on-board in the SET menu.
computer depend on the equipment of your vehi-
cle. For this reason it is possible that some of the
items and displays shown here are not available in
your on-board computer.

D - Switching selection field “D” on or off E - Arrow symbol for continuation The following menus are available, depending on
vehicle equipment:
f Push operating lever forward or back. Arrow symbol:
1. LIMIT
f Push operating lever down in order to page
through the menu. 2. INFO
Arrow symbol: 3. TEL
f Push operating lever up in order to page 4. CHRONO

through the menu. 5. AUDIO
6. NAVI
7. OIL
8. TPM
9. SET

LIMIT
Acoustic warning signal for speed limit
The acoustic warning signal can be activated for
speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h).
The signal sounds when the preset speed is ex-
ceeded.
For the signal to sound again, the driving speed
must fall below the preset speed by at least
3 mph (5 km/h).
Switching on selection field “D”

f Push operating lever forward.
Setting the speed f Push operating lever forward.

f Select LIMIT with the operating lever.

Option 1: Option 2: f Select “xx mph” with the operating lever.
Accepting current speed Presetting speed
f Push operating lever forward. f Select “LIMIT active” with the operating lever:
The acoustic warning signal is activated for the not active
current speed.
active
Display:
If the vehicle is stationary, the message “Cannot f If “not active”, push the operating lever for-
be accepted with car stopped” is displayed. ward.

Switching the acoustic warning signal off
f Select “LIMIT active” with the operating lever.
Display:
f Push operating lever slightly up or down until

the desired speed is reached.
upwards: speed is increased

downwards: speed is decreased
Note
Holding the lever up or down for a longer period
will adjust the speed in steps of 6 mph (10 km/h).

INFO f Push operating lever forward. f Push operating lever forward.
Warning messages f Select “Messages” with the operating lever. f Push operating lever forwards or pull back-
wards.
Switching on selection field “D” f Push operating lever forward.
The display returns to the Info menu.
f Push operating lever forward. Any existing warning messages can be called us-
ing the operating lever.
Calling warning messages You also can call warning messages which were
cancelled during the journey (but only until the next
f Select INFO with the operating lever.
time the ignition is switched on).

Service TEL f Push operating lever forward.
Telephone information
Recalling service information
Recalling telephone information
f Select INFO with the operating lever.
f Select TEL with the operating lever.
f Select “Service” with the operating lever.
f The time until the next service is displayed in
miles and days.

Note Example: f Push operating lever forward.
Selecting from the telephone book and
You can recall phone calls, e.g. calls that arrived f Select a person to call and push the operating
calling
during your absence, via the menu item “Missed lever forward.
calls”. f Select “Phone book” with the operating lever. The connection is established.

f Push the operating lever forward to end the Incoming call
call.
f Select “Accept” or “Refuse” and push the
operating lever forward.
Note
Rejected phone calls can be recalled with the
menu item “Missed calls”.

Stopwatch on the instrument panel Note on operation
The stopwatch has an analogue and a digital dis- When you leave the CHRONO menu while the stop-
play. watch is running, measurement will continue.
The large pointer of the analogue display meas-
The stopwatch stops after the ignition is switched
ures the seconds. The two small pointers measure
off. If the ignition is switched on again within ap-
hours and minutes. The display re-starts at zero af-
prox. 4 minutes, the stopwatch will continue to
ter 12 hours.
run.
Seconds and increments of 1/100th of a second
can be read on the digital display. The only way to reset the stopwatch to zero is by
The digital display and the display in the on-board selecting “Reset” in the CHRONO menu.
computer can indicate up to 99 hours and
59 minutes.
The stopwatch can be swivelled both to the left
and to the right.
Stopwatch displays:
– on the stopwatch on the instrument panel,
CHRONO
Stopwatch – in the on-board computer menu CHRONO,
– on the performance display in the PCM.
You can use the stopwatch to measure time inter-
vals, e.g. on the race circuit or on work-related Starting/stopping stopwatch
journeys. Measured lap times can be stored and
evaluated if the vehicle is equipped with Porsche All stopwatch displays are started and stopped via
Communication Management (PCM). the on-board computer menu CHRONO.
f Please observe the chapter “Sport display” in

the separate PCM operating instructions.

Starting the timing f Push operating lever forward. f Push operating lever forward.
The time runs on all stopwatch displays.
The on-board computer display changes to the
The selection field is switched on.
“Stop timing/Intermediate time” selection.
f Select CHRONO with the operating lever.

Stopping the timing f Push lever forward. Continue timing
The time is stopped in all stopwatch displays,
After time measurement is started, the on-board After timing has been stopped, the on-board com-
and the on-board computer display changes to
computer display changes to the “Stop timing/In- puter display changes to the “Continue/Reset” se-
the “Continue/Reset” selection.
termediate time”. lection.
f Select “Stop timing” with the operating lever. The timing can be continued or reset to zero.

f Push operating lever forward. Resetting the time f Push operating lever forward.
The stopwatch displays continue the timing. The display returns to the “Start timing”
After timing has been stopped, the on-board com-
selection.
The on-board computer display returns to the puter display changes to the “Continue/Reset” se-
The stopwatch displays in the instrument panel
“Stop timing/Intermediate time” selection. You lection.
and the on-board computer are reset to zero.
can stop the stopwatch or measure an inter- f Select “Reset” with the operating lever.
mediate time.

A - Lap After timing has been started, the on-board com- f Select “Intermediate time” with the operating
B - Intermediate time puter display changes to the “Stop timing/Inter- lever and push the operating lever forwards.
mediate time” selection.
Displaying intermediate times The intermediate time will be displayed for
approx. 5 seconds.
Several intermediate times can be displayed for a
route or for a lap on the race circuit. The interme-
diate times B are for your information.
Measured lap times A can be stored and evaluat-
ed if the vehicle is equipped with Porsche Commu-
nication Management (PCM).

The on-board computer display then returns to the In order to start timing a new lap: The new lap is displayed on the on-board compu-
“Stop timing/Intermediate time” selection. ter and the PCM. Timing on the on-board computer
The “New lap?” selection appears for 5 seconds
f You can stop the stopwatch or measure anoth-
and on the PCM begins from zero. The stopwatch
after selection of “Intermediate time”.
in the instrument panel continues to show the total
er intermediate time.
f Select “New lap?” with the operating lever and time.
push the operating lever forwards.

f The on-board computer display returns to the AUDIO NAVI
“Stop timing/Intermediate time” selection after
a short period. Switching on selection field “D” Switching on selection field “D”
f You can stop the stopwatch or measure anoth- f Push operating lever forward. f Push operating lever forward.
er intermediate time or a new lap.
Selecting a radio station Select destination
f Select “AUDIO” with the operating lever. f Select “NAVI” with the operating lever.
f Push operating lever forward. f Push operating lever forward.
f Select the desired station. f Select the desired function with the operating
lever:
f Push the operating lever up or down.
– Last destinations
– Destination memory
– Route guidance

f The driver is responsible for filling the tires f Do not drive with tires whose tire pressure
correctly and making the correct settings on drops again in a short period of time. In cases
the on-board computer. of doubt, have tires checked by an authorized
Porsche dealer.
The Tire Pressure Monitoring offers the following
functions: f Damaged tires must be immediately replaced
by an authorized Porsche dealer.
– Display of the actual tire pressure while the
Tire repairs are not permissible under any
vehicle is in motion.
circumstances.
– Display of the deviation from the required
f If a fault occurs in the Tire Pressure Monitoring
pressure (refilling pressure).
(e.g. defective wheel transmitter), contact an
– Display of currently set tire size and type. authorized Porsche dealer immediately and
have the damage repaired.
– Tire pressure warnings in two stages.
The tire pressure will not be monitored at all or
will be monitored only partially by defective
Warning!
Tire Pressure Monitoring.
f Despite the advantages offered by the Tire f Tires lose air over time without a tire defect
Pressure Monitoring, it is still the driver’s re- being present. A tire pressure warning will then
TPM sponsibility to update the corresponding set- appear in the on-board computer display.
Tire Pressure Monitoring tings in the on-board computer and maintain Correct the tire pressure at the next oppor-
the pressure in the tires.
f Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR Low tire pressure reduces the road safety of
tunity.
COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289. the vehicle and destroys the tire and wheel. f The Tire Pressure Monitoring gives a warning
about tire damage due to natural pressure loss
The Tire Pressure Monitoring continuously f When a flat tire has been displayed, immedi- as well as about a gradual loss of pressure due
monitors tire pressure and tire temperature on all ately stop in a suitable place and check the
four wheels and warns the driver when the tire to foreign objects.
tires for damage. If necessary, remedy the The Tire Pressure Mnitoring cannot warn you
pressure is too low. damage with a tire sealant. about tire damage that occurs suddenly (e.g.
The display as well as the settings for the Tire f Do not by any means continue to drive with flat tire due to abrupt external effects).
Pressure Monitoring take place on the on-board damaged tires.
computer.
However, you must still adjust the tire pressure on f Sealing the tire with tire sealant is only an
the wheel. emergency repair, so you can drive to the next
authorized Porsche dealer. The maximum per-
mitted speed is 50 mph (80 km/h).

Warning!
This display is for informational purposes
only. Under no circumstances should the tire
pressures be changed based on this display.
Changing the tire pressure to incorrect
pressures could adversely affect the perfor-
mance, driving characteristics, and safety of
your vehicle.
f Maintain tire pressures according to the units
indicated on the tire pressure plate, located on
the drivers side door of the vehicle.
Displaying the tire pressure function of the

on-board computer
f Push operating lever up or down until the tire
pressure function of the on-board computer
Tire pressure function of the on-board appears. Pressure info in tire pressure menu
computer (The selection field must be switched off.)
In accordance with physical principles, the air
The tire pressure function of the on-board pressure changes as the temperature changes.
computer displays the tire pressures (actual The tire pressure increases or decreases by
pressure) dependent on temperature in the four around 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) for every 18 °F (10 °C)
wheels. change in temperature.
You can watch the tire pressure rise as the
The Tire Pressure Monitoring takes this relation-
temperature increases while driving.
ship between tire pressure and temperature into
This display is only for information.
account.
f Under no circumstances should the tire
f Please see the chapter “PRESSURE INCREASE
pressures be changed based on this display.
AS THE RESULT OF TEMPERATURE
INCREASE” on Page 152.
You can read the tire pressures to be
corrected in this display.

The tire pressure to be corrected (refill pressure)
is indicated on the displayed wheel.
Example: If “ –1.5 psi (–0.1 bar)” is displayed,
1.5 psi (0.1 bar) must be added to this tire.
Note
The tire pressure menu can only be called up when
the vehicle is stationary.
Calling up the “Info pressure” display

f Push operating lever forward in order to switch
on the selection field.
f Select “TPM” with the operating lever.
The display changes to the tire pressure menu.
f Select “Info pressure” with the operating lever.
Tire type info in Tire pressure menu f Select “Info tires” with the operating lever.
Information about the currently set tires: f Push operating lever forward.
Note
– Tire type: Summer tires, winter tires Tire selection in the “Set” menu
After the ignition is switched on, it can take up to
approx. 1 minute before all tire pressures are – Tire size: 18, 19 inch f Push operating lever forward in order to switch
displayed. Dashes (“-.-”) appear instead of the tire “Info tires” shows the current tire settings. on the selection field.
pressures. f Select “TPM” with the operating lever.
Calling up the “Info tires” display
f Push operating lever forward in order to switch
f Select “TPM” with the operating lever.

f Push operating lever forward. f Select “Set” with the operating lever. f Push the operating lever forward.
f Select desired tire type:
summer or winter.
A display for confirming the selected type of
tire appears.

f Select “Continue” and push the operating lever f Select the appropriate tire size (18 or 19 inch) f Select “Continue” and push the operating lever
forward. and push operating lever forwards. A display forward.
for confirming the selected tire size appears.
Note
This menu is displayed only if the tire pressures
are different for the approved tire sizes.

Note
The message “Process aborted” appears if the
setting process is interrupted. All entries made up
to this point are lost, and the original settings
remain in effect.
Only if the message “Process complete” appears
after the settings have been made will the Tire
Pressure Monitoring re-learn the wheels.
f Please see the chapter “SYSTEM LEARNING”
on Page 150.
Before fitting tires with sizes which are not stored
in the on-board computer, the missing information
should be supplemented in the on-board
computer.
f Please consult your authorized Porsche
dealer.
The tire selection has only been successfully
completed when the message “Process f Use only tires approved by Porsche. Load
complete” is displayed by the on-board computer. f Push operating lever forward in order to switch
The available items in the tire pressure menu
f Select arrow (Back) and push the operating depend on the tires on your vehicle. For this
lever forward. The display returns to the tire reason it is possible that some of the items shown f Select “TPM” with the operating lever.
here are not available on your on-board
pressure menu. f Push operating lever forward.
The on-board computer additionally displays computer’s display.
the message “System learning”. f Make sure that tire pressures correspond to
f Select “Load” with the operating lever.
the on-board computer settings. Correct the
tire pressure if necessary.
f Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289.

Tire pressure warnings
The tire pressure warning light on the instrument
panel and a corresponding message on the on-
board computer warn about loss of pressure in
two stages, depending on the amount of pressure
loss.
Driving with insufficient tire pressure reduces the
road safety of the vehicle and destroys the tire and
wheel.
Stage 1 – Add air

The pressure in the tire is too low by 4 to 7 psi (0.3
to 0.5 bar).
f The tire pressure warning contains the
affected tire with the tire pressure to be added.
Correct the tire pressure at the next
f Select partial load or full load and push the opportunity. This tire pressure warning appears
operating lever forward. – for approx. 10 seconds with vehicle stopped
f Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR when switching off the ignition or
COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289. – again when switching on the ignition.
f Make sure that the tire pressures correspond With ignition on, the warning can be deactivated.
to the on-board computer settings. Correct the
tire pressures if necessary. The tire pressure warning light in the instrument
panel goes out only when the tire pressure has
been corrected.

This tire pressure warning also appears when System learning
driving and can be acknowledged.
The tire pressure warning light on the instrument The Tire Pressure Monitoring begins to “learn” the
panel goes out only when the tire pressure has wheels after a wheel change, wheel transmitter
been corrected. replacement or update of the tire settings. During
this process, the Tire Pressure Monitoring recog-
nizes the tires and their locations.
The on-board computer displayes the message
“TPM is learning, monitoring not act.”.
The Tire Pressure Monitoring requires a certain
amount of time to learn the wheels. During this
time, the current tire pressures are not available
on the on-board-computer:
– The tire pressure warning light remains lit until
all wheels have been learned.
– The display of the tire pressure function of the
on-board computer shows lines.
Stage 2 – Flat tire
– The required pressures for cold tires at 68 °F
At speeds below 100 mph (160 km/h): (20 °C) are indicated in the Info pressure
The pressure in the tire has dropped by more display in the tire pressure menu.
than 7 psi (0.5 bar). This significant pressure Position and pressure information is displayed as
loss is a danger to road safety. soon as the Tire Pressure Monitoring has as-
At speeds above 100 mph (160 km/h): signed the wheels identified as belonging to the
vehicle to the correct wheel positions.
The pressure in the tire has dropped by more
than 5 psi (0.4 bar). This significant pressure The wheel learning process takes place
loss is a danger to road safety. exclusively when the vehicle is being driven
(vehicle speed above 25 km/h (16 mph)).
f When the tire pressure warning appears, stop
immediately at a suitable location. Check the f Check the tire pressure for all wheels on the
indicated tire for signs of damage. If neces- “Info pressure” display.
sary, fill in tire sealant and set the correct tire f Correct the tire pressure to the required
pressure. pressure if necessary.

Changing a wheel and replacing tires Warning light The warning light in the speedometer lights up:
– When a loss in pressure has been detected.
f New wheels must be fitted with radio transmit-
ters for the Tire Pressure Monitoring. – When learning newly mounted wheels/wheel
Warning!
Before tires are changed, the battery charge sensors, as long as the vehicle’s own wheels
state of the wheel transmitters should be Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Tire have not yet been recognized.
checked at an authorized Porsche dealer. Pressure Monitoring (TPM) malfunction indicator
In the event of a defect in Tire Pressure Monitoring
when the system is not operating properly.
f Switch the ignition off when changing a wheel. or a temporary fault, the warning light in the
The TPM malfunction indicator is combined with a
speedometer flashes for approx. one minute and
The tire settings on the on-board computer must low tire pressure telltale.
then remains continuously illuminated.
be updated after changing a wheel. When the system detects a malfunction, the tellta-
If the tire settings are not updated, the message le will flash for approx. one minute and then remain The tire pressure warning light in the instrument
“Wheel change? Input new TPM settings!” is continuously illuminated. This sequence will conti- panel goes out only when the cause of the fault
displayed on the on-board computer. nue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as has been rectified.
f Update the on-board computer settings when
the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the Partial monitoring
the vehicle is stationary the next time.
system may not be able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. Monitoring of the other wheels is continued if there
TPM malfuntions may occur for a variety of is a fault in one or two wheel transmitters.
reasons, including the installation of replacement
– The tire pressure warning light lights up.
or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPM from functioning properly. – The message “TPM partial monitoring” is
Always check the TPM malfunction telltale after displayed on the on-board computer.
replacing one or more tires or wheels on your
– No tire pressures are displayed on the on-
vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
board computer for wheels with faulty wheel
nate tires and wheels allow the TPM to continue to
transmitters.
function properly.

No monitoring Pressure increase as the result of
temperature increase
In the event of faults the Tire Pressure Monitoring
cannot monitor the tire pressure. In accordance with physical principles, the air
The warning light in the speedometer flashes for pressure changes as the temperature changes.
approx. one minute and then remains continuously The tire pressure increases or decreases by
illuminated and a corresponding message around 1.5 psi (0.1 bar) for every 18 °F (10 °C)
appears on the on-board computer. change in temperature.
Monitoring is not active when: The Tire Pressure Monitoring takes this relation-
ship between tire pressure and temperature into
– the Tire Pressure Monitoring is faulty,
account.
– wheel transmitters for the Tire Pressure
Monitoring are missing, Tire pressure specifications
– during the learning phase after the tire settings
have been updated, Information on tire pressure for public roads can
be found in this Owner's Manual in the Technical
– after a wheel change without updating the tire Data chapter or on the tire-pressure plate in the
settings, left door aperture.
– more than four wheel transmitters are These values apply to cold tires at 68 °F (20 °C)
detected, ambient temperature.
– there is external interference by other radio

sources, e.g. wireless headphones,
– tire temperatures are too high.
f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD
COMPUTER” on Page 158.

OIL
Display and measurement of the engine
oil level
Caution!
Risk of engine damage.
f Regularly check the oil level each time before
refueling.
f Do not allow the oil level to fall below the
minimum mark.
Conditions for measuring the oil level

1. Vehicle stationary.
2. It is important to ensure that the vehicle is
horizontal for correct oil level measurement
to occur. Initiating oil level measurement 4. Allow waiting time to elapse.
3. Engine must be at operating temperature 1. Push operating lever forward in order to switch 5. Once the measurement has been completed,
(at least 140 °F/60 °C). on the selection field. you can read off the engine oil level on the
segment display.
4. Engine must be idling. 2. Select “OIL” with the operating lever.
3. Push operating lever forward. Measurement is
started.

f Please see the chapter “ENGINE OIL LEVEL”
on Page 208.
f Never add more engine oil than required
to reach the maximum mark.
Failure
A failure of the oil level display is indicated by a
warning message on the on-board computer.
“Check engine oil level” display

The on-board computer display “Check engine oil
level” is an additional measurement that takes
place in the background while driving.
The display depends on the distance travelled.
This display appears if the oil level has reached the
minimum mark or if the oil level is well above the
6. If the segments are filled in up to the top line, 7. If the bottom segment is filled in, the oil level maximum mark.
the oil level has reached the maximum mark. has reached the minimum mark. This message must be acknowledged by
Under no circumstances add engine oil. measuring the engine oil level manually using the
Add engine oil immediately. on-board computer.
8. If the bottom segment flashes, the oil level has f Please see the chapter “INITIATING OIL LEVEL
dropped to below the minimum mark. MEASUREMENT” on Page 153.
Add engine oil immediately. If oil level measurement was initiated manually on
the on-board computer and no oil was added, the
The difference between the minimum and message “Check engine oil level” is displayed
maximum marks on the segment display is again when the vehicle is driven.
approx. 1.3 quarts (1.25 litres).
One segment of the display corresponds to a
top-up quantity of approx. 0.42 quarts (0.4 litre).
f Add engine oil if necessary.
Switch off ignition before adding engine oil.

SET
Basic setting on on-board computer
Changing the basic setting of the on-board

computer
f Select “SET” with the operating lever.
f Push operating lever forward. Reset

f Select the desired function with the operating – Reset all,
lever: Reset average consumption,
Reset average speed,
Reset trip counter
Units
– Speedometer: km - km/h, miles - mph
– Consumption:
l/100 km, mls/gal (USA), mpg (UK), km/l
– Temperature: °Celsius, °Fahrenheit
– Tire pressure: bar, psi

Display
(Select central line of the on-board
computer)
– Change display
Audio information (set radio station)
Range on remaining fuel
Empty
– Telephone Info
When Telephone information is active, incom-
ing telephone calls are displayed on the on-
board computer.
Navigation 12/24h mode

– Integrated in the BC Select time mode:
(Navigation instructions can be recalled on the
– 12h (small squares on the right side of the time
on-board computer display)
display for AM/PM),
– When turning off
– 24h
(Navigation instructions are only shown before
changing direction) Light
Basic setting USA only:
Switch daytime driving lights on and off.
– Restore the basic setting of the on-board com-
puter Daytime driving lights
(daytime driving lights switched off)
Language
– Select language version Daytime driving lights
(daytime driving lights switched on)

General information regarding the Average consumption and average speed
on-board computer functions The values displayed are based on the distance
travelled since the last reset to “zero”.
Range on remaining fuel
You can set the starting time for a measurement
The range on remaining fuel is continuously recal-
before or during the trip.
culated during the journey based on the fuel level,
Switching the ignition off does not reset the meas-
current consumption and average consumption.
urements. It is therefore possible to collect values
The more the fuel level falls, the more spontan-
over long periods.
eously the display reacts. For this reason, the
Disconnecting the car battery will cause these
range on remaining fuel is not displayed if less
memories to be erased.
than 9 miles (15 kilometers).
If the vehicle's inclination changes while driving or Tire pressure
refueling, incorrect range information may tempo- The Tire pressure function of the on-board
rarily be given. computer displays the tire pressures dependent
on temperature in the four wheels. You can watch
Note
the tire pressure rise and fall while driving.
If the tank is nearly empty and you top up with only The display is only for information.
a small quantity of fuel, an accurate range on re-
f To correct the tire pressures, always use the
maining fuel is impossible.
displayed values from the “Info pressure”
display in the tire pressure menu.

Warnings on the instrument panel and the on-board computer
If a warning message appears, always refer to the corresponding chapters in the Owner’s Manual.
Warning messages are issued only if all measurement preconditions are met. Therefore, check all fluid levels regularly –
in particular, always check the engine oil level before refuelling.
Instrument On-board Text display on on-board Meaning/measure

panel computer computer
Seat belt Driver and passengers must fasten their seat
belts.
Handbrake Handbrake is still on.
Ignition key
not removed
Replace battery Replace the remote-control battery.
in ignition key
Ignition lock faulty, Have the fault remedied at an authorized
please go to workshop Porsche dealer.
Ignition lock faulty, Have the fault remedied at an authorized
visit workshop now Porsche dealer.
Relieve steering Relieve the steering lock by moving the steering
wheel to the left or right.
Steering locked The steering wheel lock remains engaged.
Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
Lights on Low beam/side marker lamps on
Parking light on Left/right parking light on
158 Warnings
Check left/right dipped beam (low The reported light is faulty. Check bulb.
beam) Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
also applies to:
direction indicator, high beam, side in-
dicator light, reversing light, side
marker
Daytime Daytime driving lights switch off when the en-
driving lights off gine is shut off. Switch on lights if necessary.
Headlight beam Have the fault remedied at an authorized
adjustment faulty Porsche dealer.
Front lid not closed Close luggage compartment lid properly.
Rear lid not closed Close engine compartment lid properly.
Targa flap not closed Close glass rear hatch
Rain sensor faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
Steering wheel heating Steering wheel heating was switched on.
ON
Steering wheel heating Steering wheel heating was switched off.
OFF
Launch
control
active
Drive Off Assistant Have the fault remedied at an authorized
failure Porsche dealer.
Refill washer fluid
Warnings 159
LIMIT The current speed can only be accepted for the
Cannot be accepted acoustic warning signal when the vehicle is in
with vehicle stopped motion.
LIMIT Selected speed limit (e.g. 30 mph) for the
30 acoustic warning signal has been exceeded.
Adjust your speed if necessary.
Fuel gage warning Consider remaining range Refuel at next opportunity.
light
Check engine oil level Start engine oil level measurement in the
on-board computer.
Engine oil pressure too low Stop immediately at a suitable place, measure
oil level with the on-board computer and, if nec-
essary, add engine oil.
Warning light Engine temperature too high Switch engine off and let it cool.
Temperature gage Check coolant level and, if necessary,
add coolant.
Temperature gage Check coolant level Switch engine off and let it cool.
warning light flash- Check coolant level and, if necessary, add cool-
es ant.
Engine diagnostics – workshop Stop immediately at a suitale place and check
tank cap for proper fastening. If the tank cap
was fastened correctly, consult your authorized
Porsche dealer.
Reduced engine power Consult your authorized Porsche dealer.
Temperature gage Failure of Consult your authorized Porsche dealer.

warning light flash- engine compartment blower
es
160 Warnings
Warning Battery/generator Stop at a safe place and switch the engine off.
Do not continue driving.
Porsche dealer.
Oil pressure gage faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
Oil level display faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
Oil temperature gage faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
Oil temperature Switch engine off and let it cool. Check oil level
too high and, if necessary, add oil.
Please observe the chapter “OIL DISPLAY AND
MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL“.
Indicator faulty Coolant indicator failed.
Porsche dealer.
Brake pad wear Have the brake pads changed immediately at an
Warning – Brake fluid level Stop immediately in a suitable place.

Do not continue driving. Have the fault remedied
at an authorized Porsche dealer.
Warning – Brake circuit division Stop immediately in a suitable place.

Do not continue driving. Have the fault remedied
Warnings 161
ABS failure Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
PSM off Porsche Stability Management has been

switched off.
PSM on Porsche Stability Management has been

switched on.
PSM failure Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
PSM Please observe the chapter “PUTTING VEHICLE

initialisation INTO OPERATION“.
PASM Normal/Sport Indicator for selected PASM mode
PASM failure Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
PASM indicator faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
Sport mode failure Have the fault remedied at an authorized

Porsche dealer.
Airbag system fault Airbag is faulty.

Porsche dealer.
Check passenger’s seat setting Weight sensing is impaired on the front
passenger's seat (Advanced Airbag).
Correct the seating position, set the backrest
upright, do not support weight on the armrests,
or lift on the handles.
162 Warnings
Failure spoiler control Driving stability is impaired.
Adjust your driving style. Reduce speed.
Porsche dealer.
Display of Selector lever is not engaged Porsche Doppelkupplung:
selector lever posi- Selector lever can be between two positions.
tion flashes Engage the selector lever correctly.
Move selector lever to P Porsche Doppelkupplung:
Move selector lever to position P before with-
drawing key from ignition lock.
Apply brake Porsche Doppelkupplung:
Apply the brake when starting.
Depress clutch pedal Manual transmission:

Depress clutch pedal when starting.
Move selector lever Porsche Doppelkupplung:

to position P or N The vehicle can be started only in the selector
lever position P or N.
Text display in white: Restricted gearshift comfort,
failure of reverse gear.
Transmission Have the fault remedied at an authorized
emergency run Porsche dealer.
Text display in red: No selector lever position is displayed on the
instrument cluster.
Transmission Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a
emergency run stop.
It is not possible to continue driving. Immedi-

ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place. Have
the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche
dealer.
Warnings 163
Transmission Jerking can be felt when driving off, and the
temperature engine power may be restricted.
too high
Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on
a hill, for example. Hold the vehicle with the
brake. Reduce engine load. If possible, stop the
vehicle in a suitable place. Allow the engine to
run in selector lever position P or N until the
warning disappears.
System fault Several systems may have failed. Adjust your
Go to workshop driving style. Reduce speed.
Porsche dealer.
Failure of fuel level indicator Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Workshop Porsche dealer.
Service in mls/days Service indicator

Bring the vehicle in for service no later than af-
ter the distance/time shown has elapsed.
Please observe the additional information in the
“Maintenance” booklet.
Service now Service indicator
Have your vehicle serviced at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
Failure Activate convertible top in opposite direction.
Convertible-top control If there is a failure:
Consult an authorized Porsche dealer.
Convertible top not in limit position Fully open or close convertible top
Opening convertible top Message goes out in final position
Closing convertible top Message goes out in final position
164 Warnings
Rear lid The convertible top cannot be operated with the
not closed rear lid open.
Flat tyre! Tire Pressure Monitoring has detected a serious

pressure loss.
Stop at a suitable place and check tires for dam-
age. Fill in tire sealant if necessary.
Add air The Tire Pressure Monitoring has detected a
gradual pressure loss. Correct tire pressure at
the next opportunity.
TPM is learning The Tire Pressure Monitoring is learning the
monitoring wheels on the vehicle. The Tire Pressure Moni-
not act. toring is searching for the tires and their posi-
tion. During this period the current pressure
specifications are not available on the on-board
computer.
TPM inactive The Tire Pressure Monitoring is faulty.
TPM partial monitoring 1 or 2 wheel transmitters are faulty. The tyre

pressures of these wheels are not monitored.
The other wheels are still monitored.
TPM inactive The Tire Pressure Monitoring is temporarily de-
Brief disturbance activated by excessive tire temperatures (ap-
prox. 248 °F (120 °C)) or external interference
TPM inactive (e.g. from other wheel transmitters inside the
Too many wheel transmitters car). Once the source of the interference is re-
moved, the system is automatically reactivated.
Wheel change? Update the settings in the TPM menu of the
Input new on-board computer at the next opportunity.
TPM settings! Wrong entries will affect the correct pressure in-
formation in the menu. The safety of your vehi-
cle is at risk.
Warnings 165
TPM The display of the Tire Pressure Monitoring is
Indicator faulty faulty.
Acknowledging warning messages

Warning messages can be deleted from the on-board computer display.
f Push the on-board computer operating lever forward.
You can recall erased warning messages in the “INFO” menu.
166 Warnings
Shifting Gears
Manual Transmission, Clutch ...................... 168
Drive-Off Assistant..................................... 169
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) .................. 170
Shifting Gears 167

To avoid damage to the clutch and transmis- Permitted engine speed
sion:
f You should change into a higher gear before
f Always depress the clutch pedal fully when
the needle reaches the red mark on the
changing gears. Make sure that the gearshift
tachometer, or ease off the accelerator.
lever is completely engaged.
If the red zone is reached during acceleration, fuel
f Only shift into reverse when the car has come
feed is interrupted.
to a complete stop.
Caution!
f When shifting gears, always ensure that the
clutch pedal is fully depressed and the gear Risk of engine damage (overrevving) when
has fully engaged. shifting down to a lower gear.
f Select reverse only when vehicle is stationary. f Take care not to exceed the maximum
Reverse can be engaged after pushing the permitted engine speed when shifting down.
gearshift lever as far as possible to the left.
f Select an appropriately low gear on upward
and downward slopes.
Manual Transmission, Clutch This will ensure optimum use of engine power
and engine braking.
The positions of the gears are shown on the shift
diagram on the gearshift lever. When reverse gear is selected and the ignition is
on, the backup lights are illuminated.
Warning!
Risk of accident, resulting in serious person-
al injury or death.
f Do not obstruct the pedal travel with floor mats
or other objects.
Nonskid floor mats of the correct size are
available at your authorized Porsche dealer.
168 Shifting Gears

Drive-Off Assistant Driving off with the Drive-Off Assistant Driving off with the Drive-Off Assistant
(vehicles with manual transmission) (vehicles with PDK transmission)
The Drive-Off Assistant assists the driver when
1. Hold the vehicle securely on the slope with the 1. Hold the vehicle securely on the slope with the
moving off on hills.
brake pedal. brake pedal.
The vehicle must have sufficient road contact.
The engine must be running. The engine must be running.
The Drive-Off Assistant is available on gradients as
2. Fully depress the clutch pedal. 2. Select a gear corresponding to the direction
from around 5%.
of travel up the slope (selector lever position
3. Engage a gear corresponding to the direction
D or R).
Danger! of travel up the slope (1st gear or reverse
gear). 3. Fully release the parking brake.
Risk of accident.
Assistance by the Drive-Off Assistant is not 4. Fully release the parking brake. 4. Release the brake pedal.
guaranteed when moving off on a slippery The vehicle is held on the slope for a short time
5. While keeping the clutch pedal depressed,
surface (e.g. on icy or loose surfaces). In this in order to allow driving off directly after the
release the brake pedal.
case, the vehicle could slip. brake is released.
The vehicle is held on the slope for a short time
The limits dictated by the laws of physics in order to allow driving off directly after the 5. Move off as usual.
cannot be overcome, even with the Drive-Off brake is released.
Assistant. The responsibility for moving off Note on operation
on upward slopes is still the driver’s, despite 6. Move off as usual.
the Drive-Off Assistant. The Drive-Off Assistant is not active:
Note on operation
f Always adjust your driving style to the driving – In the event of shift to neutral.
conditions and vehicle load, use the brake The Drive-Off Assistant is not active:
– If the vehicle is not stationary.
pedal if necessary. – If the clutch is not depressed.
– If the engine is not running.
Risk of accident. – If the vehicle is not stationary.
If the Drive-Off Assistant is not functioning, – On gradients of less than 5%.
the driver cannot be assisted when moving – If the engine is not running.
– If the pressure on the brake pedal is too low.
off on hills. – On gradients of less than 5%.
f Hold the vehicle with the brake pedal. – If the pressure on the brake pedal is too low.
Shifting Gears 169

Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) Starting
The Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) is a seven- The engine can be started only if the brake
speed transmission with an “automatic” and a pedal is depressed and the selector lever is in
“manual” selection mode. position P or N.
In automatic selection mode (selector lever
position D), gear changing is automatic. Driving off
You can change temporarily from automatic to
manual mode using the shift buttons on the f Only select the desired position for driving off
steering wheel. (D, M or R) when the engine is idling and the
brake pedal is depressed.
In manual selection mode (selector lever
position M), you change gear using the shift f Since the vehicle creeps when in gear, do not
buttons on the steering wheel or with the PDK release the brake until you want to move off.
selector lever. f After selecting a gear, do not accelerate until
You can change between selector lever position D you can feel that the gear is engaged.
and M as you wish while driving.
Driving off on hills
Note Changing the selector lever position The Drive-Off Assistant assists the driver when
f Take care not to operate the shift buttons on The selector lever is locked when the ignition is
moving off on hills. The vehicle is held on the slope
the steering wheel inadvertently in either for a short time during the change from the brake
switched off.
automatic or manual mode, thereby triggering pedal to the accelerator in order to allow driving
undesired gear changes. When the ignition is switched on, the selector lever off directly after the brake is released.
can be moved from position P and N only when
f Please see the chapter “DRIVE-OFF ASSIS-
the release button is pressed, and when the brake
TANT” on Page 169.
pedal is pressed.
Release button
The release button (arrow) in the selector lever
prevents the gear from being changed unintention-
ally.
The release button must be pressed when shifting
to position R or P.
170 Shifting Gears

If the selector lever is inadvertently (due to a If there is a fault in the transmission:
defect or incorrect operation) moved out of P or
– The warning “Transmission emergency run” in
N into gear without pressing the brake, this gear
white or red lettering or the warning “Transmis-
will start to “flash” and no power transmission is
sion temperature too high” is displayed on the
built up.
on-board computer.
f To drive off, press the brake and move the Please see the chapter “REDUCED DRIVING
selector lever from P or N into the required PROGRAM” on Page 176.
gear again.
f Have the fault repaired immediately at an
Selector lever position R or D is flashing in
the instrument cluster
– Effects:
There is no power transmission.
The selector lever was engaged without
pressing the footbrake or only the restricted
driving programme is available when the
“Transmission emergency run” message is
Indicator for selector lever position and displayed.
engaged gear f Action required:
Press the footbrake and engage the required
When the engine is running, the selector lever
selector lever position again by moving the
position and engaged gear are indicated.
selector lever from P or N.
If reverse gear fails:
If the selector lever is between two positions
– Effects: f Please see the chapter “REDUCED DRIVING
The corresponding selector lever position PROGRAM” on Page 176.
flashes on the instrument cluster and the
warning “Apply brake“ or “Selector lever not
engaged” appears on the on-board computer.
f Remedy:
Operate the footbrake and engage the
selector lever properly.
Shifting Gears 171

Selector lever positions D - Automatic selection mode With a sporty driving style, downshifts are already
initiated when the brake pedal is touched lightly.
Select position D for “normal” driving. The gears This further enhances a dynamic driving style.
P – Parking lock are shifted automatically according to the acceler- The PDK transmission temporarily changes to the
ator position and speed. sportiest gear-changing map, i.e. to the highest
f Engage parking lock only when vehicle is
possible gear-changing points, if the accelerator
stationary. Depending on the way the vehicle is driven
pedal is pressed quickly. The transmission accord-
If selector lever position P is flashing in the (economical, comfortable or sporty driving style)
ingly shifts down immediately by one or two gears
instrument cluster, the parking lock is not and on the resistance (e.g. uphill), the gear-
(temporary change-down).
engaged. The vehicle can roll away. changing points are shifted towards higher or
Engage selector lever position P again by lower engine-speed ranges. The transmission no longer selects 7th gear at
moving the selector lever out of R. The accelerator position, driving speed, engine high driving speeds.
speed, longitudinal and lateral acceleration and
f Engage parking lock after applying the
the road profile all have an influence on the gear- Sport mode
handbrake and release it before releasing the
changing characteristic. (“Sport” and “Sport Plus” modes)
handbrake.
Unwanted upward shifts, e.g. before bends, are “Sport” mode activated:
The ignition key can be withdrawn only in The PDK transmission switches to a sporty gear-
prevented by swiftly releasing the accelerator
selector lever position P. changing map and shortens the gear shifting
pedal.
times.
R – Reverse gear Depending on lateral acceleration, upward A sporty driving style is recognised more quickly
changes on bends are not made until the engine- and the gear-changing speeds are adapted to
f Select only if car is stationary and the brake is speed limit is reached. driving performance.
applied. Under braking, and depending on the amount of Deceleration downshifts are commenced earlier.
deceleration, the PDK transmission changes down Downshifts are already carried out in the case of
N – Neutral earlier. slight decelerations, even at higher engine
For subsequent cornering, the right gear is speeds.
Selector lever position N must be selected for engaged when pressure is applied to the brakes
towing or in car washes, for example. before the bend. The bend is taken in the right
f Only select the desired position for driving off gear, and when you accelerate out of the bend you
(D, M or R) when the engine is idling and the do not have to change down.
brake pedal is depressed.
172 Shifting Gears

“Sport Plus” mode activated: f Do not use Launch Control if there is a possibi- 3. Release the brake within a few seconds.
In “Sport Plus” mode, the PDK transmission lity it could endanger other persons. Such a
changes to a shift program designed for driving possibility exists if you cannot see that you Remaining stationary for a long time with
on race circuits. 7th gear is not selected. have a clear road with no possibility of cross “Launch Control active” can lead to overload-
The gear-changing performance is enhanced traffic in your intended direction of driving. ing of the transmission.
significantly again compared with “Sport” mode. In order to protect the transmission, the engine
power is then reduced and the “Launch Control
f Please see the chapter “SPORT MODE” on Caution! active” process is cancelled.
Page 64.
Stress on components increases dramatically
when starting with maximum acceleration in Shifting gears on the steering wheel
Driving with Launch Control
comparison with normal driving off. Use of With the shift buttons on the steering wheel, you
Driving with Launch Control allows you to achieve Launch Control will inevitably reduce the life can change temporarily from automatic selection
maximum acceleration from a standing start. It is of the engaged engine and transmission mode D to manual mode M.
intended to provide you with a unique enjoyment of components.
your vehicle under controlled circumstances and For example:
is not intended to be used in any location where it Preconditions: – Shifting down before bends and on entering
could be a nuisance to other persons.
– Launch Control should only be used when the built-up areas.
Warning! engine has reached operating temperature. – Shifting down on downward slopes
– “Sport Plus” mode must be switched on (light- (engine braking).
There is a risk of endangering other road
users if you use this Control in an improper emitting diode in button is on and “SPORT – Shifting down for brief spurts of acceleration.
location or in a situation where other persons PLUS” is displayed on the on-board computer).
Manual selection mode remains engaged:
might need to take evasive action due to the 1. Press the brake with your left foot.
rapid acceleration that this technology – for cornering (depending on the lateral acceler-
permits. 2. Quickly press down the accelerator fully ation) and overrunning,
(kickdown activated) and hold.
f Launch Control is designed to be used in a The engine speed will flatten out at around – when the vehicle is stationary (e.g. at a
controlled environment on closed circuit 6500 rpm. junction).
driving courses where no vehicle cross traffic “Launch Control active” is displayed on the The system leaves manual selection mode:
or pedestrian traffic is present. on-board computer.
– automatically after approx. 8 seconds (unless
f Use Launch Control only if conditions permit it cornering or overrunning),
to be applied in a safe manner.
– after driving off.
Shifting Gears 173

Kickdown
The kickdown function is active in selector lever
positions D and M.
f For optimum acceleration, e.g. when
overtaking, depress the accelerator pedal
beyond the full-throttle point (kickdown).
The transmission shifts down depending on the
speed of travel and engine speed.
Upward shifts occur at the highest possible engine
speeds.
M – Manual selection mode Shifting up +
The currently selected gear is retained when you f Press the PDK selector lever or shift button on
change from D to M. the steering wheel forward.
If you change from M to D, the gear-changing map Shifting down –

suitable for your current driving style is selected f Pull the PDK selector lever or shift button on
and the appropriate gear is selected. the steering wheel back.
The selector lever and the two shift buttons in the You can shift up or down by the corresponding
top steering wheel spokes allow you to comfort- number of gears by quickly pressing or pulling the
ably and reliably select the seven forward gears. shift buttons or selector lever several times in
succession.
The transmission can be shifted up or down by
several gears in succession by continuously
operating the selector lever or shift buttons.
174 Shifting Gears

Depending on driving speed and engine speed, Failure of the selector lever display on the Stopping
you can shift up or down at any time. instrument cluster
f For a brief stop (e.g. at a traffic light), leave the
Gear changes which would exceed the upper or The warning “Transmission emergency run” is
selector lever in drive position and hold the
lower engine speed limit are not executed by the displayed in red on the on-board computer.
vehicle with the brake pedal.
controller.
– Effect:
f Do not hold the car on a slope using the
There is no automatic upshift at the upper engine No selector lever position is displayed on the
accelerator. Use the brake pedal or the
speed limit in selector lever position M. Upshift instrument cluster.
handbrake instead.
suppression can be cancelled by kickdown opera- Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a
tion. If, for example, the engine speed limit is stop. f Before leaving the vehicle, always apply the
reached during overtaking and the automatic Remedy: handbrake and move the selector lever to
upshift does not occur, the transmission in this It is not possible to continue driving. Immedi- position P.
case shifts up as a result of kickdown operation. ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place. Have
the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche
f Select an appropriately low gear on upward Parking
dealer.
and downward slopes.
This will ensure optimum use of engine power f Go easy on the accelerator!
and engine braking. f When parking or manoeuvring in a small
space, control the speed by careful use of the
In order to shift up automatically at the upper footbrake.
engine speed limit:
f Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the full- Driving in winter
throttle point (kickdown).
In wintry road conditions it is advisable to take
steep inclines in manual mode. This prevents gear
changes occurring that could cause wheelspin.
Tow-starting, towing
f Please see the chapter “TOWING” on
Page 280.
Shifting Gears 175

Reduced driving program Warning “Transmission emergency run” red
– Effect:
If there is a fault in the transmission
Vehicle can be driven only until it comes to a
– Depending on priority, the warning “Transmis- stop.
sion emergency run” in white or red lettering or Remedy:
the warning “Transmission temperature too It is not possible to continue driving. Immedi-
high” is displayed on the on-board computer. ately stop the vehicle in a suitable place. Have
Warning “Transmission emergency run” white the vehicle towed to an authorized Porsche
dealer.
– Effects:
Restricted gearshift comfort, Warning “Transmission temperature too high”
Reverse gear may not function. – Effects:
“Warning jerks” can be felt when driving off and
Remedy: the engine power may be restricted.
Have the fault repaired immediately at an Remedy:
authorized Porsche dealer. Do not hold the vehicle with the accelerator on
a hill, for example. Hold the vehicle with the
brake. Reduce engine load. If possible, stop
the vehicle in a suitable place. Allow the engine
to run in selector lever position P or N until the
warning disappears.
176 Shifting Gears

Mobile Roofs
Lifting/Sliding Roof.................................... 178
Convertible Top......................................... 181
Emergency operation of the convertible top 183
Windstop .................................................. 190
Hardtop.................................................... 194
Targa ....................................................... 200
Roof Transport System .............................. 204
Mobile Roofs 177

Lifting/Sliding Roof A - Opening the lifting/sliding roof
f Press rear of rocker switch A until lifting/slid-
Warning!
ing roof reaches the desired position.
Risk of injury when operating or automatical-
ly closing the lifting/sliding roof. One-touch operation
f Take care to ensure that nobody can be injured f Touch rear of rocker switch A.
when the lifting/sliding roof is operated. Lifting/sliding roof opens to its end position.
Stop it in any position by touching any button.
f Always withdraw the ignition key when leaving
the vehicle. Uninformed persons (e.g. children) Note
could injure themselves by operating the lift-
ing/sliding roof. The lifting/sliding roof opens until it reaches the
best position relative to noise. It can be opened
f In case of danger, release the button immedi- fully, however, if you press the rocker switch
ately and operate the lifting/sliding roof in the again.
opposite direction.
Readiness for operation

– When the ignition is switched on (engine
switched on or off) or
– With doors closed and ignition key withdrawn,
but only until a door is first opened.
178 Mobile Roofs

B - Closing the lifting/sliding roof Emergency operation
f Press front of rocker switch B until lifting/slid- Warning!
Risk of serious personal injury and damage
to the lifting/sliding roof during emergency
C - Lifting the lifting/sliding roof operation.
f Press center of rocker switch C until lifting/ f Do not operate the lifting/sliding roof with the
sliding roof reaches the desired position. rocker switch during and after emergency
operation.
One-touch operation
f Touch the rocker switch C in the center. Before using emergency operation, please check
Lifting/sliding roof opens to its end position. whether defective fuses are the cause of the mal-
Touch button again to stop in any position. function.
f Please see the chapter “ELECTRICAL SYS-
B - Lowering the lifting/sliding roof TEM” on Page 257.
f Press front of rocker switch B until lifting/slid-

Closing the sliding roof
1. Carefully unclip both covers A with a screwdriv-
er.
If the car is equipped with HomeLink, the
HomeLink buttons must be carefully unclipped
instead of the covers.
2. Unscrew the two screws B.
Mobile Roofs 179

Caution!
Risk of damage to the lifting/sliding roof.
f After emergency operation, do not operate the
lifting/sliding roof using the rocker switch.
f Drive slowly to an authorized Porsche dealer in
order to have the fault remedied.
3. Fold down the cover of the lifting/sliding roof 5. Press the Allen key into the drive axle, keep it
drive at the rear. pressed in and turn it clockwise until the lift-
Remove the Allen key (arrow) from its holder. ing/sliding roof is closed.
4. Insert the Allen key into the drive axle. 6. Remove the Allen key.
Close the cover and screw in the screws.
7. Have the fault remedied at an authorized
Porsche dealer.
180 Mobile Roofs

Convertible Top f Avoid frequent operation of the convertible top Door windows and side windows
with the engine off; the vehicle battery would
Brief operating instructions can be found on the be unintentionally discharged rapidly. The side windows are lowered automatically when
back side of the driver’s sun visor. the convertible top is opened. The door windows
f Drive only with the convertible top fully open or
close automatically if convertible top operation is
f Please see the chapter “CAR CARE INSTRUC- closed (end positions).
not interrupted when the convertible top reaches
TIONS” on Page 224.
f When opening or closing the convertible top, its final position.
ensure there is sufficient clearance above the When the door windows are closed, the rear side
Warning! windows can also be closed.
convertible top (e.g. in the garage).
When opening or closing the convertible top, When opening the door windows, the rear win-
f To prevent damp stains and abrasions, only
serious personal injury may occur if a per- dows open automatically.
open the convertible top in a dry, clean state.
son’s body parts are near or in the way of the The side windows are lowered automatically when
convertible top mechanism’s moving parts. f Park your car in the shade whenever possible,
the convertible top is closed. All windows close
as the fabric, rubber material and color can be
f Make absolutely sure that nobody can be in- automatically if convertible top operation is not in-
harmed by long exposure to sunlight.
jured by the convertible-top mechanism or the terrupted when the convertible top reaches its fi-
convertible-top compartment lid. f The convertible top may only be actuated dur- nal position.
ing driving on even surfaces.
Do not operate convertible top: f The convertible top must not be used with
– At temperatures below 32 °F (0 °C). strong counter wind (over approx. 50 mph/
80 km/h).
– When one side of the car is on a curb, a hoist
or a jack.
– When items of luggage or other objects hinder
the convertible top movement.
– With the rollbars extended.
Mobile Roofs 181

Preconditions for operation of the
convertible top
– The ignition must be switched on
(engine running or off),
– the engine compartment lid must be closed,
– the speed must be below approx. 30 mph
(50 km/h).
If this maximum speed is exceeded, the open-
ing/closing procedure of the convertible top
will be interrupted.
f Reduce speed.
Press button again.
The opening/closing process is ended.
Warning!
Risk of injury and damage when operating Opening convertible top Closing convertible top
the convertible top.
f Pull the switch and hold without interruption un- f Pull the switch and hold without interruption
f Make absolutely sure that nobody can be in- til the convertible top is in the final position or until the convertible top is in the final position
jured by the convertible-top mechanism or the until the door windows are in the desired posi- or until the door windows are in the desired
convertible-top compartment lid. tion. position.
f Before opening the convertible top, make sure The message on the on-board computer goes The message on the on-board computer goes
that there are no objects behind the rear seats. out. out.
In case of danger, release the switch. In case of danger, release the switch.
f Keep the lids of the make-up mirrors in the sun Convertible top operation stops. Convertible top operation stops.
visors closed when closing the convertible top.
f In order to abort convertible top operation in
the event of danger, immediately release the
switch.
182 Mobile Roofs

Messages in on-board computer Emergency operation
of the convertible top
Rear lid
f Before performing emergency operation,
If the engine compartment lid is open when acti- please check:
vating the convertible top, a message appears in Was the ignition switched on and was the en-
the on-board computer. The convertible top can- gine compartment lid closed during operation
not be opened. of the convertible top with the switch?
Are electrical fuses defective?
f Close engine compartment lid.
Please see the chapter “ELECTRICAL SYS-
Convertible top status TEM” on Page 257.
f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE Warning!

INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD There is danger of injury and damage during
COMPUTER” on Page 158. emergency operation.
There is danger of crushing or trapping body
parts at all movable convertible top parts
If the convertible top does not lock in the which could cause serious personal injury.
windshield frame f Take great care when performing emergency
f Open convertible top again, start the engine operation.
and close the convertible top again using the f Do not operate the convertible top during and
switch. after emergency operation.
Assist with the closing process by grasping the
convertible top at the handhold and pulling it
toward the windshield frame (arrow). Before emergency operation
f Please see the chapter “WARNINGS ON THE f Remove the ignition key so that the convertible
INSTRUMENT PANEL AND THE ON-BOARD top is not operated unintentionally.
COMPUTER” on Page 158. f Take screwdriver out of the tool kit.
f Fold the rear seat backrests forward.
Mobile Roofs 183

Removing rear wall lining Opening convertible top compartment Warning!
lid “D”
1. Unscrew screws A from the rear wall lining. The Allen key can rotate or fly out and there-
Pull out and reposition the screwdriver insert if 1. Take red Allen key B out of its holder. by cause serious personal injury if the con-
necessary. vertible top is actuated.
2. Put handle of screwdriver onto Allen key B.
2. Grasp the rear wall lining at the cut-outs for the Insert Allen key into the drive axle C and turn it f Always remove the Allen key B from the drive
safety belts and press downward. counterclockwise (in direction of the arrow) un- axle C before operating the convertible top.
Pull rear wall lining forward and lift up and out. til the convertible top compartment lid D is fully
open. When you have opened the convertible top com-
Remove the Allen key. partment lid, try to close the convertible top using
the switch.
If the convertible top cannot be closed, continue
with emergency operation.
184 Mobile Roofs

Warning!
The Allen key can rotate or fly out and there-
by cause serious personal injury if the con-
vertible top is actuated.
f Always remove the Allen key B from the drive
axle of the side flap before operating the con-
vertible top.
f When you have opened the side flaps, try to

close the convertible top using the switch.
If the convertible top cannot be closed, contin-
ue with emergency operation.
Opening side flaps “F” 3. Insert Allen key B into the drive axle for the left
side flap F.
1. Remove ignition key.
Turn Allen key counterclockwise (in direction of
2. Use the screwdriver to remove plastic lid E arrow) until the side flap F is fully open (percep-
from the lining from behind. tible stop).
4. Repeat procedure with the right side flap.
Remove the Allen key.
Mobile Roofs 185

Closing convertible top 2. Get behind the front seats and grasp the con- 3. Close the convertible top until it reaches its
vertible top in the middle. highest position.
1. Insert Allen key B through hole G and into the
hydraulic valve.
Turn Allen key B counterclockwise by approx.
1 revolution.
Always remove Allen key B.
186 Mobile Roofs

The convertible top lock with the locking hook is Extending the locking hook “H” 2. Take the Allen key K out of the oddments tray
fitted on the convertible top. between the front seats.
1. Pull the plastic lid J down on the front corners.
Perform the work on the convertible top lock when
Push the lid carefully to the rear and take it off. 3. Insert the Allen key K into the opening L and
standing on the right-hand side of the vehicle.
turn in the direction of arrow “open” until
marked resistance can be felt.
The locking hook H is now extended.
4. Pull out the Allen key K.
Mobile Roofs 187

5. Pull the convertible top all the way forward to 1. Insert the Allen key again. Mounting the plastic lid
the windshield. Turn in the direction of arrow “close” until you
f Push the plastic lid over the convertible top
can feel marked resistance and the convertible
Locking the locking hook “H” in the locking mechanism from behind.
top is completely locked.
windshield frame The lid must engage centred in the guide N.
2. Remove the Allen key. Push the lid upwards at its front edge and
f When locking the convertible top, make sure engage.
that the locking hook engages in the
windshield frame. Pull the convertible top to Warning!
the windshield frame if necessary.
The centering journals M must be retracted Risk of injury in an accident.
into the mounting in the windshield frame. f Do not drive without the plastic lid mounted.
188 Mobile Roofs

Caution!
Risk of damage to the convertible top.
f After emergency operation, do not operate the
convertible top using the switch.
f Drive slowly to an authorized Porsche dealer in
order to have the fault remedied.
Closing the convertible-top compartment lid
Warning!
Risk of pinching when closing the
convertible-top compartment lid.
f Place your hands on the convertible-top
compartment lid when pushing.
1. Stand behind the vehicle.

2. Grasp the convertible-top compartment lid
above the brake light and push forward against
resistance which can be felt until it is
completely closed.
Mobile Roofs 189

Caution! Installing the windstop
Risk of damage to the windstop 1. Open zipper of the protective bag.
f Make sure that the windstop is not damaged Take the windstop out of the luggage compart-
by items of luggage or objects in the luggage ment.
compartment.
f Do not place any objects on the windstop.
f Do not store any sharp-edged objects under
the installed windstop.
f Do not damage the windstop during seat ad-
justment and when folding back the front-seat
backrests.
Adjust seat so that the seat backrest does not
touch the windstop.
f Do not fold up the rear seat backrests with the
windstop installed.
Example: Mount for 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S
f Remove windstop before fitting a hardtop.
Windstop
The windstop is stowed in a protective bag in the
luggage compartment.
The protective bag is fastened with a Velcro strip
in the luggage compartment.
190 Mobile Roofs

2. Fold the rear seat backrests forward. 4. Check whether the lock of the windstop lower A - Lock open
Please see the chapter “REAR SEAT BACK- section is engaged. B - Lock closed
RESTS” on Page 37. Press lock together if necessary (arrows).
5. Check whether the two red locking handles are
3. Unfold the windstop until it can be felt to en- in position A (open).
gage in the hinges at the top and bottom. Open the lock if necessary. To do this, push the
locking handles inward as far as they will go
and swivel to the side (arrow).
Mobile Roofs 191

6. Insert fastening tabs C of the windstop into the 7. Push red locking handles inward and swivel 8. Lift upper section of windstop if required.
guides of the safety belts. downward.
Make sure that the plastic peg E engages in Spring force pushes the square pins of the
the center guide of the windstop. locks into the receivers D in the side trim pan-
els.
Check whether the square pins are correctly
engaged.
192 Mobile Roofs

A - Lock open 4. Fold the windstop together so that the split
B - Lock closed windstop lower section is on the outside.
5. Place windstop in the protective bag in the lug-
Removing the windstop gage compartment and seal the zipper of the
protective bag.
1. Fold back upper section of windstop.
Please see the chapter “INSTALLING THE
2. Move both red locking handles to position A WINDSTOP” on Page 190.
(open).
3. Pull windstop out of the guides of the safety
belts.
Mobile Roofs 193

Hardtop
Your authorized Porsche dealer will be glad to give
advice about correct hardtop storage.
Since the convertible top stays open for a long
time, it must be absolutely dry and clean before
being opened to install the hardtop.
This prevents damp stains and abrasion damage.
f Make sure that the hardtop is placed on a
clean, soft surface.
Removing the hardtop 3. Press red locking button A of the front locking
lever.
1. Open all four side windows. Fully open locking lever B.
2. Pull off plastic cover of the front hardtop lock
(arrow).
194 Mobile Roofs

4. Take unlocking handle D from the storage tray 6. Insert unlocking handle D into one of the rear 9. Together with a second person on the other
between the front seats. hardtop locks. side, grasp the hardtop at points E and F.
Unscrew the fastening screw approx. 2 turns,
5. Position unlocking handle D on the dot mark-
pull off the handle, and completely unscrew the Warning!
ing.
screw by hand (approx. 8 turns).
Carefully remove the plastic covers C on both Danger of pinching fingers or hands at the
sides of the hardtop. 7. Pull out the fastening screw up to the stop and points “F”.
turn it anticlockwise 2 turns (to prevent dam-
age). f Evenly lift the hardtop at both sides.
8. Repeat procedure on the other side of the 10.First pull the hardtop rearward and up out of
hardtop. the locking elements.
Carefully lift the hardtop up and over the vehi-
cle to the rear.
Mobile Roofs 195

11.Carefully remove both protection covers J to Putting on the hardtop 1. Open all four side windows and convertible
the rear. top.
Caution!
12.Fit both plastic covers C into the trim panel. 2. Take unlocking handle D from the storage tray
The marking point must point to the rear. Risk of damage to the windstop and hardtop. between the front seats.
These covers are also used with the hardtop. Position unlocking D on the point marking.
f Always remove the windstop before fitting the
13.Close front locking lever. hardtop.
Carefully remove both plastic covers C on both
Push on plastic cover of the front hardtop lock. Please see the chapter “WINDSTOP” on
sides of the hardtop.
Page 190.
3. Carefully fit both protective covers J into the
trim panel from behind.
196 Mobile Roofs

4. Pull off plastic cover of the front hardtop lock. 5. Press red lock button of the front locking lever.
Fully open locking lever.
Mobile Roofs 197

Caution!
Danger of damage due to inadvertent opera-
tion of the convertible top with the hardtop
fitted.
f Make sure that the front locking lever G is al-
ways correctly locked.
This disables the convertible top drive.
6. Check whether the rear screw connections on Warning!

the hardtop are loosened (turn it 2 turns clock-
Danger of pinching fingers or hands at the
wise).
points “F”.
7. Together with a second person on the other
f Evenly lower the hardtop at both sides.
side, grasp the hardtop at points E and F.
8. Carefully lift the hardtop up and over the vehi- 9. First push the hardtop completely into the
cle from behind. guides on the windshield frame.
Then carefully lower the hardtop into the lock-
ing elements at the rear.
198 Mobile Roofs

10.Swivel front locking lever G to the rear. 12.Tighten the fastening screw by hand. 14.Fit both plastic covers C into the trim panels of
The latching hook H must engage in the wind- Then tighten the fastening screw with the un- the rear hardtop locking elements so that the
shield frame (arrow). locking handle D (tightening torque 34 ftlb. marking points are opposite each other.
The white marking line J on the red locking but- (46 Nm)).
15.Store unlocking handle in storage tray
ton must become visible when the hardtop is
13.Repeat procedure on the other side of the between the front seats.
locked properly.
hardtop.
11.Push on plastic cover of the front hardtop lock.
Mobile Roofs 199

Targa Warning!
Risk of injury and damage.
This roof type is equipped with the following spe-
cial features: f Before operating the roller blind, ensure that
there are no persons or objects in the range of
– Roller blind
movement.
– Sliding glass roof
– Glass rear hatch Opening the roller blind to the desired
position
Warning! f Pull the rocker switch and hold it until the roller
Risk of injury when operating all components blind has reached the desired position.
of the Targa roof, especially when closing the
Opening the roller blind fully (one-touch
sliding glass roof.
operation)
f Take care to ensure that nobody can be injured
f Pull the rocker switch briefly.
when the roof components are actuated.
The roller blind moves to its final position.
f Always withdraw the ignition key when leaving Touch the rocker switch again to stop in any
the vehicle. Uninformed persons (e.g. children) Roller blind position.
could injure themselves by operating the slid-
ing glass roof, the roller blind or the glass rear Readiness for operation Closing the roller blind to the desired position
hatch. – With the ignition switched on (engine on or off) f Push the rocker switch and hold it until the roll-
f In case of danger, release the button immedi- or er blind has reached the desired position.
ately and operate the sliding glass roof or roll- – When door is closed and ignition key with-
er blind in the opposite direction. Closing the roller blind fully (one-touch
drawn, but only until door is first opened.
operation)
The roller blind can be operated independently of f Push the rocker switch briefly.
the sliding glass roof position. The roller blind moves to its final position.
Touch the rocker switch again to stop in any
position.
200 Mobile Roofs

Opening sliding glass roof
Warning!
f Before opening the sliding glass roof, ensure
that there are no persons or objects in the
range of movement.
f Push the rocker switch and hold it until the

sliding glass roof has reached the desired po-
sition.
Closing the sliding glass roof
Warning!
Sliding glass roof f Before closing the sliding glass roof, ensure Glass rear hatch
that there are no persons or objects in the
Readiness for operation range of movement. Opening the glass rear hatch
– With ignition switched on (engine on or off) or The sliding glass roof must be closed.
f Pull the rocker switch and hold it until the
– When door is closed and ignition key with- sliding glass roof is closed and completely f To unlock it, operate the pull-button A beside
drawn, but only until door is first opened. raised. the driver’s seat, or
– The glass rear hatch must be closed. f push the button for the glass rear hatch on the
remote control.
f Please see the chapter “KEY WITH RADIO RE-
MOTE CONTROL” on Page 16.
f Lift glass rear hatch.
The interior light is switched on when the glass
rear hatch is unlocked.
Mobile Roofs 201

Closing glass rear hatch Emergency operation of sliding glass roof
Warning! Closing the sliding glass roof
Risk of pinching. The glass rear hatch is f Before using emergency operation, please
automatically pulled into the lock and check whether the fuses may be defective.
locked. f Please see the chapter “ELECTRICAL SYS-
f Ensure that your fingers are not caught under TEM” on Page 257.
the glass rear hatch.
Warning!
f Place your hand on the glass rear hatch. Risk of injury and damage.
f Lower the glass rear hatch until it is automati- f Do not operate the sliding glass roof with the
cally closed and locked. rocker switch during and after emergency op-
eration.
Message in on-board computer
Glass rear hatch
1. Remove ignition key.
A message appears on the on-board computer if
the glass rear hatch is not completely closed. 2. Move the front passenger seat forward and
fold the backrest forward.
f Fully close the glass rear hatch.
Fold the rear seat backrests forward.
3. Grasp under the rear-wall lining A with your
hands. Forcefully pull the rear-wall lining A for-
ward.
202 Mobile Roofs

You will find the Allen keys for emergency opera- 5. Insert the Allen keys into the drive axles C of
tion on the back on the lining A. the electric motors.
4. Take both Allen keys B out of their holder. 6. Press both Allen keys into the drive axles until
they engage audibly. This requires a somewhat
greater effort.
7. Keep both Allen keys pressed in and turn them
to the right. Keep turning until the sliding roof
is closed.
8. Remove the Allen keys. Close the rear-wall lin-
ing.
9. Please have the fault remedied at an author-
Mobile Roofs 203

Roof Transport System Safety notes! When the Roof Transport System is loaded, the
maximum speed depends on the nature, size and
f Completely remove the Roof Transport System
(Coupé only) weight of the load being carried.
before using an automatic car wash – risk of
f Please follow the separate instructions for fit- damage to the vehicle! Driving, braking and steering behavior change due
ting the Roof Transport System. to the higher center of gravity and the greater
f Do not exceed the maximum permitted pay-
wind-resistant area. You should adapt your driving
f Only use Roof Transport Systems from the load, the maximum permitted gross weight
style appropriately.
Porsche Tequipment product range or Roof and the maximum permitted axle loads.
Transport Systems which have been tested Please see the chapter “WEIGHTS COUPÉ” on Since fuel consumption and noise are increased
and approved for your car by Porsche. Page 291. with the Roof Transport System fitted, it should
Fitting normal commercially available luggage not remain on the vehicle if not in use.
f Distribute load evenly, with heavy items as low
racks is not possible.
as possible.
The Porsche Roof Transport System allows you Items of luggage must not project beyond the
to carry various sports and hobby equipment. side of the load area.
Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to
f Fix and secure every item to the basic carrier
tell you about the various different uses of the
with a rope or lashing strap (do not use elastic
Roof Transport System.
rubber tensioners).
f Before every journey, and at regular intervals
during long trips, check that Roof Transport
System and load are secure. Re-tighten if nec-
essary and secure additionally by locking.
204 Mobile Roofs

Maintenance, Car Care
Exercise Extreme Caution when Working
on your Vehicle ......................................... 206
Coolant Level............................................ 207
Engine Oil ................................................. 208
Engine Oil Level ........................................ 208
Engine Oil Recommendation....................... 210
Brake Fluid Level....................................... 212
Fuel Economy ........................................... 214
Operating your Porsche in other Countries .. 214
Fuel Recommendations.............................. 216
Portable Fuel Containers............................ 217
Fuel Evaporation Control ............................ 217
Emission Control System ........................... 218
How Emission Control Works...................... 219
Washer Fluid ............................................. 220
Power Steering ......................................... 221
Air Filter ................................................... 222
Combination Filter ..................................... 222
Fluids/Oils for Manual Transmission
and Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ............ 222
Wiper Blades ............................................ 223
Car Care Instructions................................. 224
Maintenance, Car Care 205

Exercise Extreme Caution when f In particular, be very careful to ensure that f Do not smoke or allow an open flame around
items of clothing (ties, shirt, sleeves etc.), the battery or fuel.
Working on your Vehicle jewelry, long hair, hand or fingers cannot get Keep a fire extinguisher in close reach.
caught in the engine-compartment blower, fan,
Danger! f Incomplete or improper servicing may cause
belts or other moving parts.
problems in the operation of the car. If in doubt
Ignoring the following instructions may The radiator and radiator fans are in the front
about any servicing, have it done by your
cause serious personal injury or death. of the car.
The engine-compartment blower is mounted
f The engine compartment of any motor vehicle on the engine-compartment lid.
Improper maintenance during the warranty
is a potentially hazardous area. If you are not period may affect your Porsche warranty cov-
The engine-compartment blower can start or
fully familiar with proper repair procedures, do erage.
continue running as a function of temperature,
not attempt the adjustments described on the even with the engine switched off. f Supplies of fluids, e.g. engine oil, brake fluid or
following pages. Carry out work in these areas only with the en- coolant, are hazardous to your health.
This caution also applies to the entire vehicle. gine off, the ignition switched off, and exercise Keep these fluids out of children’s reach and
f Only work on your vehicle outdoors or in a well extreme caution. dispose of them in accordance with the appro-
priate regulations.
ventilated area. f Your Porsche is equipped with an electronic ig-
f Ensure that there are no open flames in the nition system. When the ignition is on, high f Some countries require additional tools and
area of your vehicle at any time when fuel voltage is present in all wires connected with special spare parts to be carried in your vehi-
fumes might be present. Be especially cau- the ignition system; therefore, exercise ex- cle.
tious of such devices such as hot water heat- treme caution when working on any part of the Please make enquiries before driving abroad.
ers which ignite a flame intermittently. engine while the ignition is on or the engine is
running.
f Before working on any part in the engine com-
partment, turn the engine off and let it cool f Always support your car with safety stands if it
down sufficiently. Hot engine compartment is necessary to work under the car.
components can burn skin on contact. f When working under the car without safety
f Be alert and cautious around engine at all stands but with the wheels on the ground,
times while the engine is running. make sure the car is on level ground, the
If work has to be performed with the engine wheels are blocked, and that the engine
running, always set the parking brake, and cannot be started.
make sure the shift lever is in neutral position Remove the ignition key.
or the PDK selector lever in position P or N.
206 Maintenance, Car Care

Checking coolant level 1. Switch engine off and let it cool.
Please see the chapter “COOLING SYSTEM” on
The expansion tank with its filler orifice is in the en- Page 120.
gine compartment.
2. Cover the expansion tank cap with a thick rag.
f Check the coolant level regularly through the Open cap slowly and carefully and allow over-
transparent expansion tank. pressure to escape.
Then unscrew cap completely.
When the engine is cold and the car is level the
fluid level must lie between the “MIN” and “MAX” 3. Only add a mixture of antifreeze and water in
markings. equal parts, and do not exceed the “MAX”
mark.
Topping off coolant
Antifreeze in coolant:
Warning! 50% gives protection down to –31 °F/–35 °C
60% gives protection down to –58 °F/–50 °C
Danger of serious personal injury or death
from scalding. Coolant is hazardous to your 4. Screw cap firmly on.
health, and may be fatal if swallowed. If in an emergency pure water has been added, the
Coolant Level f Do not open the cap of the expansion tank mix ratio must be corrected at an authorized
while the engine is hot. Porsche dealer.
f Please see the chapter “EXERCISE EXTREME
CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE” f Allow the engine to cool down before opening Marked loss of coolant indicates leakage in the
on Page 206. the cap and protect your hands, arms and face cooling system.
from any possible escape of hot coolant. The cause should immediately be remedied at an
The cooling system is filled at the factory with a authorized Porsche dealer.
permanent coolant. f Keep coolant out of children’s reach.
It provides year-round protection from corrosion
f Also, keep coolant away from your pets.
and freezing down to –31 °F/–35 °C.
They can be attracted to it should there be a
f Only use antifreeze authorized by Porsche. spill, or to used coolant left in an open contain-
er. Coolant can be deadly to pets if consumed.

Engine-compartment blower, Engine Oil If the vehicle is driven at a high rate of speed,
radiator fan climatic conditions are warm, and the load is high,
It is important to perform oil changes regularly in the oil should be checked more frequently, as
The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of accordance with the intervals specified in the driving conditions will determine the rate of oil
the car. “Maintenance” booklet. consumption.
The engine-compartment blower is mounted on
Engine oil consumption – The engine in your vehicle depends on oil to
the engine compartment lid.
lubricate and cool all of its moving parts.
It is normal for your engine to consume oil. Therefore, the engine oil should be checked
Warning! The rate of oil consumption depends on the quality regularly and kept at the required level.
Risk of injury. and viscosity of oil, the speed at which the engine
is operated, the climate, road conditions as well – Make it a habit to have the engine oil level
After the engine is switched off, the engine-
as the amount of dilution and oxidation of the checked at every fuel filling.
compartment temperature is monitored for
approx. 30 minutes. lubricant. – The oil pressure warning light is not an oil level
During this period, and depending on tem- If the vehicle is used for repeated short trips, and indicator.
perature, the engine-compartment blower consumes a normal amount of oil, the engine oil The oil pressure warning light indicates serious
may continue to run or start to run. measurement may not show any drop in the oil engine damage may be occuring when lit, if en-
gine rpm is above idle speed.
f Carry out work in these areas only with the en- level at all, even after 600 miles (1,000 km) or
more. This is because the oil is gradually becom-
gine off, the ignition off, and exercise extreme
ing diluted with fuel or moisture, making it appear
Engine Oil Level
caution.
that the oil level has not changed. f Please see the chapter “EXERCISE EXTREME
Risk of injury. The radiator fans in the front The diluting ingredients evaporate out when the CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE”
end of the car may be operating or vehicle is driven at high speeds, as on an express- on Page 206.
unexpectedly start operating when the way, making it then appear that oil is excessively
engine is switched on. consumed after driving at high speeds. f Regularly check the oil level using the on-board
computer after the vehicle is refuelled.
f Carry out work in these areas only with the en- If the conditions you drive your vehicle in are Please see the chapter “OIL DISPLAY AND
gine switched off. dusty, humid, or hot, the frequency of the oil MEASUREMENT OF THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL”
change intervals should be greater. on Page 153.
The difference between the minimum and maxi-
mum marks on the segment display is approx.
1.3 quarts (1.25 liters).
Each segment of the display corresponds to ap-
prox. 0.42 quart (0.4 liter).

Topping off engine oil
Warning!
Risk of burning from hot parts in engine com-
partment. Risk of injury by rotating parts.
The engine compartment blower on the en-
gine compartment lid can start up even with
engine off.
f Exercise extrem caution when working in the
engine compartment.
f Top off engine oil only with the engine off.
Engine oil is hazardous to your health and
may be fatal if swallowed.
f Keep engine oil out of children’s reach.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that have
caused cancer in laboratory animals. 1. Measure the oil level and read off the required 4. Fold down the oil filler cap.
top-up quantity on the on-board computer.
f Always protect your skin by washing thorough- 5. Add at most 0.5 quarts (0.5 liter) of engine oil
ly with soap and water. 2. Switch off the engine. at a time.
Never add more engine oil than required
3. Turn the oil filler cap counter-clockwise by
to reach the max. mark.
Note approx. 90 ° and fully pull out the oil filler tube
by means of the cap. 6. Fold up oil filler cap.
The Check Engine warning light may light up if the
cap of the oil filler opening is opened while the 7. Push in oil filler tube fully and turn cap clock-
engine is running. wise until you feel it reach its end position.
8. Measure oil level again with the on-board
computer. Switch off the engine.
9. If necessary, repeat the process and add more
engine oil as required.

Engine Oil Recommendation Always observe the following points: Oil change
– Use engine oils approved by Porsche only. This
Porsche recommends . The engine oil has to be changed regularly at the
is a precondition for optimum and problem-free
intervals listed in your Maintenance Schedule.
The right oil for your vehicle. operation of your vehicle.
Complies with Viscosity class2) – Regular oil changes are part of servicing.
Page 290.
approval1) It is important that the service intervals,
particularly the oil change intervals, are We recommend that you have the engine oil
Porsche A40 SAE 0W - 403) observed in accordance with the specifications changed at your Porsche dealer, who has the re-
SAE 5W - 404) in the “Maintenance” booklet. quired oils and the necessary filling equipment.
SAE 5W - 504)
– Oils approved by Porsche can be mixed with If you suspect an oil leak in the engine have your
1) Generally,you can find details of the each other. dealer check it out immediately.
manufacturer approvals on the oil containers or as
a notice displayed by the retailer. – Porsche engines are designed so that no oil All current engine oils are compatible with each
The current approval status is also available from additives may be used. other, i.e. when making an oil change it is not nec-
your Porsche partner. essary to flush the engine if you wish to use a dif-
– A label is located in the engine compartment,
ferent brand or grade of oil.
2)
SAE viscosity class - Example: SAE 0W - 40 which provides you with information on suitable
Since, however, each brand of oil has a special
Specification 0W = Viscosity specification for oil for your engine.
composition, you should, if possible, use the
low temperatures (winter). Your Porsche partner will be pleased to advise same oil brand if it becomes necessary to top up
Specification 40 = Viscosity specification for you. between oil changes.
high temperatures.
Porsche engines have long intervals between oil
3)
For all temperature ranges. changes. You can make best use of these long oil
4) For the temperature range over --13 °F (--25 °C). change intervals by using multigrade oils since
these are largely independent of seasonal fluctua-
tions in temperature.

If your vehicle is used frequently in stop-and-go Viscosity
traffic in cold weather, the engine will not always
be properly warmed up. Like all liquids, engine oil is viscous when cold,
Condensation from products of combustion may and thin-bodied when warm. The viscosity of an oil
accumulate in the oil. In this case, it is advisable is expressed by its SAE class. For cold viscosity
to change the oil more frequently so that your en- (measured at temperatures below 32 °F/0 °C) the
gine once again has 100% efficient engine oil. SAE class is given as a number and the letter “W”
(as in winter), for hot viscosity (measured at
Engine oil performance class 212 °F/100 °C) the SAE class is given only as a
number.
Engine oil is not only a lubricant, but also serves The viscosity of an oil is, therefore, always the
to keep the engine clean, to neutralize the dirt same if it has the same number of an SAE class.
which penetrates into the engine through combus-
tion and to protect the engine against corrosion. Oils with two viscosities are called multigrade oils;
To perform these functions, the oil is provided with oils with only one viscosity are termed single-
additives which have been specially developed for grade oils.
these functions. Single-grade oils can not be used in your engine.
The efficiency of an oil is expressed, for example,
by the API, ILSAC or ACEA classifications. The viscosity of the engine oil for your Porsche
has to be chosen according to the ambient tem-
perature given in the engine oil recommendation
table.

Brake Fluid Level
CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE”
on Page 206.
f Use only new (unused) Original Porsche
brake fluid.
Warning!
Brake fluid is hazardous to your health, and
may be fatal if swallowed.
Brake fluid also attacks paintwork.
f Keep brake fluid out of children’s reach.
f Take care while topping off brake fluid not to
soil the luggage compartment or items of lug-
gage.
Example: 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S A slight decrease in the fluid level due to wear and
automatic readjustment of the disc brakes is
normal.
Checking the brake fluid level If, however, the fluid level falls markedly or below
The reservoir for the hydraulic braking and clutch the minimum mark, the braking system may have
systems is located in the luggage compartment. developed a leak.
1. Open and remove cover flap A. f Have the brake system checked without delay
2. Regularly check the brake-fluid level on the
transparent expansion tank through the
window B.
The fluid level should always lie between the
minimum and maximum marks.

Changing the brake fluid Warning light USA
Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air over
time. This accumulation of water lowers the boil- Warning light Canada
ing point and, under certain operating conditions,
can affect the braking performance. – The warning lights on the instrument panel and
Therefore have the brake fluid changed in accord- on the on-board computer indicate an insuffi-
ance with the change intervals stated in the cient brake fluid level.
brochure “Maintenance”.
– If the warning light lights up on the instrument
panel and the warning message appears on
the on-board computer in combination with a
larger pedal travel, a brake circuit may have
failed.
If the warning lights should light up when

driving:
f Stop immediately in a suitable place.
f Do not continue driving.

Fuel Economy f Any additional weight carried in the vehicle re- Operating your Porsche in other
duces fuel economy. Always keep cargo to a
Fuel economy will vary depending on where, minimum and remove all unnecessary items.
Countries
when and how you drive, optional equipment f Organize your trips to take in several errands Government regulations in the United States and
installed, and the general condition of your in one trip. Canada require that automobiles meet specific
car. emission regulations and safety standards. There-
A car tuned to specifications and correctly f All electrical accessories contribute to in- fore, cars built for the U.S. and Canada differ from
maintained, will help you to achieve optimal creased fuel consumption. vehicles sold in other countries.
fuel economy. f Only switch on the air conditioning when neces- If you plan to take your Porsche outside the conti-
f Have your vehicle tuned to specifications. sary. nental limits of the United States or Canada, there
Air cleaner should be dirt free to allow proper f Do not drive with the Roof Transport System is the possibility that
engine “breathing”. mounted unless you need it.
Battery should be fully charged. – unleaded fuel may not be available;
Wheels should be properly aligned. The EPA estimated mpg. is to be used for – unleaded fuel may have a considerably lower
Tires should be inflated at correct pressure. comparison purposes, actual mileage may octane rating. Excessive engine knock and se-
f Always monitor your fuel consumption. be different from the estimated mpg., rious damage to both engine and catalytic con-
depending on your driving speed, weather verters could result;
f Drive smoothly, avoid abrupt changes in speed conditions and trip length. Your actual
as much as possible. – service may be inadequate due to lack of prop-
highway mileage will probably be less than er service facilities, tools or diagnostic equip-
f Avoid jack rabbit starts and sudden stops. the estimated mpg. ment;
f Do not drive longer than necessary in the lower f Please observe all local and national speed
– replacement parts may not be available or very
gears. Shifting into a higher gear early without limits.
difficult to get.
lugging the engine will help save fuel.
Porsche cannot be responsible for the
f Prolonged “warm up” idling wastes gas. Start
mechanical damage that could result
the vehicle just before you are ready to drive.
because of inadequate fuel, service or parts
Accelerate slowly and smoothly.
availability.
f Switch off the engine if stationary for longer
If you purchased your Porsche abroad and want to
periods.
bring it back home, be sure to find out about ship-
ping and forwarding requirements, as well as cur-
rent import and customs regulations.

Fuel
Warning!
Fuel is highly flammable and harmful to
health.
f Fire, open flame and smoking are prohibited
when handling fuel.
f Avoid contact with skin or clothing.
f Do not inhale fuel vapors.
To prevent damage to the emission control
system and engine:
f Never drive the tank completely out of fuel.
f Avoid high cornering speeds after the warning
lights have come on.
– refueling with engine running. If there is a defect in the automatic unlocking
f Please see the chapter “FUEL ECONOMY” on system:
Page 214.
Opening the filler flap f Open the passenger door.
Please see the chapter “EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM” on Page 218. f Pull the ring in the right-hand door aperture
The filler opening is under the filler flap in the front
Please see the chapter “LEVEL GAGE” on (arrow).
right fender.
Page 122.
f With the vehicle unlocked, press on the front
Check engine warning light part of the filler flap (arrow) to open the flap.
If the warning lights in the instrument panel and on- The filler flap is centrally locked along with the oth-
board computer come on and remain on while er locks.
driving, it suggests:
– a potential engine control problem and the
need for system service or
– an improperly fastened tank cap or

1. Important: Stop the engine and switch off the Fuel Recommendations
ignition.
Your Porsche is equipped with catalytic convert-
2. Slowly unscrew the tank cap.
ers and must use UNLEADED FUEL ONLY.
Hang the tank cap's plastic strap on the hook
on the inside wall of the filler flap. Your engine is designed to provide optimum per-
formance and fuel economy using unleaded premi-
3. Insert fuel-hose nozzle fully into the filler neck
um fuel with an octane rating of 98 RON
with the handle of the fuel-hose nozzle facing
(93 CLC or AKI). Porsche therefore recom-
down.
mends the use of these fuels in your vehicle.
4. Do not add further fuel once the correctly op-
Porsche also recognizes that these fuels may not
erated automatic fuel-hose nozzle has
always be available. Be assured that your vehicle
switched off.
will operate properly on unleaded premium fuels
Fuel could spray or could run over in warm
with octane numbers of at least 95 RON
temperatures.
(90 CLC or AKI), since the engine’s “Electronic
5. Replace the tank cap immediately after Oktane™ knock control” will adapt the ignition tim-
refueling and turn it until you hear it and feel it ing, if necessary.
engage.
It is important to observe the regular service inter-
Refueling vals, and particularly the oil change intervals,
If you lose the tank cap, you must replace it
only with an original part to reduce the specified in the “Maintenance” booklet.
Fuel tank capacity is listed under “Capacities”.
Porsche does not recommend the use of fuel ad- possibility of a fire in the event of a collision.
The use of UNLEADED FUEL ONLY is critically
ditives.
important to the life of the catalytic
Caution! converters. Deposits from leaded fuels will
Fuel is highly flammable and harmful to
Risk of damage. Decorative film may fade if ruin the converters and make it ineffective
health.
it comes into contact with fuel. as an emission control device.
Page 290. f Wipe off any emerging fuel immediately. Cars with catalytic converters have a smaller fuel
tank opening, and gas station pumps have smaller
nozzles. This will prevent accidental pumping of
leaded fuel into cars with catalytic converters.

Unleaded fuels may not be available outside the Fuels containing ethanol Fuel Evaporation Control
continental U.S. and Canada. Therefore, we rec-
ommend you do not take your car to areas or Do not use any fuels containing more than 10 per-
countries where unleaded fuel may not be availa- cent ethanol by volume. Fuel tank venting
ble.
We recommend, however, to change to a different The evaporation chamber and the carbon canister
fuel or station if any of the following problems oc- prevent fuel from escaping to the atmosphere at
Octane ratings cur with your vehicle: extreme high outside temperatures, when driving
abruptly around curves and when the car is parked
Octane rating indicates a fuel’s ability to resist det- – Deterioration of driveability and performance.
at an incline or in any other nonlevel position.
onation. Therefore, buying the correct octane gas – Substantially reduced fuel economy.
is important to prevent engine “damage”.
– Vapor lock and non-start problems, especially Vapor control system and storage
The RON octane rating is based on the research at high altitude or at high temperature.
method. The CLC (U.S. Cost of Living Council oc- When the fuel tank is filled, vapors are collected in
tane rating) or AKI (antiknock index) octane rating – Engine malfunction or stalling. the evaporation chamber by a vent line leading the
usually displayed on U.S. fuel pumps is calculated vapors to the carbon canister where they are
as research octane number plus motor octane stored as long as the engine does not run.
number, divided by 2, that is written as:
Portable Fuel Containers
Danger!
Purge system
RON+MON or R+M
2 2 Portable fuel containers, full or partially When the engine is running, the fuel vapors from
empty, may leak causing an explosion, or re- the canister will be mixed with fresh air from the
The CLC or AKI octane rating is usually lower than sult in fire in case of an accident. ambient air of the canister. This mixture will be
directed to the intake air housing by the tank vent
the RON rating: f Never carry additional fuel in portable contain- line, mixed with the intake air and burned during
For example: 95 RON equals 90 CLC or AKI ers in your vehicle. normal combustion.

Emission Control System To assure efficient operation of the Emission Parking
Control System:
In the interest of clean air f Have your vehicle maintained properly and in Warning!
accordance with the recommendations de- Danger of fire resulting in serious personal
Pollution of our environment has become a prob- scribed in your Maintenance Booklet. injury or death.
lem that is of increasing concern to all of us. We Lack of proper maintenance, as well as im-
urge you to join us in our efforts for cleaner air in proper use of the vehicle, will impair the func- f Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas
controlling the pollutants emitted from the auto- tion of the emission control system and could where the hot exhaust system may come in
mobile. lead to damage. contact with dry grass, brush, fuel spill or oth-
er flammable material.
Porsche has developed an emission control sys- f Do not alter or remove any component of the
tem that controls or reduces those parts of the emission control system. f If your car catches on fire for any reason, call
emission that can be harmful to our environment. the fire department.
f Do not alter or remove any device, such as Do not endanger your life by attempting to put
Your Porsche is equipped with such a system.
heat shields, switches, ignition wires, valves, out the fire.
Porsche warrants the Emission Control System in etc., which are designed to protect your vehi-
your new car under the terms and conditions set cle’s emission control system.
forth in the Warranty Booklet. In addition to serious engine damage, this can Undercoating
result in a fire if excess raw fuel reaches the
You, as the owner of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system. Danger!
responsibility to provide regular maintenance serv-
ice for the vehicle and to keep a record of all main- f Do not continue to operate your vehicle if you Danger of fire resulting in serious personal
tenance work performed. To facilitate record detect engine misfire or other unusual operat- injury or death.
keeping, have the service performed by author- ing conditions.
f Do not apply additional undercoating or rust-
ized Porsche dealers. They have Porsche trained
proofing on or near the exhaust manifold,
technicians and special tools to provide fast and
exhaust pipes, catalytic converters or heat
efficient service.
shields. During driving the substance used for
undercoating could overheat and ignite.

How Emission Control Works Oxygen sensor The catalytic converters will be damaged by:
– push or tow starting the vehicle
When an automobile engine is running, it uses en- The oxygen sensor, installed in the exhaust pipe
ergy generated through the combustion of a mix- continuously senses the oxygen content of the – misfiring of the engine
ture of air and fuel. Depending on whether a car is exhaust and signals the information to an electron-
– turning off the ignition while the vehicle is mov-
driven fast or slowly or whether the engine is cold ic control unit. The control unit corrects the air/
ing or
or hot, some of the fuel (hydrocarbons) may not fuel ratio, so the engine always receives an accu-
be burned completely, but may be discharged into rately metered air/fuel mixture. – driving until the fuel tank is completely empty
the engine crankcase or exhaust system. Additon-
– by other unusual operating conditions.
al hydrocarbons may enter the atmosphere Crankcase ventilation
through evaporation of fuel from the fuel tank. f Do not continue to operate your vehicle under
These hydrocarbons (HC), when released into the Through crankcase ventilation, undesirable emis- these conditions, since raw fuel might reach
air, contribute to undesirable pollution. sions from the engine crankcase are not permit- the catalytic converters. This could result in
ted to reach the outside atmosphere. These emis- overheating of the converters. Federal law pro-
In addition, carbon monoxide (CO) and oxides of
sions are recirculated from the crankcase to the hibits use of leaded fuel in this car.
nitrogen (NOx) contribute to engine emissions.
They, too, are formed during the combustion proc- air intake system. From here the emissions mix
ess and discharged into the exhaust system. with the intake air and are later burned in the en-
gine.
To reduce these pollutants, your Porsche is
equipped with a precisely calibrated fuel injection
Catalytic converters
system to assure a finely balanced air/fuel mixture
under all operating conditions. The catalytic converters are efficient “clean-up”
devices built into the exhaust system of the vehi-
cle. The catalytic converters burn the undesirable
pollutants in the exhaust gas before it is released
into the atmosphere.
The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critical-

ly important for the life of the catalytic con-
verters. Therefore, only unleaded fuel must
be used.

Clean water is generally not enough to clean the Topping off washer fluid
windshield and headlights. Depending on the
1. Please note all the information on the refill con-
season, mix the water with the appropriate
tainer of the cleaning agent.
additives. Follow the instructions for the mixture
ratio. 2. Open cap of the washer-fluid reservoir (arrow).
Only use window cleaner concentrate which meets 3. Top up washer fluid and close cap properly.
the following requirements.
f Do not use engine coolant anti-freeze or any
– Dilutability 1:100 other solution that can damage the car’s paint,
in the washer reservoir.
– Phosphate-free
– Suitable for plastic headlight lenses. Warning light
We recommend window cleaner concentrates If less than 0.53 quarts (0.5 liter) remains, a
approved by Porsche. Your authorized Porsche warning message appears on the on-board
dealer will be pleased to advise you. computer.
Summer filling f Add washer fluid.
Washer Fluid Water + window cleaner concentrate at the mixing

ratio indicated on the container.
Capacity: Approximately 6.3 quarts (6.0 liters).
Winter filling
Washer fluid Water + antifreeze protection + window cleaner
concentrate at the mixing ratio indicated on the
The reservoir, with a blue screw cap, is in the front container.
luggage compartment, to the rear left.
f Please note all the information on the contain-
ers of the window cleaner concentrate or the
antifreeze protection.

Warning! Checking hydraulic fluid
Risk of accident resulting in serious personal
injury or death.
CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE”
When the engine is stopped (e.g. when being
on Page 206.
towed) or the hydraulic system fails, there is
no assistance for steering. f Only use hydraulic fluid authorized by Porsche.
Therefore, substantially more force will have Specification:
to be exerted in order to steer. Please see the chapter “CAPACITIES” on
Page 290.
f Exercise great care when being towed.
Check the fluid level with the engine stopped and
f Have the fault remedied at your nearest author-
cold (approximately 68 °F/20 °C).
1. Open the engine compartment lid.
2. Open the reservoir cap.
3. Wipe measuring rod.
Close cap and reopen. The fluid level should lie
between the “MIN” and “MAX” marks.
Power Steering Add hydraulic fluid if necessary.
Power steering is assisted by hydraulic auxiliary 4. Close cap carefully.
forces. Close engine compartment lid.
The hydraulic fluid reservoir is located in the en-
gine compartment. Noticeable loss of fluid indicates leakage in the
system.
Note The cause should be remedied immediately at an
The flow noise heard at full steering lock is design-
related and does not indicate a defect in the steer-
ing system.

Air Filter Fluids/Oils for Manual
A dirty air filter not only reduces engine perform-
Transmission and Porsche
ance, but can lead to premature engine wear. Doppelkupplung (PDK)
Regular filter replacement is part of the routine The transmission fluids/oils have to be checked
maintenance service. and changed at the intervals listed in your Mainte-
f In dusty conditions, check the filter element
nance Schedule.
more frequently and replace if necessary. f Please see the chapter “CAPACITIES” on
Page 290.
Combination Filter
Do not tow the car or run the engine without fluid/
The fresh air passing through the combination fil- oil in the transmission. The transmission may be
ter into the passenger compartment is virtually damaged by even a tiny speck of dirt, only a clean
free of dust, pollen, and unpleasant odors. funnel or spout must be used when adding fluid/
f If the outside air is polluted by exhaust fumes, oil.
press the circulating-air button. We recommend that you have the fluids/oils
A dirty filter can be the cause of reduced air flow: changed at your Porsche dealer, who has the re-
quired lubricants and the necessary filling equip-
f Have filter replaced by your authorized ment.
Porsche dealer.
f If you suspect an oil leak in the transmission,
Regular filter replacement is part of the routine have your authorized Porsche dealer check it
maintenance service. out immediately.

Wiper Blades If the wiper blades rub or squeak, this can be as a Changing windshield wiper blades
result of the following:
Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital f Please read the separate instructions for fitting
– If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car
for a clear view. wiper blades as supplied by the manufacturer.
wash, wax residues may adhere to the wind-
f Replace the wiper blades twice per year (be- shield. These wax residues can be removed f We recommend that you get your authorized
fore and after the cold season) or whenever only by using window cleaner concentrate. Porsche dealer to replace the wiper blades.
wiper performance deteriorates.
– The wiper blades may be damaged or worn.
Caution!
Caution! f Replace damaged or worn wiper blades as
Risk of damage.
soon as possible.
Risk of damage if the wiper arm accidentally If the wiper blades are not changed properly,
falls back on to the window. f Please see the chapter “WASHER FLUID” on they can come loose when the car is moving.
Page 220.
f Always hold the wiper arm securely when re- f Check that the wiper blades are seated
placing the wiper blade. f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer securely. The wiper blades must engage
for further information. properly in the wiper arm.
Risk of damage if wiper blades that are fro-
zen in place are loosened improperly.
f Thaw the wiper blades before loosening them.
Maintenance note
f Periodically clean the wiper blades with win-
dow cleaner, especially after the vehicle has
been washed in a car wash.
We recommend the Porsche window cleaner. If
they are very dirty (e.g. with insect remains),
they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth.

Car Care Instructions f Keep cleaning agents out of reach from chil- High-pressure cleaning units, steam
dren. cleaners
f Observe all caution labels.
CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE” Warning!
on Page 206. f Always read directions on the container before
using any product. These directions may con- High-pressure cleaning units or steam clean-
Regular and correct care helps to maintain tain information necessary to avoid personal ers can damage the following components:
the value of your car and is also a injury. – tires,
precondition for the New Vehicle Warranty
and the Anti Corrosion Warranty. f Do not use fuel, kerosene, naphtha, nail polish – logos, emblems,
remover or other volatile cleaning fluids. They
may be toxic, flammable or hazardous in other – painted surfaces,
Your authorized Porsche dealer has specially
developed car-care products from the ways. Only use spot removing fluids in a well – alternator,
Porsche program available either singly or vented area.
– ParkAssist sensors.
as complete car-care sets. They will be f Do not clean the underside of chassis, fend-
pleased to help you select suitable products. ers, wheel covers, etc., without protecting f Please observe the operating instructions from
your hands and arms as you may cut yourself the unit manufacturer.
Whether you use Porsche products or other
on sharp-edged metal parts. f When cleaning with a flat-jet nozzle or the like,
commercially available cleaning agents first
maintain a minimum distance of 20 inches (50
make sure of their correct application.
Moisture and road salt on brakes may affect brak- cm).
A Porsche that is well-cared for can look like new ing efficiency.
f Never use high-pressure cleaning units or
for years. It all depends on the amount of care the
f Test the brakes after each vehicle washing. steam cleaners with a round-jet nozzle. A high-
owner is willing to give the car.
pressure cleaning unit or steam cleaner with
Decorative film round nozzle will damage your vehicle.
Warning!
f The tires are particularly susceptible to dam-
Risk of serious personal injury or damage to Caution! age.
the vehicle or property.
Cleaning agents may be hazardous to your Risk of damage due to separation of the f Do not point the cleaning jet directly at any of
health. decorative film when cleaning your vehicle the aforementioned components.
Most chemical cleaners are concentrates with high-pressure cleaning equipment or
which require dilution. High concentrations steam cleaners.
might cause problems ranging from irritation f Do not use high-pressure cleaning equipment
to serious injury as well as damage to your or steam cleaners for cleaning decorative film.
vehicle.

Washing f After washing, rinse the car with plenty of wa- The following parts are particularly
ter and then dry with a chamois leather. susceptible to damage:
The best method of protecting your car from the Do not use the same chamois leather for dry-
– Convertible top (hot wax treatment cannot be
damaging effects of the environment is frequent ing as you use for cleaning the windshield and
used, as the wax attacks the convertible top
washing and the application of a preservative. The windows.
material)
underside of your vehicle should also be thorough-
ly washed for cinders, salt or sanding at winter’s Warning! – Windshield wipers (always switch them off to
end. prevent them wiping unintentionally in intermit-
Moisture which gets on to the brakes during tent or sensor operation)
The longer salt, road dust and industrial dust, a car wash can reduce braking efficiency or
dead insects, bird droppings or substances from make the brakes pull unevenly which could – External antennas (always unscrew)
trees (resin, pollen) are allowed to remain on the increase the danger of an accident, causing – Roof Transport System (always remove com-
bodywork, the more serious is their harmful ef- serious personal injuries or death. pletely)
fect.
f After washing the car, test the brakes and – Rear spoiler
New cars should be washed carefully with plenty steering and briefly brake the discs dry.
of clear water to protect the new paint work. Dark When doing this, take care not to hamper other – Wheels (the wider the rim and the lower the tire
paint finishes show up the smallest of surface road users behind you (traffic conditions per- height, the greater the risk of damage)
damage (e.g., scratches) more readily than lighter mitting). – High-gloss wheels (to prevent these from get-
colors.
ting scratched, do not clean with the wheel-
Dark colors are also more susceptible to scratch- Automatic car washes cleaning brushes of the car wash).
ing because of the composition of their pigments
f Please see the chapter “WIPER BLADES” on f Please consult the operator before using auto-
and require particularly careful paint care.
Page 223. matic car washes.
f Do not wash your car in bright sunlight or while
Optional add-on parts or parts which project be- f Wash and dry by hand all points not reached by
the bodywork is still hot.
yond the contours of the vehicle may be damaged a car wash, such as door and lid seams or
f When washing by hand, use abundant water, a by design features (e.g. brushes) of automatic car door sills.
soft sponge or wash brush, and Porsche car washes.
shampoo. Note
f Begin by spraying the body thoroughly with wa- Automatic car washes spray water at odd angles
ter to rinse away loose dirt. and high pressures, which are not seen in normal
driving. Therefore, water can sometimes find its
way into the passengers compartment during or
shortly after the car wash.

Convertible top Cleaning f If there is leakage in the convertible-top cover
or at its seams or folds, the special Porsche
f Never remove snow and ice using a sharp
Caution! convertible-top care product can be used.
edged object.
Risk of damage due to the cleaning jet of the f Please note the information on the container.
Incorrect care and treatment can damage the con-
vertible top and cause leaks. Any repair work can high-pressure cleaning equipment or hot wax f Remove bird droppings immediately since the
be done by your authorized Porsche dealer. treatment. acid in them will make the rubber swell and the
f Do not clean the convertible top with high- convertible top will become leaky.
Important note pressure cleaning equipment. f Open convertible top only when it is completely
No folding top is 100% leak proof. f Do not use the hot wax treatment. dry, otherwise damp stains and scrub marks
Due to the constant changing of loads and strains may occur which cannot be removed.
to which a car is subject to when driving on roads,
minor wind noise and seepage at joints between
Do not wash the convertible top each time the car f Try to remove spots from the convertible-top
is washed. cover by rubbing carefully with a soft rubber
the top, body and doors on convertible tops can- It is usually sufficient to spray or wash it with clean
not be completely sealed in certain areas. There- sponge.
water.
fore small leaks are considered normal for these
models. In addition, your convertible top should f Brush dust off the convertible top in the direc- Door lock
not be washed in a car wash. The top may experi- tion of the weave using a soft brush.
f To prevent the door lock from freezing during
ence damage by the brushes or may experience f Only if there is heavy dirt, wet the convertible
leaks due to the high pressure water streams di- the cold season, the lock cylinder should be
top with lukewarm water and the Porsche
rected in areas which would not encounter water covered during a wash.
Wash-Shampoo & convertible-top cleaner, us-
f Should the lock freeze, use an ordinary de-icer.
in normal driving conditions. ing a sponge or soft brush, and rub gently.
Rinse Wash-Shampoo & convertible-top clean- In many cases, a well warmed key can help.
er thoroughly off the convertible top with clean Never use excessive force.
water.
f After washing it, treat the convertible-top cover
at least once a year with the special Porsche
convertible-top care product.
Do not allow the convertible-top care product
to come into contact with paint or windows. If
it does, remove immediately.

Paint This keeps the paint shiny and elastic. Dirt is Engine compartment
prevented from adhering to the paint surface and
To protect the paint on your vehicle in the best industrial dust is prevented from penetrating the The engine compartment and the surface of the
possible way against mechanical and chemical paint. engine are treated with a corrosion-inhibitor at the
damage, you should factory.
Polishing
– preserve it regularly, If degreasing solvents are used to clean the en-
Do not resort to using Porsche polish until it be- gine compartment or the engine is washed down,
– polish it if necessary, comes evident that the normal preservatives no the process almost invariably removes the corro-
– remove spots and stains, and longer produce the desired finish. sion-inhibiting coating. It is then absolutely neces-
sary to have a durable preservative applied to all
– repair damaged paintwork. Spots and stains surfaces, body seams, joints and assemblies in
f Do not apply care products containing silicone f Remove tar stains, grease, oil spots and dead the engine compartment. This also applies when
to the convertible top and windows. insects as soon as possible with Insect Remov- corrosion-inhibitor parts are replaced.
er. They can cause discoloration if allowed to
General information remain on the paintwork. Caution!
f Never rub a dusty vehicle with a dry cloth, f Wash the affected area immediately after treat- Risk of damage to the alternator.
because the grains of dirt will damage the ing it.
paintwork. f Do not point the cleaning jet directly at the al-
ternator, or cover the alternator.
f Do not treat matt-painted components with Minor paint damage
preservatives or polishes, otherwise the matt f Have minor paint damage, such as scratches, Effective rust-proofing is particularly important
effect will be lost. scores or chips caused by flying stones, re- during the cold weather season. If the vehicle is
paired immediately by your authorized driven frequently in areas where salt has been
Preservation Porsche dealer before corrosion sets in. spread on the roads, the engine compartment
The paint surface becomes dull over time due to However, if there are already traces of corrosion, should be cleaned thoroughly and subsequently
weathering. they must first be removed carefully and thorough- sealed after the cold weather season to prevent
salt from causing any lasting damage.
f Preserve paint regularly. ly. Coat the area with a rust-proofing primer and
finish off with a top coat. The paint code and color
f Apply paint preservative after washing the number are found on the data bank in the Mainte-
vehicle and polish it smooth to preserve the nance booklet.
paintwork.
f Please see the chapter “VEHICLE DATA BANK”
on Page 284.

Windows Wiper blades Undercoating
The road dust which settles on the windshield and Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital As it is not possible to exclude the risk of damage
windows contains particles of tire rubber and oil for a clear view. to this protective coating in day to day driving, it
residue. The interior trim and upholstery release is advisable to have the underside of the car in-
f Please see the chapter “WIPER BLADES” on
particles, particularly in strong sunlight, which col- spected at certain intervals – preferably before
Page 223.
lect on the insides of the windows. These deposits the start of winter and again in spring – and the un-
are augmented by impurities in the air which en- f Replace the wiper blades twice per year (be- dercoating restored as necessary.
ters the car through the fresh air vents. fore and after the cold season) or whenever
Your authorized Porsche dealer is familiar with the
wiper performance deteriorates or the blades
f Clean all windows regularly, inside and outside, bodyseal treatment procedures and has the nec-
are damaged.
with Porsche window cleaner. essary equipment for applying factory approved
f Periodically clean the wiper blades with materials. We recommend that you entrust them
f If you use a chamois leather for the windows,
Porsche window cleaner, especially after the with such work and inspections.
do not use it for paintwork as it will otherwise
vehicle has been washed in a car wash.
pick up a certain amount of preservative or Unlike conventional spray oils, undercoating and
If they are very dirty (e.g. with insect remains),
polish and could smear the windows and thus rust-proofing compounds based on bitumen or
they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth.
impair vision. wax do not attack the sound-proofing materials ap-
If the wiper blades rub or squeak, this can be as a plied at the factory.
f Remove dead insects with Porsche insect re-
result of the following:
mover.
– If the vehicle is washed in an automatic car Warning!
Note wash, residues may adhere to the windshield. Danger of fire resulting in serious personal
Door windows feature a water-repellent (hydro- These wax residues can be removed only by injury or death.
using window cleaner concentrate.
phobic) coating which prevents soiling of the f Do not apply additional undercoating or rust-
windows. – The wiper blades may be damaged or worn. proofing on or near the exhaust manifold, ex-
This coating is subject to natural wear and can be haust pipes, catalytic converters or heat
renewed. – Replace damaged or worn wiper blades imme-
diately. shields. During driving the substance used for
f Consult an authorized Porsche dealer. undercoating could overheat and ignite.
f Please see the chapter “WASHER FLUID” on
Page 220. f Before applying fresh underseal, carefully re-
f Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer move any deposits of dirt and grease. Once it
for further information. has dried, the new undercoating compound
forms a tough protective coating which pro-
vides efficient rust-proofing of the floor panels
and components.

f Always apply a fresh coating of suitable pre- The resulting film on the brake discs can im- Door, roof, lid and window seals
servative to unprotected areas after cleaning pair braking performance.
the underside of the body, the transmission,
f Make sure that no cleaning agent comes into Caution!
the engine or carrying out repairs to under-
contact with the brake discs. The lubricant coating on the inner door
body, engine or transmission components.
f If cleaning agent has come into contact with seals, convertible top and hardtop seals may
Effective rust-proofing is particularly important be damaged by unsuitable cleaning and care
the brake discs, thoroughly clean the brake
during the cold weather season. If your car is driv- agents.
discs with a strong jet of water.
en frequently in areas where salt has been spread
on the roads, the whole engine compartment f Paying attention to any road users behind you, f Do not use any chemical cleaning agents or
should be cleaned thoroughly after the winter to dry the brake discs by applying the brakes at solvents.
prevent salt from causing any lasting damage. A short intervals. f Do not use any preservative agents.
full under-body wash should also be performed at
the same time. Metal particles (such as brass or copper in brake f Wash dirt (e.g. abrasion, dust, road salt and
dust) must not remain too long on alloy wheels. grit) from all seals regularly using warm soapy
Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes Contact corrosion can cause pitting. water.
Cleaners with an oxide-removing effect or the f If there is a risk of frost, protect the outer door
Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes can discolor due wrong pH value, as are commonly used for other seals and lid seals against freezing into place
to soiling, strong heat, and combustion residues. metals, as well as mechanical tools and products, with a suitable care product.
The original polish can be achieved again using will damage the oxide layer and are therefore
commercially available metal polishing paste or unsuitable.
Headlights, lights, interior and exterior
metal polish. f Use only cleaners for alloy wheels plastic parts, adhesive films
(pH value 9.5). Products with the wrong
Light alloy wheels pH value can destroy the protective layer Use only clean water and a little dishwashing
on the wheels. detergent to clean light lenses, plastic headlight
f Please see the chapter “WASHING” on We recommend Porsche cleaner for alloy rims. lenses, plastic parts and surfaces.
Page 225. Do not clean when dry.
f If possible, wash the wheels every two weeks Use a soft sponge or a soft, lint-free cloth. Gently
with a sponge or washing brush. If the wheels wipe the surface without applying too much
Warning!
are exposed to road salt, grit or industrial dust, pressure.
Danger of accident resulting in serious per- weekly cleaning is necessary.
sonal injury or death if cleaning agents (e.g. An interior window cleaner can also be used to
wheel cleaning agents) come into contact clean plastic surfaces (always read the cleaning
with the brake discs. instructions on the container). We recommend
Porsche interior window cleaner.

f Gently wipe the surface without applying too f Remove heavy contamination with a leather Carpets and floor-mats
much pressure. cleaner.
Always read the instructions for use given on f Use only a vacuum cleaner or a medium stiff
f Do not clean when dry.
the containers. brush.
f Never use other chemical cleaners or We recommend Porsche leather cleaner.
f Remove stains and spots with Porsche stain
solvents.
Treat cleaned leather only with a leather care pro- remover.
f Rinse cleaned surfaces with clear water. duct.
To protect carpets, the Porsche range of accesso-
We recommend the Porsche leather care product.
ries includes mats of the correct size and with the
Leather appropriate fastening.
Cleaning airbags covers
Characteristics and special features
Warning!
The natural surface markings of leather, e.g. Danger!
Risk of an accident resulting in serious per-
creases, healed scars, insect sting marks, struc- There is a danger of serious personal injury sonal injury or death.
tural differences and slight variations in shade and or death if the airbag system is impaired by
grain add to the attractiveness of the natural leath- improper cleaning work. f Always check the movement of the pedals be-
er product. fore driving and make sure that they are not ob-
f Do not make any modifications whatsoever on structed by a floor-mat or any other object.
Observe the following care instructions: individual components such as the padded
covers of the steering wheel, passenger side f Secure the floor-mat to prevent it from sliding
Caution! instrument panel, the front seats and the door into positions that could interfere with the safe
linings. operation of your vehicle - do not install them
The leather will be damaged by the use of loosely in the vehicle.
unsuitable cleaning and care agents and by f Let your authorized Porsche dealer clean Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you
incorrect treatment. these components. nonskid floor-mats of the correct size.
f Do not use caustic cleaners or hard cleaning
aids.
Cleaning fabric linings
f Perforated leather must under no
circumstances get wet on its reverse side. f Fabric linings on pillars, convertible top liner
and sun blinds, etc. must be cleaned only
f Clean all types of leather regularly to remove using suitable cleaning agents or a suitable dry
fine dust using a soft, damp, white woollen foam and a soft brush.
cloth or a commercially available microfibre
cloth.

Alcantara Storing your Porsche Climate control
The air conditioning system should be in good
f Do not use a leather care product to clean If you intend to store your Porsche for a prolonged
working condition and fully charged.
Alcantara. period, please consult your authorized Porsche
dealer. The staff will be glad to advise you on the Windshield/Headlight washer
For regular care it is sufficient to clean the cover
most suitable and necessary methods.
with a soft brush. f Check and correct antifreeze/cleaning solution
f Clean your vehicle thoroughly inside and out- level as necessary.
Heavy abrasion or rubbing when cleaning causes
side.
a lasting change in the surface.
Clean the engine compartment. Electrical system
The under carriage and chassis components
Cleaning when lightly soiled f Remove the battery from the vehicle and store
should be free of dirt and salt deposits.
f Wet a soft cloth with water or a neutral soap it in a cool dry place, not on a cement floor.
solution and wipe off the dirt. f Fill up the fuel tank. When the battery is disconnected, the
alarm system is deactivated.
f Change the oil and oil filter, and run the engine
Cleaning when heavily soiled for several minutes. f Recharge the battery every 3 months. If the
f Wet a soft cloth with lukewarm water or battery remains in the vehicle with the cables
f Increase the tire pressure to 50 psi (3.5 bar).
thinned white spirit and dab the dirt from the connected, it is necessary to check, remove
It is not recommended to lift the vehicle, due to
outside in. and recharge the battery every 2-3 weeks.
the possibility of corrosion on shock absorber
Do not fast charge the battery.
piston shafts.
Cleaning Safety belts The vehicle should be moved slightly, approxi- f Please see the chapter “BATTERY” on
mately every four weeks, to prevent flat spot Page 261.
f Use mild detergent to clean soiled belts. on the tires.
f When drying, avoid direct sunlight. Vehicle interior
f Only use suitable cleaning agents. The interior must be dry, especially in the area of
the floor carpets. The use of drying agents (Silica-
f Do not tint or bleach the belts. Gel) is recommended in vehicles with leather inte-
The belt fabric could be weakened, thus affec- rior and in areas with high humidity. The recom-
ting safety. mended amount is 3 fabric bags of 1.1 lbs.
(500 grams) each placed on the floor carpets.
Windows, doors and lids must be closed. The air
vents should be opened.

Practical Tips, Emergency Service
Exercise Extreme Caution when Working
on your Vehicle ......................................... 234
Tires/Wheels ............................................ 235
Loading Information................................... 246
Wheel Bolts .............................................. 248
Changing a wheel ...................................... 249
Flat Tire.................................................... 251
Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or
Garage Lift ............................................... 254
Spacers 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S ......... 255
Electrical System ...................................... 257
Battery ..................................................... 261
Replacing the remote-control battery .......... 266
Emergency Starting with Jumper Cables ..... 267
Bulb chart................................................. 269
Lights, Replacing Bulbs.............................. 269
Headlights ................................................ 270
Number Plate Light.................................... 277
Changing Light-Emitting Diodes and
Long-Life Bulbs ......................................... 277
Adjusting Headlights .................................. 278
Towing ..................................................... 280
Practical Tips, Emergency Service 233

Exercise Extreme Caution when f In particular, be very careful to ensure that f Do not smoke or allow an open flame around
items of clothing (ties, shirt, sleeves etc.), jew- the battery or fuel.
Working on your Vehicle elry, long hair, hand or fingers cannot get Keep a fire extinguisher in close reach.
caught in the engine-compartment blower, fan,
Danger! f Incomplete or improper servicing may cause
belts or other moving parts.
problems in the operation of the car. If in doubt
Ignoring the following instructions may The radiator and radiator fans are in the front
about any servicing, have it done by your au-
cause serious personal injury or death. of the car.
thorized Porsche dealer.
The engine-compartment blower is mounted
f The engine compartment of any motor vehicle on the engine-compartment lid.
Improper maintenance during the warranty pe-
is a potentially hazardous area. If you are not riod may affect your Porsche warranty cover-
The engine-compartment blower can start or
fully familiar with proper repair procedures, do age.
continue running as a function of temperature,
not attempt the adjustments described on the even with the engine switched off. f Supplies of fluids, e.g. engine oil, brake fluid or
following pages. Carry out work in these areas only with the en- coolant, are hazardous to your health.
This caution also applies to the entire vehicle. gine off, the ignition switched off, and exercise Keep these fluids out of children’s reach and
f Only work on your vehicle outdoors or in a well extreme caution. dispose of them in accordance with the appro-
priate regulations.
ventilated area. f Your Porsche is equipped with an electronic ig-
f Ensure that there are no open flames in the nition system. When the ignition is on, high volt- f Some countries require additional tools and
area of your vehicle at any time when fuel age is present in all wires connected with the special spare parts to be carried.
fumes might be present. Be especially cau- ignition system; therefore, exercise extreme Please make enquiries before driving abroad.
tious of such devices such as hot water heat- caution when working on any part of the engine
ers which ignite a flame intermittently. while the ignition is on or the engine is running.
f Before working on any part in the engine com- f Always support your car with safety stands if it
partment, turn the engine off and let it cool is necessary to work under the car.
down sufficiently. Hot engine compartment Jacks are not suitable for this kind of work.
components can burn skin on contact. f When working under the car without safety
f Be alert and cautious around engine at all stands but with the wheels on the ground,
times while the engine is running. make sure the car is on level ground, the
If work has to be performed with the engine wheels are blocked, and that the engine
running, always set the parking brake, and cannot be started.
make sure the shift lever is in neutral position Remove the ignition key.
or the PDK selector lever in position P or N.
234 Practical Tips, Emergency Service

Tires/Wheels Danger!
Risk of loss of control and serious personal
The original equipment tires and wheel rims on
injury or death.
your Porsche comply with all applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. f If while driving, your vehicle experiences a sud-
den vibration or ride disturbance, and/or you
For your safety remember the following: suspect that possible damage to your tires or
– Wheel rims and wheel bolts are matched to fit vehicle has occurred, you should immediately
your Porsche. reduce your speed without excessive use of
the brakes.
– If you intend to use other than original equip-
ment wheels, be sure that they conform to f Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, and in-
Porsche specifications for your model. spect the tires.
Only tires with the same make and with the If you cannot determine the cause for the dis-
same specification code (e.g. “N0”, “N1”...) turbance, have your vehicle towed to the near-
can be mounted. est Porsche or tire dealer to have your vehicle
or tire(s) inspected.
– The use of wheel rims and wheel bolts that do
not meet specifications of the original factory f Continuing to operate the vehicle without cor-
installed equipment will affect the safe opera- rection could result in a loss of control and Example
tion of your vehicle. serious personal injury.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
– Before you plan on exchanging wheels, or
snow tires already mounted on the wheel rims, Quality grades can be found where applicable on
consult your authorized Porsche dealer. Your the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and max-
dealer has the technical information necessary imum section width.
to advise you which wheel rims and wheel bolts
are compatible with the original factory instal- All passenger car tires must conform to Federal
lations. Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specific govern-
ment test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one

and a half (1-1/2) times as well on the government tire failure. f Cold tire inflation pressure means: all tires
course as a tire graded 100. The grade C corresponds to a level of perform- must be cold, ambient temperature maximum
The relative performance of tires depends upon ance which all passenger car tires must meet un- (68 °F/20 °C), when adjusting the inflation
the actual conditions of their use, however, and der the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. pressure.
may depart significantly from the norm due to var- 109. Avoid sunlight striking the tires before measur-
iations in driving habits, service practices and dif- Grades B and A represent higher levels of per- ing cold pressures, since the pressures would
ferences in road characteristics and climate. formance on the laboratory test wheel than the rise from temperature influence.
minimum required by law.
Traction AA, A, B, C f Valve caps protect the valve from dust and dirt,
and thus from leakage.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are Warning! Always screw caps tightly down.
AA, A, B, and C and they represent the tire’s ability The temperature grade for this tire is established Replace missing caps immediately.
to stop on wet pavement as measured under con-
trolled conditions on specified government test
for a tire that is properly inflated and not overload- f Use only plastic valve caps.
ed.
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive f Do not use commercially available sealant or
A tire marked C may have poor traction perform- loading, either separately or in combination, can tire inflating bottles. Only use Porsche
ance. cause heat buildup and possible tire failure, result- approved tire sealant.
ing in serious personal injury or death.
Warning! f Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
The traction grade assigned to this is based on
braking (straight-ahead) traction tests and does
Tire pressures
not include cornering (turned) traction, accelera-
Warning!
tion, hydroplaning or peak traction characteris-
tics. Incorrect tire pressure causes increased tire
wear and adversely affects road handling.
Temperature A, B, C This could lead to tire failure, resulting in loss
of control, leading to serious personal injury
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and or death.
C, representing the tire’s resistance to the gener-
ation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when f Always use an accurate tire pressure gage
tested under controlled conditions on a specified when checking inflation pressures.
indoor laboratory test wheel. f Do not exceed the maximum tire pressure list-
Sustained high temperatures can cause the mate- ed on the tire sidewall.
rial of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURE PLA-
and excessive temperature can lead to sudden TE” on Page 285.

Each tire, should be checked every 2 weeks when f Never let air out of hot tires.
cold (68 °F/20 °C) and inflated to the inflation This could cause the tire pressure to fall below
pressure recommended in this Owner's Manual or the prescribed value.
on the tire-pressure plate.
Insufficient tire filling pressure can cause tires to
If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the
overheat and thus be damaged – even invisibly.
size indicated in this Owner's Manual or on the tire-
Hidden tire damage is not eliminated by subse-
pressure plate, you should determine the proper
quently correcting the tire pressure.
tire inflation pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been Overloading
equipped with a tire pressure monitoring (TPM)
that illuminates a low tire pressure message when Danger!
one or more of your tires is significantly under-in-
Risk of damage to vehicle parts, loss of con-
flated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
trol and serious personal injury or death.
message illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to f Do not overload your vehicle. Be careful about
the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly un- the roof load.
der-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and
f If loading the vehicle also correct the tire pres-
can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduc-
sure. Tire pressure for loaded vehicle can be Example of a tire pressure plate
es fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
found on the tire pressure plate and in the
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
chapter technical data. Tire pressure plate
Please note that the TPM is not a substitute for
f Never exceed the specified axle load.
proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s re- Information on the tire pressure plate
Overloading can shorten the service life of the
sponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even
tires and car, as well as lead to dangerous ve- A Seating capacity
if under-inflation has not reached the level to trig-
hicle reactions and long braking distances. Maximum number of vehicle occupants, inclu-
ger illumination of the TPM low tire pressure mes-
Damage due to overloading is not covered by ding the driver.
sage.
the vehicle warranty.
f On vehicles with tire pressure monitoring:
Please see the chapter “TPM TIRE PRESSURE f Please see the chapter “LOADING INFORMA-
MONITORING” on Page 143. TION” on Page 246.
When tires are warm, the tire pressure is f Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
increased. COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289.

B Vehicle load limit Tire traction Tire wear
Is the maximum total weight limit specified of
the load (passengers and cargo) for the vehi- Warning! The original equipment tires on your Porsche have
cle. This is the maximum weight of passengers built-in tire wear indicators. They are molded into
and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. When driving on wet or slushy roads, a the bottom of the tread grooves and will appear as
Please see the chapter “LOADING INFORMA- wedge of water may build up between the approximately 1/2 in. (12 mm) bands when the
TION” on Page 246. tires and the road. This phenomenon is tire tread depth is down to 1/16 of an in.
known as “hydroplane” and may cause par- (1.6 mm).
C Tire size for the front axle tial or complete loss of traction, vehicle
Check with your authorized Porsche dealer control or stopping ability. When the indicators appear in two or more adja-
about the current release status. cent grooves, it is time to replace the tires. We
f Reduce speed on wet surface to prevent this. recommend, however, that you do not let the tires
D Recommended tire pressure for the front axle
wear down to this extent.
These values are for cold tires (68 °F/20 °C).
Worn tires cannot grip the road surface properly
Tire life
E Tire size for the rear axle and are even less effective on wet roads.
Check with your authorized Porsche dealer Tire life depends on various factors, i. e., road Snow tires lose their traction capability when their
about the current release status. surfaces, traffic and weather conditions, driving tread depth falls below 5/32 in. (4 mm).
F Recommended tire pressure for the rear axle. habits, type of tires and tire care.
In the United States, state laws may govern the
These values are for cold tires (68 °F/20 °C). f Inspect your tires for wear and damage before minimum tread depth permissible. Follow all such
G In vehicles with collapsible spare wheel: driving off. If you notice uneven or substantial laws.
Size and tire pressure of the spare wheel. wear, wheels might need alignment or tires
should be balanced or replaced.

Danger! Tire care Tire damage, puncture
Driving on worn tires can result in loss of con-
f Avoid damaging tires and wheel rims. High-pressure cleaning units can damage the
trol of the vehicle and could cause serious
tires.
personal injuries or death. f If you must drive over a curb or other obstacle,
drive slowly and at an obtuse angle. f Please see the chapter “HIGH-PRESSURE
f Do not drive with worn tires or tires showing
CLEANING UNITS, STEAM CLEANERS” on
cuts or bruises as they may lead to sudden f Check tires for uneven wear and damage
Page 224.
deflation and loss of control which could cause before driving off.
severe personal injury. f Check tires for imbedded material, cuts, punc-
f Remove imbedded material.
tures, cracks and bulges (side wall) before driv-
f Specialized high performance tires on high
f Replace worn or damaged tires immediately. ing off.
performance sports cars exhibit more wear
than those on a family sedan, or even a high f Keep oil, fuel, brake fluid, etc. away from tires. In case of tire damage, where it is uncertain wheth-
performance sedan. er there is a break in the ply with all its conse-
f Replace missing valve stem caps.
Therefore, it is important to check your tire quences or tire damage caused by thermal or me-
pressure and condition at least every two f Keep tires inflated correctly. chanical overloading due to loss of pressure or
weeks. any other prior damage, we recommend that the
f Wash tires when washing the vehicle. Also
tire be replaced for safety reasons.
clean inner side of wheels.
If you notice that tires are wearing unevenly, con-
If one faulty tire is replaced it should be noted that
sult your Porsche dealer. f Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing
the difference in tread depth on one axle must not
Uneven wear may not always be due to improper the wheels.
exceed 30%.
wheel alignment. It can be the result of individual
f Check wheel rims for corrosion. Handling inconsistencies may result.
driving habits such as cornering at high speeds. If
the tire pressure is not checked and adjusted f Remove road salt, if driving in winter. f Perform a visual inspection if necessary.
regularly, abnormal tire wear can also occur.

Danger! Tire replacements If new tires are installed only on one axle, a notice-
able change in handling occurs due to the different
If in doubt, contact your Porsche dealer. tread depth of the other tires.
Driving the vehicle with low tire pressure
Use only tire makes and types approved by This happens especially if only rear tires are re-
increases risk of a tire failure and resulting
Porsche. placed. However, this condition disappears as the
loss of control. Furthermore, low tire pres-
new tires are broken in.
sure increases rate of wear of the affected If you do not use a Porsche recommended
tires. replacement tire, make sure that you f Please adjust your driving style accordingly.
f Check tires – including sidewalls – regularly for purchase your new tires from a reputable tire Installation of new tires should only be done by a
foreign bodies, nicks, cuts, cracks and bulges. dealer and that the dealer complies with all qualified tire technician.
manufacturers warnings for those tires.
f After driving off road, examine tires for signs Valves
of damage such as cuts, tears, bulges or for- Only tires with the same make and with the
eign objects stuck in the tread. Replace a dam- same specification code (e.g. “N0”, “N1”...) Rubber valve stems must be replaced every time
aged tire if necessary. can be mounted. a tire is replaced.
For metal valves, the installation and replacement
f Cross curb edges slowly and at right angles if instructions must be observed.
Before mounting new tires, check with your
possible.
Avoid driving over steep or sharp curbs.
Porsche dealer about the current release f Use only genuine Porsche metal valves.
status.
f In cases of doubt, have the wheel (particularly f Protect the valve inserts against soiling with
Use tires with “ZR” quality standards. There valve caps.
the inner side) checked by an authorized
are currently no standards concerning tire Soiled valve inserts can cause a gradual loss
Porsche dealer.
strength at speeds above 150 mph (240 km/h). of air.
Tires should be replaced no less than on one axle f Use only plastic valve caps.
at the time.
Only tires of the same make and type must be
used. Mixed tires are not permissible.
Initially, new tires do not have their full traction.
You should therefore drive at moderate speeds
during the first 60 - 120 miles (100 - 200 km).

Parking at the curb Wheel alignment, wheel balancing Wheels with Tire Pressure Monitoring
(TPM) sensors
Warning! As a precaution, have wheels with summer tires
balanced in the spring, and those with mud and Before changing wheels, make sure that the
Hard impacts against curbs (or traffic snow tires before winter. wheels are compatible with your vehicle's TPM.
islands) are dangerous and may cause hid- Unbalanced wheels may affect car handling and
den tire damage which is not noticeable until f Check this with your authorized Porsche
tire life.
later. Such damage can result in accidents at dealer.
Only the specified weights may be used for wheel
high speeds causing serious personal injury balancing.
or death. Self-adhesive weights must not come into contact Removing and storing tires
Depending on the force of impact, the edge with cleaning agents, since they could drop off.
of the rim can also be damaged. Uneven tread wear indicates wheel imbalance. In f After changing, adjust tire pressure and torque
wheel bolts diagonally to 94 ftlb (130 Nm).
f If you are in doubt, have the wheel checked by this event, the vehicle should be checked at an au-
an expert, particularly if you suspect damage thorized Porsche dealer. Tires must always remain on the same side of
on the inside. the vehicle.
Warning! When wheels are removed, the direction of
f If you must drive over a curb or other obstacle,
rotation and position of each wheel should be
drive slowly and at an obtuse angle. Exercise If, during a trip, uneven running or vibrations
marked.
care when parking along curbs. occur that could be caused by damage to
tires or the car, the speed must be reduced Example
immediately, but without braking sharply.
If you continue your trip without having the FR (front right), FL, RR and RL.
cause of the fault remedied, you might lose Wheels must always be fitted in accordance with
control of your vehicle which could cause se- their marking.
rious personal injury or death.
The perception that tire durability and perform-
f Stop the vehicle and check the tires. ance are immune to the effects of storage and
f If no cause for the fault can be found, drive age is unfounded.
carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche Chemical additives, which make the rubber elas-
dealer. tic, lose their effectiveness in the course of time
and the rubber becomes brittle and cracks.
Therefore, the tires should be inspected from
time to time.

Note Before mounting snow tires, consult with Danger!
your Porsche dealer. He has the technical
Under no circumstances should tires older than 6 Risk of accident and serious personal injury
information necessary to advise you on
years be used on your Porsche. or death due to excessive speed.
wheel and tire compatibility.
The age of the tire can be obtained from the “DOT” f Always check the maximum speed rating on
Snow tires should have the same load capacity as
code number. If, for example, the last four num- the tire sidewall on any tire on the vehicle.
original equipment tires and should be mounted on
bers read 1208, then the tire was produced in the
all four wheels. f Never exceed the maximum speed rating of
12th week of 2008.
Snow tires with studs should be run at moderate the tires.
f Store tires in a cool and dry place. speeds when new in order to give the studs time
to settle. f Fit winter tires to both axles well before the
Snow tires cold season begins.
Danger! Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased
For a better grip on snow and ice, use radial M+S to advise you.
Tires with badly worn treads and studs are
tires with studs.
very dangerous and could cause accidents Maintenance note
Check with your local Motor Vehicle Bureau for
resulting in serious personal injuries or
possible restrictions. We recommend fitting snow tires on the vehicle at
death.
temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C) since the driving
Danger! f Make sure they are replaced immediately. performance of summer tires is reduced at low
temperatures. Summer tires may be permanently
Risk of loss of control and damage to the f Do not drive a vehicle equipped with snow tires damaged at extremely low temperatures.
vehicle as well as serious personal injury or at prolonged high speed.
death. Snow tires do not have the same degree of Winter tires lose their traction capability when their
The standard tires profile and rubber mixture traction on dry, wet or snowfree roads as a tread depth falls below 5/32 in. (4 mm).
are optimized for wet and dry driving condi- normal tire.
tions, and may not prove favorable for snow Furthermore, snow tires wear rapidly under
conditions. these conditions.
f Therefore install M+S tires before driving in
such conditions. Comply with all state and local laws
governing snow tire and tread depth
requirements.

Snow chains 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S
Caution! Fitting snow chains
Risk of damage to body, axle or brake com- The use of snow chains is not permitted when
ponents. 5 mm spacers are mounted.
f Fit snow chains only to the rear wheels, and Caution!

only with the tire/rim combination listed in the
Technical Data. Risk of damage to the wheel housings if the
To ensure adequate clearance between chain 5 mm spacers are not removed before fitting
and body, Porsche recommends only the use snow chains.
of fine-link chains such as those approved by f To permit the fitting of snow chains, have the
Porsche. 5 mm spacers removed on all 4 wheels.
f Follow instructions issued by the supplier of
the chains. f To fit/remove the spacers:
Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer.
Different states and countries have varying statu- f Please see the chapter “SPACERS 911
tory requirements regarding maximum speed. CARRERA, 911 CARRERA S” on Page 255.
Check with local authorities for possible restric-
tions.
Tire designations
f Remove chains as soon as the roads are free
of ice and snow. Due to new speed and load ratings for radial tires,
new designations have come into force for snow
tires for your Porsche.
The designation to be used for ZR tires is e.g.,
265/40 ZR 18 (Z = code letter for radial tires for
speeds above 150 mph / 240 km/h).

B TIN (Tire Identification Number)
Example: DOT xx xx xxxx xxxx
– DOT
The DOT symbol indicates that the tires com-
ply with the requirements of the US Depart-
ment of Transportation and provides informa-
tion about:
– first two-digit code means manufacturer’s iden-
tification mark.
– second two-digit code means tire size.
– third four-digit code means tire type code.
– fourth four-digit code means date of manufac-
ture.
If, for example, the last four numbers read
0204, the tire was produced in the 2nd week
Example of Inscription
– ZR - code letter for radial tires for speeds of 2004.
above 150 mph / 240 km/h C Tire ply composition and material
Inscription on radial tire There are currently no standards concerning
tire strength at speeds above 150 mph The number of layers in the tread and sidewalls
A Tire size
(240 km/h). and their material composition.
Example: P 295/30 ZR 19 100 Y
– R - Belt type code letter for radial D Maximum permissible inflation pressure
– P - The tire is designed for Passenger vehicle.
– 19 - Indication of rim diameter in inches The maximum permissible cold inflation pressure
This information is not included on all tires.
to which a tire can be inflated.
– 295 - Indication of tire width in mm – 100 - Load capacity coefficient
f Do not exceed the permissible inflation
– 30 - Indication of tire height to tire width ratio – Y - Speed code letter pressure.
in percent – XL (Extra Load) - Tire with increased load rat-
ing

E Maximum Load rating Tip on driving
The maximum load in kilograms and pounds can Tires with a maximum speed rating that is lower
be carried by the tire. If you replace tires always than the specified maximum vehicle speed may be
use a tire that has the same maximum load rating mounted only if they bear an M+S identification on
as the factory installed tire. the tire sidewall.
F Radial f Please note that in addition to the winter tires,
all-season and all-terrain tires are also subject
The identification indicates if the tire has radial
to speed limits and bear this identification.
structure.
G Term of tubeless or tube tire Inscription on light alloy wheels
Identification for tubeless tires.
Maintenance note
Speed code letter f Protect the valve inserts against soiling with
valve caps.
The speed code letter indicates the maximum per- Use only plastic valve caps.
missible speed for the tire. Soiled valve inserts can cause a gradual loss
This code letter is shown on the tire sidewall. of air.
A- Rim width in inches
B- Rim-flange contour code letter
Note on operation C- Symbol for drop-center rim
T = up to 118 mph (190 km/h)
f The rim width in inches A and the rim offset F D- Rim diameter in inches
H = up to 131 mph (210 km/h) E- Double hump
are visible from the outside. F- Rim offset in mm
V = up to 150 mph (240 km/h) The information is inscribed on the back of the
W = up to 167 mph (270 km/h) spokes near the tire valve.
Y = up to 186 mph (300 km/h)
(Y) = up to 186 mph (300 km/h) as for
Y tires. Speeds of more than
300 km/h (186 mph) are also
possible at a maximum tire load
capacity of 85 % (confirmation from
tire manufacturer required for
speeds of more than 186 mph (300
km/h)).

Loading Information The Gross Combined Weight Rating is the Danger!
maximum total weight rating of vehicle, passen-
Risk of loss of control, damage to the vehicle
gers and cargo.
Definitions and serious personal injury or death.
The Vehicle Capacity Weight - Load Limit - is
f Never exceed the specified axle loads.
The Curb weight - actual weight of your vehicle - the maximum total weight limit specified of the
Overloading can shorten the service life of the
vehicle weight including standard and optional load (passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This
tires and car, as well as lead to dangerous
equipment, fluids and emergency tools. This is the maximum weight of passengers and cargo
vehicle reactions and long braking distances.
weight does not include passengers and cargo. that can be loaded into the vehicle. This informa-
Damage due to overloading is not covered by
tion can be found on the tire pressure plate.
The Gross Vehicle Weight is sum of the curb the vehicle warranty.
weight and the weight of passengers and cargo The maximum loaded vehicle weight is the
combined. sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle ca-
pacity weight and production options weight.
The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maxi-
mum total weight of vehicle, passengers, luggage The load rating is the maximum load that a tire
and optional equipment. is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum The maximum load rating is the load rating for
load limit for the front or the rear axle. This infor- a tire at the maximum permissble inflation pres-
mation is located on the safety compliance sticker sure.
located in the driver’s side door jamb.
The cargo capacity is the permissible weight of
For determining the compatibility of the tire and cargo, the substracted weight of passengers from
vehicle load capabilities: the load limit.
f Please see the chapter “TECHNICAL DATA” on f Never exceed the permissible limits.
Page 286.
The load capacity coefficient (e.g. “100”) is a min-
imum requirement.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX
pounds.
4. The resulting figure equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five - 150 lb passengers
in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 -
750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage
and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the available car-
go and luggage load capacity calculated in
Step 4.
Example for determining the combined weight of Determining the combined weight of
occupants and cargo
occupants and cargo:
Vehicle Load Capacity f Add the weight of all occupants and then add
the total luggage weight (figure).
f The combined weight of occupants and cargo
should never exceed the weight shown on the Steps for determining correct load limit
tire plate in the vehicle. 1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of
Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURE PLA- occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX
TE” on Page 285. pounds" on your vehicle’s placard (depending
on the date of manufacture).
f Never exceed the number of passengers
shown on the tire pressure plate in the vehicle. 2. Determine the combined weight of the driver
and passengers that will be riding in your vehi-
cle.

f Always clean the wheel bolts before fitting. Wheel Securing Bolts
f Apply a thin coat of Optimoly TA (aluminum
If the wheels have to be removed at the workshop,
paste) on the thread and between the bolt head
please do not forget to hand over the wrench
and movable spherical cap ring (arrows).
socket for the wheel securing bolts along with the
The bearing surface of the spherical cap
car key.
facing the wheel must not be greased.
The wrench socket for the wheel securing bolts is
f Replace damaged wheel bolts.
in the tool box.
Only use the Original Porsche wheel bolts spe-
cially designed for this vehicle type. To loosen or tighten the wheel bolt with anti-theft
protection, a wrench socket with the appropriate
Tightening torque coding must be used between the wheel bolt and
the wheel-bolt spanner.
Tightening torque of wheel bolts: f When positioning the wrench socket, ensure
96 ftlb./130 Nm that it engages fully in the teeth of the wheel
bolt.
Wheel Bolts
Danger!
Risk of wheel bolt breakage and wheel sepa-
ration, resulting in serious personal injury or
death.
f Follow all instructions concerning wheel bolts.

Changing a wheel 1. Apply the handbrake fully and engage 1st gear
or PDK selector-lever position P and remove
Warning! the ignition key.
Risk of serious personal injury or death. The 2. Switch on the hazard warning lights if neces-
car may slip off the jack. sary.
f Make sure that no one is in the vehicle when 3. Secure the car against rolling away, e.g. by
jacking up and changing a wheel. means of wedges under the wheels on the op-
posite side.
f Always place the car on stable supports if work This is particularly important on slopes.
has to be carried out under the car.
4. Slightly slacken the wheel bolts of the wheel to
Risk of damage to the brake discs of the be changed.
Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake (PCCB).
5. Lift the car only at the specified jacking points.
f Always screw in both assembly aids when
changing a wheel. 6. Raise the car until the wheel lifts off the
ground.
Please see the chapter “LIFTING THE VEHICLE
Note WITH A LIFTING PLATFORM OR GARAGE LIFT”
Screw in assembly aid for vehicles without Porsche
The tools required for changing a wheel (e.g. jack, on Page 254. Ceramic Composite Brake
wheel bolt wrench, assembly aids) are not sup- 7. Remove 1 or 2 wheel bolts (see respective
plied with the car. illustration). 9. Remove the remaining wheel bolts.
Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to
advise you. 8. Screw in assembly aids instead of the wheel Note on operation
bolts.
f To remove or mount the spacers:
Please see the chapter “SPACERS 911
CARRERA, 911 CARRERA S” on Page 255.

13.Inflate the tire if necessary. Checking tire pressure with a
Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
pressure gage
COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289. 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.
14.Lower the car fully and remove the jack. 2. Press the pressure gage onto the valve stem.
15.Tighten wheel bolts in diagonally opposite
sequence. Note on operation
f Do not press too hard or force the valve stem
f Immediately after changing a wheel, use
sideways, or air will escape.
a torque wrench to check the prescribed
If the sound of air escaping from the tire is
tightening torque (96 ftlb./130 Nm).
heard, reposition the pressure gage.
Note on operation for vehicles with 3. Read the tire pressure on the gage stem and
Tire Pressure Monitoring compare it to the permissble tire pressure.
f On vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring, the This information can be found on the tire pres-
settings on the on-board computer must be sure plate or in the chapter Technical Data.
updated after the wheel change. Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
Screw in two assembly aids for vehicles with Porsche f Please see the chapter “TPM TIRE PRESSURE
Ceramic Composite Brake 4. Remove the pressure gage.
MONITORING” on Page 143.
10.Take the wheel off and put a new wheel on. f Please see the chapter “TPM TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING” on Page 143.
Please see the chapter “WHEEL BOLTS” on
Page 248.
11.Insert wheel bolts and tighten by hand.
12.Remove assembly aids, screw in remaining
wheel bolts.
Initially tighten bolts only slightly in diagonally
opposite sequence so that the wheel
is centred.

Flat Tire Important note
Sealing the tire with the tire repair kit is only

Warning!
an emergency repair. Even with the tire air-
Failure to follow these instructions may result tight, it may be used only for short journeys
in serious personal injury to you or to by- in an emergency.
standers. The maximum permitted speed is 50 mph
(80 km/h).
f If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance off
the road. Turn the emergency flasher on and f Do not use commercially available sealant or
use other warning devices to alert other motor- tire inflating bottles.
ists. Set the parking brake. Use only the tire sealant located in the luggage
compartment.
f Do not park your vehicle where it may contact
dry grass, brush or other flammable materials.
Warning!
The hot parts of the exhaust system could set
such materials on fire, thereby causing both Risk of accident, resulting in serious
property damage and serious personal injury personal injury or death.
or death.
f Have tires replaced by a specialist workshop
as soon as possible.
A tire sealant and compressor with pressure
tester are located in the luggage compartment. f Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering
speeds.
f Please observe the safety and operating in-
structions on the special sealant bottle with a
special Porsche part number and on the com-
pressor – these are essential.

The tire sealant and a compressor with pressure Warning!
tester can be found in the luggage compartment.
The sealant is highly flammable and harmful
The tire sealant comprises: to health.
– A filler bottle f Fire, naked flame and smoking are prohibited
when handling tire sealant.
– A sticker denoting the maximum permissible
speed for the driver’s field of vision f Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing due to
caustic chemical properties of the tire sealant.
– A filler hose
f Keep tire sealant away from children.
– A valve turner and
f Do not inhale vapors, due to consequent harm
– A spare valve insert.
to personal health resulting in serious personal
injury or death.
Danger!
Risk of accident, resulting in serious per- In case of contact with the sealant:
f If sealant gets on the skin or in the eyes,
f Use the tire sealant only in the case of cuts or thoroughly rinse the affected part of the body
A - Filler bottle punctures no larger than 0.15 in. (4 mm). off immediately.
B - Filler hose
f Never use the tire sealant if the rim is dam- f Change soiled clothing immediately.
aged.
Tire sealant f Get medical attention immediately in the event
of an allergic reaction.
The tire sealant can be used to seal small cuts,
especially in the tire tread. f If sealant was swallowed, thoroughly rinse out
the mouth without delay and drink plenty of
Sealing the tire with the tire sealant is only an water.
emergency repair, so you can drive to the next Do not induce vomiting.
workshop. Even with the tire air-tight, it may be Get medical attention immediately.
used only for short journeys in an emergency.

5.Screw filler hose B onto the filler bottle. 16.Please consult your authorized Porsche
The filler bottle is now open. dealer.
6.Unscrew valve cap from tire valve F. Note on operation for vehicles with
7.Remove valve insert E from the tire valve with Tire Pressure Monitoring
valve turner D. f On vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring, the
Keep the valve insert in a clean and dry place. settings on the on-board computer must be
8.Remove plug C of the filler hose B. updated after the wheel change.
Please see the chapter “TPM TIRE PRESSURE
9.Push filler hose onto the tire valve. MONITORING” on Page 147.
10.Hold filler bottle higher than the level of the tire
valve and press it together forcefully until the Care Instructions
bottle is completely emptied into the tire. After drying, any sealant that emerges can be
11.Pull filler hose off the tire valve. peeled off like a film.
12.Twist the valve insert firmly into the tire valve Warning!
using the valve turner.
Risk of accident, resulting in serious per-
A- Filler bottle 13.Connect the compressor to the cigarette light- sonal injury or death.
B- Filler hose er and inflate the tire to the prescribed tire
C- Plug of the filler hose pressure. f Have the tire replaced by an authorized
D- Valve turner Porsche dealer immediately.
E- Valve insert
Please see the chapter “TIRE PRESSURES FOR
F- Tire valve COLD TIRES (68 °F / 20 °C)” on Page 289. f Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering
14.Screw valve cap onto the tire valve. speeds.
Inserting sealant
15.Check the tire pressure after driving for around f Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph
1.Leave the object that caused the puncture in (80 km/h).
10 minutes.
the tire.
If the tire pressure is less than 22 psi (1.5 bar), f Please always observe the safety and opera-
2.Remove sealant and the enclosed sticker from do not continue driving. ting instructions, which can be found in the
the luggage compartment. If a value of more than 22 psi (1.5 bar) is indi- separate operating instructions for the sealant
cated, correct the pressure to the prescribed and on the compressor.
3.Adhere the sticker in the driver's field of vision.
value.
4.Shake filler bottle A.

Platform lift
Before the car is driven on to a lifting platform, it
must be ensured that there is enough space be-
tween the lifting platform and the vehicle.
Garage lift
A garage lift must be used only at the illustrated
jacking points.
Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Caution!

Platform or Garage Lift Serious personal injury or death and/or seri-
The car must be raised only at the illustrated jack- ous damage to the engine or the vehicle may
ing points. occur, if you lift the vehicle improperly.
f Never lift the vehicle at any other place than
the jacking points.
f Never lift the vehicle by the engine, transmis-
sion or axles.
f Do not damage any sensitive components in
the vicinity of the jacking points.

Spacers Note on operation
911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S f To fit/remove the spacers:
Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer.
f Use the spacers only together with wheels and
fastening parts approved by Porsche. f Please see the chapter “CHANGING A WHEEL”
Before having spacers fitted, find out about the on Page 249.
current approval status.
Mounting an emergency spare wheel

If 5 mm spacers are mounted, these must not be
removed to mount an emergency spare wheel.
Fitting snow chains

The use of snow chains is not permitted when
5 mm spacers are mounted.
Caution!
Removing the spacers
Risk of damage to the wheel housings if the
5 mm spacers are not removed before fitting 1. Unscrew both countersunk screws (M6x16) on
snow chains. the wheel hub.
f To permit the fitting of snow chains, have the 2. Remove the spacer.
5 mm spacers removed on all 4 wheels.
3. Fasten the brake disc with the short M6x12
countersunk screws, part No.:
900.269.047.09.
Tightening torque 7.5 ftlb. (10 Nm).
4. For wheel mounting without a spacer, 5 mm
shorter wheel bolts (part No.:
997.361.203.01) must be used.
Tightening torque: 96 ftlb. (130 Nm).
Mounting the spacers

1. Remove wheel.
2. Unscrew both countersunk screws (M6x12) on
the break disc.
3. Fasten the spacer with the long M6x16
countersunk screws.
Tightening torque 7.5 ftlb. (10 Nm).
4. Fit wheel. To do this use the longer wheel
bolts for fastening the wheels.
Tightening torque: 96 ftlb. (130 Nm).
f Please see the chapter “CHANGING A WHEEL”
on Page 249.
Required scope of parts if the spacers are

removed
Short countersunk screws (M6x12)
Part No: 900.269.047.09
Long wheel bolt
1 set short wheel bolts X = bolt length approx. 49 mm
Part No: 997.361.203.01 Arrows = spherical cap ring
Short anti-theft protection Wheel bolt identifying features

Part No: 996.361.057.01
For identification purposes, the movable spherical
f For information on the spacers: Please see the cap ring is galvanised in red on the long wheel
chapter “SPACERS 911 CARRERA, 911 bolts.
CARRERA S” on Page 255. The long wheel bolts must only be used together
with 5 mm spacers fitted.
The short wheel bolts are not marked in colour.
The short wheel bolts must only be used without
5 mm spacers fitted.
f Tightening torque for both wheel bolts:
96 ftlb. (130 Nm).

Electrical System
In order to avoid damage and faults in electrical or
electronic systems, electrical accessories should
be installed at your authorized Porsche dealer.
f Only use accessories authorized by Porsche.
Warning!
Risk of short circuit and fire, resulting in
Replacing fuses or relays with the engine
running or the ignition on could cause elec-
trical shock.
f Disconnect the negative terminal on the
battery during all work on the electrical
system.
Please see the chapter “BATTERY” on In the passenger’s footwell
In storage tray between the front seats
Page 261.
Note on operation
Sockets
The sockets and thus the connected electrical
Relays accessories function even if the ignition is
Electrical accessories should preferably be
Defective relays should be changed only by an connected to the 12 V sockets. switched off or the ignition key is withdrawn.
authorized workshop. f Please observe the maximum power If the engine is not running and the accessories
consumption. are switched on, the vehicle battery will be dis-
charged.
Note on operation Do not operate additional accessories for more
than 5 minutes when engine is off. Continuing to
The tire filling compressor must be connected to
do so may drain the battery such that it may go
the cigarette lighter.
completely dead.
Maximum power consumption for both sock-
ets together: 70 W.

Alarm system, central locking Load switch-off after 2 hours or 7 days
The status of the central locking and alarm system If the ignition key is removed, loads which are
is not changed by disconnecting the battery. switched on or are in standby mode (such as the
When the battery is disconnected, the alarm luggage compartment light, interior light) are
system ceases to function. automatically switched off after approx. 2 hours.
The Radio/PCM is automatically switched off after
Central locking overload protection approx. 10 minutes.
If the vehicle is not started or unlocked with the
If the central locking system is operated more remote control within 7 days, the remote control
than ten times within a minute, further operation is standby function is switched off (to save the
blocked for 30 seconds. vehicle battery).
1. In this case, unlock the driver’s door with the
key at the door lock.
Leave the door closed in order to prevent the
alarm system from being triggered.
2. Press button 1 on the remote control.
The remote control is now activated again.

4. Replace only with fuses of the same rating.
We recommend using genuine Porsche fuses
for replacement.
Note
f If a fuse blows repeatedly consult an author-
f Never try to “repair” fuses: you may cause se-
rious damage to other parts of the electrical
system.
Replacing fuses A - Plastic gripper

B - Spare fuses
In order to prevent damage to the electrical sys-
tem due to short circuits and overloads, the indi- 1. Switch off the load with the defective fuse.
vidual circuits are protected by fuses. 2. Pull off plastic cover at the finger hole (arrow).
The fuse box is located in the driver’s footwell. The fuse plan and instructions for
emergency unlocking of the luggage
compartment lid can be found on the inner
side of the cover.
3. Remove the corresponding fuse from its slot
using the plastic gripper A in order to check it.
A blown fuse can be identified by the melted
metal strip.

Emergency unlocking of the luggage
compartment lid
If the battery is discharged, the luggage compart-
ment lid can be opened only with the aid of a donor
battery.
Note
The engine cannot be started with this method.
f Please see the chapter “EMERGENCY
STARTING WITH JUMPER CABLES” on
Page 267.
Unlocking lid
1. Use the key to unlock the vehicle at the door
lock.
2. Remove the plastic cover from the fuse box.
A - Plastic gripper (yellow) 5. Use the black jumper cable to connect the
3. Pull out positive terminal C (red) in the fuse box C - Positive terminal (red) negative terminal of the donor battery to the
using the plastic gripper A (yellow). door arrester D.
4. Use a jumper cable to connect the positive
terminal of the donor battery to the positive 6. Press button 2 on the remote control for
terminal C in the fuse box. approx. 2 seconds to unlock the luggage
compartment lid.
Note The alarm system is switched off.
If the vehicle was locked, the alarm horn will sound 7. Disconnect the negative cable first, then the
when the negative cable is connected. positive cable.
8. Push positive terminal C into the fuse box and
push on the plastic fuse box cover.

Battery f Wear eye protection. Charge state
f Do not allow battery acid to come in contact
The battery is located in the luggage compart- A well-charged battery prevents starting problems
with your skin, eyes, fabric or painted
ment under a black plastic cover. and has a longer service life.
surfaces.
Traffic density, requirements regarding noise, ex-
f Please see the chapter “EMERGENCY OPERA-
f If you get electrolyte, which is an acid, in your haust gas and fuel consumption reduce the engine
TION – PULLING OUT THE IGNITION KEY” on
eyes or on your skin, immediately rinse with speed and, hence, the alternator output.
Page 76.
cold water for several minutes and call a doc- However, the large number of electrical loads has
f Please see the chapter “EMERGENCY UNLO- tor. markedly increased the demand for electrical
CKING OF THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID” power.
f Spilled electrolyte must be rinsed off at once
on Page 260.
with a solution of baking soda and water to In order to avoid discharging the battery
neutralize the acid. unintentionally:
Warning!
Risk of short circuit, fire and damage to al-
Battery posts, terminals and related acces- f Switch off unnecessary electrical loads in city
sories contain lead and lead compounds, traffic, on short trips or in a line or traffic.
ternerator and electronic control units, re-
chemicals known to the State of California to
sulting in serious personal injury or death.
cause cancer and reproductive harm. f Always remove the ignition key from the igni-
f Observe all warning notes on the battery. tion switch when leaving the car.
f Always protect your skin by washing thorough-
f Disconnect the negative terminal on the bat- ly with soap and water. f Avoid frequent operation of the convertible top
tery during all work on the electrical system. and operation of the Porsche Communication
Risk of explosion as a result of static charge, Management system when the engine is not
f Do not lay tools or other metal objects on the resulting in serious personal injury or death. running.
f Do not wipe the battery with a dry cloth.
battery as they could cause a short circuit
across the battery terminal. f In the cold season in particular or if the vehicle
f Eliminate potential electrostatic charge by is used primarily for short journeys, it may be
Hydrogen gas generated by the battery necessary to recharge the battery from time to
touching the vehicle before touching the bat-
could cause an explosion, resulting in time.
tery.
f Do not expose the battery to an open flame,
electrical spark or a lit cigarette.
f Do not wipe battery with a dry cloth.
Risk of serious personal injury or death and
damage to the fabric, metal or paint.

Battery care Checking the electrolyte fluid level Slow battery charging
The acid level should be checked more frequently Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to
f Ensure that battery is securely mounted.
by a qualified specialist workshop during the sum- advise you about a suitable charger.
f Keep terminals and connections clean and mer months and in predominantly warm countries.
1. Always observe the instructions of the charger
properly tightened.
Battery charging manufacturer.
Corrosion can be prevented by coating the ter-
Depending on the type of charger, the battery
minals and connections with petroleum jelly or Automotive batteries loose their efficiency when may have to be disconnected.
silicone spray. not in use. In this case, always disconnect the negative
f Ensure that vent caps are securely tightened to The charge available in your battery can be meas- lead first, and then the positive lead – risk of
prevent spillage. ured with a battery hydrometer. short circuit!
We recommend that the battery voltage be tested
by your authorized Porsche dealer who has the ap- Reconnect the leads in reverse order.
propriate equipment.
2. Before charging, cold batteries must be
If the car is not driven for prolonged periods, the warmed up indoors.
battery must be charged at least every 6 weeks.
A discharged battery allows rapid formation of sul- 3. Frozen batteries must be thawed out first
fates, leading to premature deterioration of the before being charged.
plates. 4. When charging, ensure that there is adequate
ventilation.
Warning!
5. Connect the charger to the battery.
Hydrogen gas generated by the battery Only plug into the mains and switch the
could cause an explosion, resulting in charger on when it is connected up correctly.
6. Switch on the charger.
f Charge battery in a well ventilated area.
7. After charging, switch off the charger first and
f Never charge a frozen battery. It may explode then disconnect it.
because of gas trapped in the ice. Allow a fro-
f Please see the chapter “PUTTING VEHICLE
zen battery to thaw out first.
INTO OPERATION” on Page 263.
f If you get electrolyte, which is an acid, in your
eyes or on your skin, immediately rinse with
cold water for several minutes and call a doc-
tor.

Winter operation Replacing battery Putting vehicle into operation
The capacity and ability of the battery to store The service life of the battery is subject to normal After the battery is connected or after an exhaus-
power decreases at low outside temperatures. wear; it depends greatly on care, climatic condi- tively discharged battery is charged, the multi-
Moreover, the battery is more heavily loaded in tions, and driving conditions (distances, loads). functional PSM light lights up on the instrument
winter months, e.g. by the heated rear window, panel and a message appears on the on-board
f Only use an original Porsche battery, with the
more frequent use of additional lights, the fans computer to indicate a fault.
correct part number, as a replacement.
and the windshield wipers, etc.
This fault can be remedied with a few simple
f Please observe the disposal instructions for
f Have the battery checked before the start of steps:
batteries.
winter.
1. Start the engine.
Maintenance note 2. With the vehicle stationary, perform a few
Keep the battery well charged to prevent it steering movements to the left and right and
from freezing. then drive a short distance in a straight line
until the multifunctinal PSM light goes out and
A discharged battery can freeze at 23 °F (--5 °C), the message on the on-board computer
but a fully charged battery only freezes at -- 40 °F disappears.
(--40 °C).
3. If the warnings do not disappear, then:
A frozen battery must always be thawed before Drive carefully to the nearest authorized
connecting jump leads. Porsche dealer.
Have the fault remedied.
4. After the warnings disappear:
Stop the vehicle in a suitable place.
f Perform adaptation of the power windows:
Please see the chapter “STORING END
POSITION OF THE WINDOWS” on Page 26.

Removing the battery
The required tool is in the tool kit.
The battery is located in the luggage compart-
ment under a black plastic lid.
Warning!
Risk of damage to alternator and electronic
control units.
f Do not disconnect the battery while the engine
is running.
This also applies to cars equipped with a bat-
tery main switch.
f Never drive the car with a disconnected bat-
tery.
Risk of caustic burns from escaping acid.
1. Switch off engine and all electrical loads. 4. Important: disconnect the negative (–) ground
f Keep vent caps on to avoid spillage. wire first, and then the positive (+) cable -
2. Open turn-locks A.
danger of short circuit!
f Do not tilt the battery when removing and in- Remove plastic lid.
stalling it. 5. Unscrew fastening screw B.
3. Pull off central vent hose C.
6. Remove battery.
Danger!
Risk of short circuit and explosion, resulting
f Important: disconnect the negative (–) ground
wire first, and then the positive (+) cable.

Installing the battery
1. Put battery in and push it all the way to the
stop.
2. Screw in fastening screw B.
Danger!
Risk of short circuit and explosion, resulting
f Important: connect the positive (+) cable first,
and then the negative (–) ground wire.
3. Important: connect the positive (+) cable first,

and then the negative (–) ground wire -
danger of short circuit!
4. Push on central vent hose C.
Fitting the plastic lid 4. Turn the turn-locks so that they point in
longitudinal direction.
1. Insert the two outer hooks of the plastic lid into
the eye mounts of the lid opening. 5. Press the turn-locks down until they audibly
engage.
2. Lower the lid.
3. Using both hands, push the lid into the eye
mounts without using force (if too much force
is used, the hooks may jam and the panel will
warp).
Make sure that the lid is correctly seated.

3. Replace the cover and press together firmly.
Please observe the disposal instructions for
batteries.
Note
f Please dispose batteries in compliance with
any and all government regulations.
Replacing the remote-control

battery
The battery should be changed when the range of
the radio remote control becomes smaller or
when the light-emitting diode no longer flashes
when the remote control is operated.
1. Using your finger nail or a small screwdriver,
carefully lift off the cover of the key grip
(arrow).
2. Replace the battery (paying attention to the
polarity).
Replacement battery – Lithium CR 2032,
3 volts.

Emergency Starting with Jumper Warning! Danger of caustic burns from escaping acid.
Cables Risk of short circuit, damage and explosion, f Do not lean over the battery.
resulting in serious personal injury or death.
If the battery is discharged, e.g. in winter or after Danger of gas explosion.
f Use only jumper cables of adequate diameter
the car has been parked for a long time, the bat- f Improper use of booster battery to start a
tery of another car can be used for starting with cross-section and fitted with completely insu-
vehicle may cause an explosion, resulting in
the help of jumper cables. lated alligator clips.
Make sure the voltage of both batteries is the f Follow all warnings and instructions of the
same. Both batteries must be 12 volt types. f Keep sources of ignition away from the bat-
jumper cable manufacturer.
The capacity (Ampere hours, Ah) of the booster tery, e.g. open flame, burning cigarettes or
battery must not be substantially less than that of f When connecting jumper cables, make sure sparking due to cable contact or welding work.
that they cannot get caught in any moving
the discharged battery. f A discharged battery can freeze even at 23 °F/
The discharged battery must be correctly con- parts in the engine compartment.
–5 °C.
nected to the vehicle’s electrical system. The jumper cables must be long enough so
Before connecting jumper cables, a frozen
that neither vehicles nor cables touch another.
f Please see the chapter “BATTERY” on battery must be thawed out.
Page 261. f The vehicles must not be in contact, otherwise
current might flow as soon as the positive ter-
f Please see the chapter “EMERGENCY UNLO- minals are connected.
CKING OF THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID”
on Page 260. f The cable clamps must not be allowed to con-
tact each other when one end of the jumper ca-
Note bles are connected to a battery.
f Do not try to start the car by pushing or tow- f Ensure that tools or conductive jewelery (rings,
ing. Damage to the catalytic converters and chains, watch straps) do not come into contact
other components of the car may result. with the positive jumper cable or the positive
battery post.
f Improper hook-up of jumper cables can ruin
the alternator.

Connect jumper cables in the following 4. Start the engine.
sequence: An attempted start using jumper cables should
not last more than 15 seconds. Then allow a
Always observe the sequence below: waiting period of at least one minute.
1. Connect the positive lead (red) to the f Note
positive terminal of the discharged battery Before disconnecting the jumper cables, elec-
first, then connect it to the positive terminal of trical loads such as the heated rear window
the donor battery. and the heating fan blower should be switched
2. First connect the negative cable (black) to on (the vehicle’s lights must not be switched
the negative terminal of the donor battery, then on). This reduces voltage peaks which may oc-
connect it to a suitable grounding point on the cur when disconnecting the jumper cables.
vehicle with the discharged battery.
This grounding point must lie as far as possible With the engine running, remove both jumper
from the battery. cables in reverse order.
For example, a solid metal part or the engine
block are suitable grounding points.
If no suitable grounding points are to be found

on either vehicle, the negative cable must
carefully be connected directly to the negative
terminal of the battery.
If a suitable grounding point is to be found only

on the donor vehicle, the negative cable must
first be connected to the terminal of the
discharged battery, then to the grounding point
of the donor vehicle.
3. Run the engine of the donor car at a higher
speed.

Bulb chart Lights, Replacing Bulbs
Type, rating Warning!
Low beam Philips, D2S 35W Risk of short circuit.
Additional high beam without cornering light H11, 55W f Always switch off the relevant consumer when
changing bulbs.
Additional high beam with cornering light H7 LL, 55 W
Turn signal indicator light, side WY5W The Bi Xenon headlights are under high
License plate light C5W voltage when installed.
f Be careful during all work in the area of the Bi
Xenon headlights.
Risk of damage. Bulbs of a higher wattage
can damage the lamp housing.
f Only the bulbs shown in the chart may be used.
f New bulbs must be clean and free from oil,

grease and fingerprints. Therefore, never
touch bulbs with your bare hands.
Use a cloth or soft paper while replacing bulbs.

Headlights
Caution!
Risk of damage to headlights due to exces-
sive temperatures and abrasion.
f To ensure optimum ventilation, do not cover
the gap between headlight and body
(e.g. “stone guards” or films).
f Use soapy water only to clean light lenses and
plastic headlight lenses.
In no case may chemical cleaners or other vol-
atile cleaning fluids be used.
f To prevent scratches, do not rub with a dry or
merely moist cloth, tissue or insect sponges.
Removing headlights 2. Remove rubber plug B from the unlocking

opening.
1. Unscrew plastic nut A.
Detach the side carpeting.

Installing
1. Insert headlight into the guide rails and push
fully into the fender.
2. Push headlight to the rear and at the same
time turn the socket wrench until it points
horizontally to the rear C.
The headlight locking device must perceptibly
and audibly engage.
3. Insert the rubber plug into the unlocking
opening and secure the carpet.
Check the function of all lights.
3. Place socket wrench (tool kit) on the unlocking Low beam, high beam and additional high
spindle. beam
The handle of the wrench should point horizon-
tally to the rear. Opening the lid of the headlight housing
4. Turn socket wrench approx. 180° A. The 1. Unscrew the 4 screws A.
headlight is unlocked and pushed forward
2. First lift release tab B, then push both release
slightly during this process.
tabs C upwards and take off lid.
5. Turn socket wrench back until it is pointing
vertically downward B and leave in position.
6. The headlight is now unlocked and can be
pulled forward out of the fender.

Changing bulb for low beam and high beam 2. Disengage both fixing loops A.
(without cornering light)
3. Replace defective bulb B.
1. Turn the plug counter-clockwise (bayonet lock) When doing so, ensure bulb is seated properly.
and pull it off.
4. Engage both fixing loops A, push on plug and
turn right as far as the stop.

Closing lid of headlight housing
1. Push on lid until it perceptibly engages.
2. Fasten lid with the 4 screws.
Changing bulb for additional high beam 2. Pull both plug release tabs apart.
(without cornering light Pull plug out of the bulb holder.
1. Turn the bulb holder. 3. Replace the defective bulb with bulb holder.
Turn it counter-clockwise on the left headlight
4. Reassemble in reverse order.
and clockwise on the right headlight.
Take bulb holder out of the headlight housing.

Changing bulb for low beam and high beam 2. Turn the plug counter-clockwise and pull it off. 3. Disengage both fixing clips.
(with cornering light) 4. Replace defective bulb.
1. Undo the 3 screws on the control unit and When doing so, ensure bulb is seated properly.
remove the control unit.
5. Engage both fixing clips, push on plug and turn
right as far as the stop.
6. Fit control unit and screw tight.
7. Push on housing cover until it perceptibly
engages.
8. Fasten housing cover with the 4 screws.

Changing bulb for additional high beam 2. Pull off plug. 3. Disengage fixing clip.
(with cornering light)
4. Replace defective bulb.
1. Turn cover counter-clockwise and take off.
5. Engage fixing clip, insert plug and close
housing cover.

Changing bulb for side marker light 3. Swivel out the indicator light and undo bulb
holder (bayonet lock).
1. Remove the cap in the wheel housing liner with
4. Remove the bulb from the holder and replace
a screwdriver.
it. Insert holder.
2. Insert the screwdriver into the opening in the Check operation of the light.
wheel housing liner parallel to the turn signal
5. Insert the turn signal’s retaining lugs A into the
housing (in direction of travel).
side section at the front.
By pressing with the screwdriver, disengage
Push in turn signal until the securing spring B
the securing spring of the turn signal housing.
is felt to engage.
6. Press the cap into the wheel housing liner.

Changing Light-Emitting Diodes
and Long-Life Bulbs
The following lights are equipped with light-
emitting diodes (LEDs) or long-life bulbs and
cannot be replaced individually. Replacement also
involves a greater amount of installation work.
– Side light, front,
– Daytime driving lights,
– Tail lights and
– Additional brake lights
f Have the defective light replaced at an autho-
rized Porsche dealer.
Number Plate Light

Changing bulb
1. Unscrew both screws A and take off the light
lens.
2. Remove defective bulb from between the
contact springs and replace.
3. Reassemble in reverse order.
Check operation of the light.

Adjusting Headlights For checking the headlight adjustment, the verti- Lateral adjustment of the headlights should be
cal position of the cutoff of the lowbeam (see fig.) carried out at a specialist workshop with an optical
f Please see the chapter “LIGHTS, REPLACING has to be projected on a vertical screen (wall) in adjustment unit.
BULBS” on Page 269. distance of 24.6 ft. (7.5 m) from the front lens of
the headlamp. Distance
Adjustment
The correct position of the cutoff is 2.0 in. (5 cm) Visual aim shall be performed at not less than
The adjustment is made with the vehicle ready to at 24.6 ft. or 7.5 m (0.4°) below a horizontal line, 24.6 ft./7.5 m (this value is a rounded down con-
drive and the fuel tank completely filled. x cm from ground to the center of the headlamp version from the 25-foot distance typical of field
lens. aim using a screen). The 24.6 ft./7.5 m distance
The driver’s seat must be loaded by a person or a
165 lbs. (75 kg) weight and the tire pressures is measured from the headlamp lens to the view-
must meet the prescribed values. ing screen.
After being loaded, the car must be rolled a few
meters so that the suspension can settle.

Floor
The surface upon which the vehicle rests is flat
and approximately level.
Screen
The screen upon which headlamp beams are pro-
jected is perpendicular to the floor and the vehi-
cle’s longitudinal axis, flat, uniformly light in color,
unobstructed, and wide and high enough to ac-
commodate the vehicle beam patterns to be
aimed.
The screen should be wide enough to provide at
least 3.3 ft. (1 m) of space outboard of the vehi-
cle’s headlamp spacing.
Adjustment screws B - Headlight vertical adjustment
f Detach side carpeting in luggage compart-

Vertical adjustment (screw B)
ment.
Unscrew plastic nut A. f turn clockwise = beam moves down
Open the cover of the appropriate adjustment turn counter-clockwise = beam moves up
screw.
The setting is adjusted by turning the hexagon Note
socket screws right or left, as appropriate. f Do not alter the lateral adjustment.

Towing Towing hook
Certain state statutes and local ordinances prohib- The towing hook A is contained in the tool box in
it towing with a chain, rope or even a tow bar. the luggage compartment.
In addition, damage to your vehicle may result
from improper procedures. Caution!
Consult your authorized Porsche dealer for de-
Risk of damage to the vehicle.
tails.
f Use the towing hook only for an emergency to
Vehicle towing remove the vehicle off the road. The towing
hook is to be used only to pull the vehicle onto
Flat bed towing is the preferred type of towing to the flat bed, tractor or towing aparatus if the
be used on Porsche vehicles. vehicle will roll freely. Under no circumstances
Under certain circumstances, wheel lifts may be is the vehicle to be secured using the towing
used when the vehicle will not roll. hook.
The vehicle must be towed with all four
f Never use the towing hook to tow this or any
wheels off the ground, otherwise damage to
other vehicle.
the vehicle may result.
PDK selector lever emergency release f Bear in mind the limited ground clearance of
your car on uneven surfaces.
In the event of an electronics failure, the selector
lever must be released for towing.
1. Lift up the rubber mat in the oddments tray.
2. Insert a screwdriver in the opening and press
down until you feel it reach the limit position.
The selector lever can now be moved to
position N.

Fitting towing hook Removing towing hook
When fitting on the rear of the vehicle, the license 1. Unscrew the towing hook A.
plate must be removed.
2. Insert plastic cover at the lower edge of the
1. Press the lower edge of the appropriate opening.
plastic cover into the bumper until the cover
3. Fold the cover up and press on its upper edge
disengages.
to engage it in the bumper.
2. Pull cover out of the bumper and let it hang by
When removing on the rear of the vehicle, the
its thread.
license plate must be mouted.
3. Completely screw in the towing hook A.

4. Carefully feed towing straps through the open-
ing in the front wheels.
Make sure metal parts of straps do not dam-
age rim.
Make sure the strap is flat over the rim bead.
Make sure brake backing plate is not dam-
aged.
5. Secure straps to front of flat bed.
6. Release tension on hoist cable, but do not dis-
connect.
Use hoist cable as a safety cable.
Pulling vehicle onto flat bed Tieing down vehicle on flat bed
1. Position wooden ramps at the base of the flat 1. Carefully feed towing straps through the open-
bed to reduce the angle of the pull. ing in the rear wheels.
Make sure metal parts of straps do not dam-
2. Reel in the hoist cable and check the underside
age rim.
of the vehicle for any interference.
Make sure the strap is flat over the rim bead.
Make sure brake backing plate is not dam-
aged.
2. Secure straps to rear of flat bed.
3. Reel in hoist cable only far enough to tension
tie-down straps.

Vehicle Identification, Technical Data
Vehicle Identification .................................. 284
Technical Data .......................................... 286
Diagrams ................................................. 299
Vehicle Identification, Technical Data 283

Vehicle Identification
When ordering spare parts or making inquiries,
please always quote the vehicle identification
number.
Vehicle data bank

The vehicle data bank is attached to the inside of
the “Maintenance” booklet.
It contains all important data about your vehicle.
Note
This data bank cannot be re-ordered if it is lost or
damaged.
This label contains the following information:
1. Vehicle Identification No.
Vehicle identification number Safety compliance sticker
2. Type/Type description
In accordance with Federal Safety Regulations, The safety compliance sticker is your assurance
3. Engine code/Transmission code the vehicle identification number of your car is lo- that your new Porsche complies with all applicable
4. Paint No./Interior cated at the bottom left of the windshield frame Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which
and can be seen from the outside. were in effect at the time the vehicle was manufac-
5. Optional equipment tured.
The vehicle identification number is in the luggage
compartment under the battery cover and at the f The sticker also shows the month and year of
bottom left behind the windshield. production and the vehicle identification
number of your car (perforations) as well as
Removing the battery cover the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross
f Please see the chapter “BATTERY” on Axle Weight Rating.
Page 261.
284 Vehicle Identification, Technical Data

Tire pressure plate Engine number
The tire pressure plate is attached to the left-hand The engine number is stamped on the underside
door aperture. of the crankcase.
Vehicle Identification, Technical Data 285

Technical Data
Engine data
911 Carrera, 911 Carrera 4, 911 Carrera S, 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Carrera S, 911 Carrera 4S,
911 Targa 4 911 Targa 4S 911 Targa 4S
Power kit Carrera
Type MA 102 MA 101 MA 101S

Horizontally opposed engine, Horizontally opposed engine, Horizontally opposed engine,
liquid cooled liquid cooled liquid cooled
Number of cylinders 6 6 6
Bore 3.82 in./97 mm 4.02 in./102 mm 4.02 in./102 mm
Stroke 3.21 in./81.5 mm 3.05 in./77.5 mm 3.05 in./77.5 mm
Cubic capacity 220.5 cu. in./3614 cm3 231.9 cu. in./3800 cm3 231.9 cu. in./3800 cm3
Net-horsepower 345 hp/254 kW 385 hp/283 kW 408 hp/300 kW
at crankshaft speed 6500 rpm 6500 rpm 7300 rpm
Net torque 288 ft. lb./390 Nm 310 ft. lb./420 Nm 310 ft. lb./420 Nm
at crankshaft speed 4400 rpm 4400 rpm 4400 - 5800 rpm
Engine oil consumption up to 1.5 liters/1000 km up to 1.5 liters/1000 km up to 1.5 liters/1000 km
(1.6 quarts/622 miles) (1.6 quarts/622 miles) (1.6 quarts/622 miles)
286 Technical Data

Tires, Rims, Tracks 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S
Tire Rim Rim offset Track
Summer tires* front 235/40 ZR 18 (91Y) 8 J x 18 H2 57 mm 58.5 in./1486 mm

rear 265/40 ZR 18 (101Y) XL 10.5 J x 18 H2 60 mm 60.4 in./1534 mm
or front 235/35 ZR 19 (87Y) 8 J x 19 H2 57 mm 58.5 in./1486 mm

rear 295/30 ZR 19 (100Y) XL 11 J x 19 H2 67 mm 59.7 in./1516 mm
or front 235/35 ZR 19 (87Y) 8.5 J x 19 H2 55 mm 58.5 in./1486 mm

Snow tires front 235/40 R 18 91V M+S 8 J x 18 H2 57 mm 58.5 in./1486 mm

rear 265/40 R 18 97V M+S** 10.5 J x 18 H2 60 mm 60.4 in./1534 mm
or front 235/35 R 19 87V M+S 8 J x 19 H2 57 mm 58.5 in./1486 mm

rear 295/30 R 19 100V XL M+S 11 J x 19 H2 67 mm 59.7 in./1516 mm
The load capacity coefficient (e.g. “91”) and maximum speed code letter (e.g. “Y”) are minimum requirements.
Snow chains Can be mounted only on the rear wheels; maximum speed 30 mph (50 km/h).
Use only Porsche authorized fine-link cross-type or edge chains.
Snow chain clearance can be guaranteed only on the tire + rim combination marked** without spacers.
Please see the chapter “SPACERS 911 CARRERA, 911 CARRERA S” on Page 255.
Tire and rim sizes Extensive tests are performed before specific tires and wheels are approved by Porsche. Your Porsche dealer has informa-
tion about approved tires and wheels and is happy to assist you.
If aftermarket tires and/or wheels are installed which are not approved by Porsche, the vehicle’s driveability, stability while
in motion and handling characteristics might be impaired. Since Porsche has no data on such combinations, Porsche cannot
stand behind the safety or durability of these aftermarket combinations.
* 911 Carrera S: Summer tires 19-inch only
Technical Data 287

Tires, Rims, Tracks 911 Carrera 4, 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4, 911 Targa 4S
Tire Rim Rim offset Track
Summer tires* front 235/40 ZR 18 (91Y) 8 J x 18 H2 57 mm 58.6 in./1488 mm

rear 295/35 ZR 18 (99Y) 11 J x 18 H2 51 mm 60.9 in./1548 mm
or front 235/35 ZR 19 (87Y) 8 J x 19 H2 57 mm 58.6 in./1488 mm

rear 305/30 ZR 19 (102Y) XL 11 J x 19 H2 51 mm 60.9 in./1548 mm
or front 235/35 ZR 19 (87Y) 8.5 J x 19 H2 55 mm 58.6 in./1488 mm

Snow tires front 235/40 R 18 91V M+S 8 J x 18 H2 57 mm 58.6 in./1488 mm

rear 295/35 R 18 99V M+S** 11 J x 18 H2 51 mm 60.9 in./1548 mm
or front 235/35 R 19 87V M+S 8 J x 19 H2 57 mm 58.6 in./1488 mm

rear 295/30 R 19 100V XL M+S** 11 J x 19 H2 51 mm 60.9 in./1548 mm
The load capacity coefficient (e.g. “91”) and maximum speed code letter (e.g. “Y”) are minimum requirements.
Snow chains Can be mounted only on the rear wheels; maximum speed 30 mph (50 km/h).
Use only Porsche authorized fine-link cross-type or edge chains.
Snow chain clearance can be guaranteed only on the tire + rim combination marked**.
Tire and rim sizes Extensive tests are performed before specific tires and wheels are approved by Porsche. Your Porsche dealer has information
about approved tires and wheels and is happy to assist you.
If aftermarket tires and/or wheels are installed which are not approved by Porsche, the vehicle’s driveability, stability while in
motion and handling characteristics might be impaired. Since Porsche has no data on such combinations, Porsche cannot stand
behind the safety or durability of these aftermarket combinations.
* 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4S: Summer tires 19-inch only
288 Technical Data

Danger!
Installation of sizes not authorized by
Porsche may have a dangerous effect on
the driving stability and could result in
f Before mounting new tires, check with your
Porsche dealer about the current release status.
Tire Pressures for cold tires (68 °F / 20 °C)

Summer and snow tires 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S
partially loaded fully loaded

(up to 2 persons without luggage) (as of 2 persons with luggage)
18 inch wheels front 34 psi (2.3 bar) 37 psi (2.5 bar)
rear 38 psi (2.6 bar) 44 psi (3.0 bar)

Summer and snow tires 911 Carrera 4, 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4, 911 Targa 4S
partially loaded fully loaded

(up to 2 persons without luggage) (as of 2 persons with luggage)

These tire filling pressures apply only to the tire makes and types approved by Porsche.
Please see the chapter “TIRES/WHEELS” on Page 235. Please see the chapter “TPM TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING” on Page 143.
Technical Data 289

Capacities
Use only fluids and fuels authorized by Porsche. Your authorized Porsche dealer will gladly advise you.
Your Porsche has been designed so that it is not necessary to mix any additives with oils or fuels.
Engine Oil change quantity with oil filter approx. 7.9 quarts / 7.5 liters
Please see the chapter “ENGINE OIL” on Page 208.
Coolant approx. 7.63 - 8.32 U.S. gallons / 28.9 - 31.5 liters
Manual transmission
and differential approx. 3.17 quarts / 3.0 liters transmission oil Mobilube PTX Formula A (SAE 75W-90) GL 4.5
Porsche Doppelkupplung approx. 3.12 quarts / 2.95 liters ATF transmission oil Mobilube PTX Formula A (SAE 75W-90) GL 4.5
Wheel set
Porsche Doppelkupplung approx. 5.49 quarts / 5.2 liters Pentosin Gear Oil FFL 3
Clutch/hydraulic fluid
Fuel tank 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S: approx. 16.9 U.S. gallons / 64 liters
911 Carrera 4, 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4, 911 Targa 4S: approx. 17.7 U.S. gallons / 67 liters
Fuel quality Your engine is designed to provide optimum performance and fuel economy using
unleaded premium fuel with an octane rating of 98 RON (93 CLC or AKI).
Porsche therefore recommends the use of these fuels in your vehicle.
Porsche also recognizes that these fuels may not always be available. Be assured that your vehicle
will operate properly on unleaded premium fuels with octane numbers of at least 95 RON (90 CLC or AKI),
since the engine’s “Electronic Oktane™ knock control” will adapt the ignition timing, if necessary.
Power steering approx. 1.35 quarts / 1.27 liters hydraulic fluid Pentosin CHF 11 S ® or Pentosin CHF 202 ®
Brake fluid 0.48 quarts / 0.45 liters; use only Original Porsche brake fluid
Windshield washer approx. 6.3 quarts / 6 liters with headlight washer
290 Technical Data

Weights Coupé
911 Carrera Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung
Empty weight (depending on equipment) 1415 kg to 1515 kg 1445 kg to 1545 kg

3120 lbs. to 3340 lbs. 3186 lbs. to 3406 lbs.
Maximum gross weight 4012 lbs./1820 kg 4079 lbs./1850 kg
Maximum axle load, front* 1709 lbs./775 kg 1709 lbs./775 kg
Maximum axle load, rear* 2601 lbs./1180 kg 2601 lbs./1180 kg
Maximum useful load, Roof Transport System** 165 lbs./75 kg 165 lbs./75 kg
911 Carrera S Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung

* The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded.

Note: If additional accessories are installed, the useful load will be correspondingly less.
** Use only Original Porsche Roof Transport System.
Technical Data 291

Weights Coupé
911 Carrera 4 Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung

911 Carrera 4S Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung


** Use only Original Porsche Roof Transport System.
292 Technical Data

Weights Cabriolet
911 Carrera Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung

3307 lbs. to 3472lbs. 3373 lbs. to 3538 lbs.
911 Carrera S Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung


Technical Data 293

Weights Cabriolet
911 Carrera 4 Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung

911 Carrera 4S Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung


294 Technical Data

Weights Targa
911 Targa 4 Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung

911 Targa 4S Manual transmission Porsche Doppelkupplung


Technical Data 295

Driving Performance Coupé
At DIN empty weight and half load, without performance-inhibiting extra equipment
Powerkit Carrera
911 Carrera Manual transmission PDK transmission
Top track speed 179.6 mph (289 km/h) 178.3 mph (287 km/h)
Acceleration 0 - 60 mph 4.7 seconds 4.5 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 60 mph with Sport + 4.3 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 100 km/h (62 mph) 4.9 seconds 4.7 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 100 km/h (62 mph) with Sport + 4.5 seconds
911 Carrera S Manual transmission PDK transmission Manual transmission PDK transmission
Top track speed 187.7 mph (302 km/h) 186.4 mph (300 km/h) 190.8 mph (307 km/h) 189.5 mph (305 km/h)
Acceleration 0 - 60 mph 4.5 seconds 4.3 seconds 4.4 seconds 4.2 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 60 mph with Sport + 4.1 seconds 4.0 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 100 km/h (62 mph) 4.7 seconds 4.5 seconds 4.6 seconds 4.4 seconds
Acceleration 0 - 100 km/h (62 mph) with Sport + 4.3 seconds 4.2 seconds
911 Carrera 4 Manual transmission PDK transmission

911 Carrera 4S Manual transmission PDK transmission Manual transmission PDK transmission
296 Technical Data

Driving Performance Cabriolet, Targa
At DIN empty weight and half load, without performance-inhibiting extra equipment
Powerkit Carrera
911 Carrera Manual transmission PDK transmission
911 Carrera S Manual transmission PDK transmission Manual transmission PDK transmission
911 Carrera 4, 911 Targa 4 Manual transmission PDK transmission

911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4S Manual transmission PDK transmission Manual transmission PDK transmission
Technical Data 297

Dimensions
911 Carrera, 911 Carrera S 911 Carrera 4, 911 Carrera 4S

911 Targa 4, 911 Targa 4S
Length 175.83 in./4466 mm 175.83 in./4466 mm

Width 71.2 in./1808 mm 72.9 in./1852 mm
With with door mirrors 76.9 in./1952 mm 76.9 in./1952 mm
Height 51.6 in./1310 mm 51.6 in./1310 mm
Wheelbase 92.5 in./2350 mm 92.5 in./2350 mm
Ground clearance
at maximum gross weight 4.45 in./113 mm 4.49 in./114 mm
Turning circle 35.8 ft./10.9 m 35.8 ft./10.9 m
Vehicles with PASM

Height 51.2 in./1300 mm 51.2 in./1300 mm
Ground clearance 911 Carrera: 4.21 in./107 mm 911 Carrera 4, 911 Targa 4: 4.13 in./105 mm
at maximum gross weight 911 Carrera S: 4.33 in./110 mm 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4S: 4.25 in./108 mm
Vehicles with Sports chassis

Height 50.79 in./1290 mm 50.79 in./1290 mm
Ground clearance
at maximum gross weight 3.94 in./100 mm 3.9 in./99 mm
298 Technical Data

Diagrams
MA 102, Engine diagram at full power, 911 Carrera, 911 Carrera 4, 911 Targa 4
Technical Data 299

MA 101, Engine diagram at full power, 911 Carrera S, 911 Carrera 4S, 911 Targa 4S
300 Diagrams
A Auto-button, air conditioning.........................106 Tensioner ............................................ 41
ABS (antilock brake system) .......................... 61 Automatic Warning light........................................ 42
Warning light ........................................ 62 Air conditioning system........................106 Blower adjustment...................................... 109
Adaptive sports seat ..................................... 31 Anti-glare mirrors ..................................28 Blower speed adjustment............................ 107
Adjusting Headlights.................................... 278 Car washes ........................................225 Brake
Advanced Airbag........................................... 45 Door locking ...................................18, 22 Break in............................................... 10
Air conditioning compressor ................ 106, 108 Garage door .........................................78 Pads ................................................... 60
Air conditioning system ............................... 106 Headlight adjustment.............................81 Pedal................................................... 59
Air distribution .................................... 106, 108 Speed control .........................86, 87, 116 Wear ................................................... 60
Air filter...................................................... 222 Transmission ......................................170 Brake fluid
Air intake.................................................... 109 Automatic locking retractor............................53 Changing ........................................... 213
Airbag Automatic speed control..............................116 Checking level.................................... 212
Advanced ............................................. 45 Indicator light......................................116 Level ................................................. 212
Cleaning covers .................................. 230 Average consumption..........................127, 157 Warning light...................................... 213
Deactivation device ............................... 49 Average speed ...................................127, 157 Brake light ................................................. 277
Function ............................................... 45 Brake light, additional ................................. 277
Maintenance ......................................... 48 B Brakes ...................................................... 212
Warning light .................................. 48, 56 Brake circuit division warning light ....... 213
Backrest
Airbag Systems ............................................ 44 Brake warning light............................. 125
Adjustment ...........................................30
Alarm system .......................................23, 100 Fluid .......................................... 212, 290
Release ................................................30
Deactivating passenger compartment Fluid warning light............................... 213
Battery.......................................................261
monitoring............................................ 24 Function .............................................. 58
Care...................................................262
Fault indication...................................... 24 New brake pads or linings..................... 60
Charge state.......................................261
Function indication ................................ 23 Pads ................................................... 10
Charging ............................................262
Not active .......................................... 258 Parking brake....................................... 57
Putting vehicle into operation ...............263
Alcantara, cleaning ..................................... 231 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake
Remote control ...................................266
Antenna ............................................. 100, 225 (PCCB) .................................................. 4
Removing ...........................................264
Antifreeze .................................................. 207 Roller brake tester................................ 63
Replacing ...........................................263
Antifreeze in coolant ................................... 207 Test stand ........................................... 68
Warning light.......................................124
Antilock brake system (ABS) .......................... 61 Break in brakes............................................ 10
Winter operation..................................263
Warning light ........................................ 62 Break in hints............................................... 10
Before driving off ........................................8, 9
Ashtray ........................................................ 89 Bulbs, replacing ......................................... 269
Belts ............................................................41
Assembly aids for wheel changes................. 249 Cleaning .............................................231
Audio operation ...................................... 98, 99 Height adjustment .................................43
Index 301
C Clothes hook ................................................91 D
Cabriolet .................................................... 181 Clutch ..................................................62, 168 Data bank...................................................284
Capacities .................................................. 290 Clutch pedal .................................................62 Daytime driving lights ....................................80
Car care .................................................... 224 Combination filter........................................222 Changing bulbs ...................................277
Car telephone............................................. 100 Comfort seat ................................................31 On-board computer .............................156
Car washes ................................................ 225 Coming home mode......................................81 Defrosting windows ...............................29, 107
Carpet ....................................................... 230 Communication management.........................98 Diagnostic socket .........................................11
Catalytic converters .................................... 219 Compact disc Dimensions.................................................298
Cautions ............................................ 206, 234 Player ..................................................99 Direction indicator light, front .......................277
Central locking ..................................... 19, 258 Storage................................................92 Door ............................................................18
Automatic relocking .............................. 19 Compartment monitoring...............................23 Handles ................................................18
Emergency operation ............................ 20 Compressor .................................................96 Locks ...........................................18, 226
Fault indication...................................... 21 Convertible top ...........................................181 Mirror...................................................28
Overload protection ...................... 21, 258 Care ..................................................226 Mirror heating .......................................29
Central locking button ................................... 21 Closing...............................................182 Mirrors .................................................27
Central vents .............................................. 109 Emergency operation ..........................183 Windows.........................18, 26, 181, 228
Central warning light ................................... 125 Opening .............................................182 Drive-Off Assistant.......................................169
Changing bulb ............................................ 277 Preconditions for operation..................182 Driving
Changing light-emitting diodes (LEDs) ........... 277 Coolant ..............................................120, 207 Hints ......................................................8
Changing wheels ........................................ 249 Checking ............................................207 Performance.......................................296
Check engine Level..................................................207 Winter ................................................175
Warning light ...................................... 125 Temperature gage ..............................120 Driving off
Check engine warning light .......................... 125 Topping off.........................................207 Drive-Off Assistant ...............................169
Opening the oil filler cap ...................... 209 Warning light.......................................120 Launch Control....................................173
Checking pressure...................................... 250 Cooling system...................................120, 207 Drop-center rim...........................................245
Child restraint systems.................................. 50 Warning light.......................................120 Dynamometer testing ....................................63
Anchorages .......................................... 55 Cornering light
Direction of installation .......................... 51 Indicator light......................................119
Crankcase ventilation ..................................219
E
Child seat bracket......................................... 54 Electrical system.........................................257
Chime .......................................................... 80 Cruise control.................................86, 87, 124
Emergency flasher switch ..............................79
CHRONO Stopwatch.................................... 136 Cupholder ....................................................88
Emergency operation
Cigarette lighter............................................ 90
Central locking ......................................20
Circulating-air button ................................... 107 Convertible top ...................................183
Clock ................................................. 123, 156 Ignition key ...........................................76
302 Index
Lids ................................................... 260 Exhaust G
Lifting/Sliding roof .............................. 179 Pipes .....................................................5 Garage
Tank flap ............................................ 215 System.................................................57 Door ................................................... 78
Emergency service ..................................... 234 Tailpipes, stainless steel ......................229 Door opener ...................................... 103
Emergency starting with External antenna .........................................100 Lift .................................................... 254
jumper cables.....................................267, 268 Gear display ...................................... 112, 114
Emission control system ............. 125, 218, 219 F Gear shift indicator..................................... 119
Engine Glass rear hatch......................................... 200
Fabric linings ..............................................230
Checking the oil level........................... 153 Glass rear hatch (Targa)
Filler flap ....................................................215
Diagram .............................................299 Unlocking ............................................ 16
Filling pressure, tire.....................................289
Exhaust.................................................. 5 Glass roof.................................................. 200
Fire extinguisher .........................................102
Number.............................................. 285 Glove compartment...................................... 92
Flat tire ......................................................251
Oil consumption ............................ 10, 208 Gong....................................... 14, 75, 80, 129
Floor mats..................................................230
Oil level .............................................. 208 Ground clearance........................................... 5
Fluids .........................................................222
Oil level indicator ................................ 153
Fluids and fuels...........................................290
Oil pressure........................................ 124
Oil temperature................................... 116
FM reception ................................................98 H
Fog light, rear...............................................80 Handbrake................................................... 57
Oils ............................................ 208, 290
Footbrake.....................................................58 Hardtop..................................................... 194
Speeds ................................................ 10
Four-wheel drive............................................63 Putting on .......................................... 196
Starting................................................ 77
Fresh air intake ...........................................109 Removing .......................................... 194
Stopping .............................................. 78
Front lid .................................................93, 94 Head restraints ............................................ 30
Engine compartment
Fuel ...................................................122, 215 Headlights ................................................. 270
Blower ......................................... 78, 120
Containers......................................5, 217 Adjusting ................................... 278, 279
Blower fan .......................................... 120
Economy ............................................214 Beam adjustment ................................. 81
Care .................................................. 227
Evaporation control .............................217 Cleaning system........................... 83, 220
Lid ................................................. 93, 94
Fuels containing ethanol.......................217 Flasher ................................................ 82
Lid warning light.................................... 93
Level gage .........................................122 Heated rear window ..................................... 29
Engine oil
Level warning light ..............................122 Heated rear window/Door mirror heating ..... 110
Change .............................................. 210
Recommendation ........................216, 217 Heater....................................................... 106
Consumption ........................................ 10
Recommendations ..............................216 High beam
Performance class .............................. 211
Tank ..................................................216 Indicator light ..................................... 119
Recommendation ................................ 210
Function keys ...............................................39 Lever................................................... 80
Topping off.........................................209
Fuses, replacing .........................................259 High-pressure cleaning units........................ 224
Viscosity ............................................ 211
Home mode................................................. 81
Index 303
HomeLink................................................... 103 License plate light.........................................80 M
Hoods.................................................... 93, 94 Lids .............................................................94 Maintenance ...............................................206
Horn ................................................ 12, 19, 21 Emergency unlocking ..........................260 Make-up mirror .............................................40
Hot exhaust pipes ........................................... 5 Lifting vehicle .............................................254 Maximum permitted engine speeds ................10
Lifting/sliding roof.......................................178 Manual transmission ............................168
I Light Mirror
Ignition key................................................... 74 Daytime driving .....................................80 Folding in..............................................28
Flasher ...................................80, 82, 119 Heating ........................................29, 110
Emergency operation ............................ 76
Ignition lock.................................................. 74 Low beam ......................................80, 82 Inside ...................................................27
Withdrawing ignition key, Sensor for instrument illumination.112, 114 Mirrors ...................................................27, 73
Switch............................................80, 82 Anti-glare ..............................................28
PDK transmission................................ 172
Immobilizer .................................................. 15 Light alloy wheels Multi-functional steering wheel ........................39
Indicator lights.................................... 112, 114 Inscription ..........................................245
Lights
INFO Warning messages ............................. 132
Care ..................................................229
N
Instrument Navigation ....................................................98
Illumination ......................................... 116 Headlight beam adjustment....................81
Selection field, on-board computer .......142
LIMIT Acoustic warning signal for speed limit.129
Lights .................................................. 80 Notes on
Panel ................................. 112, 114, 158 Load switch-off ...........................................258
Car care .............................................224
Interior lights ................................................ 71 Loading information ....................................246
Maintenance .......................................206
Locking........................................................19
Interior mirror............................................... 28 Number plate light.................................80, 277
Conditions ............................................21
Locking retractor ..........................................53
J Low beam ....................................................82 O
Jumper cables............................................ 267 Lowering ......................................................56 Octane rating......................................216, 217
Luggage carrier..................................291, 292 Odometer...................................................117
K Luggage compartment ............................95, 97 Off delay ......................................................81
Key codes.................................................... 15 Lid .......................................................93 Oil..............................................................208
Key-operated airbag deactivation device......... 49 Lid warning light....................................93 Change...............................................210
Keys ...................................................... 15, 16 Unlocking lid .........................................16 Checking level.....................................153
Luggage compartment/ Consumption.........................................10
engine compartment lid, warning lights...........93 Level checks.......................................208
L Luggage rack .............................................204 Level indicator ....................................153
LATCH System ............................................. 54
Pressure.............................................124
Launch Control ........................................... 173
Recommendation ................................210
Leather care .............................................. 230
304 Index
Temperature....................................... 116 Parking light ...........................................80, 82 Selector lever emergency release ....... 280
Topping off engine oil.......................... 209 Particle filter ...............................................222 Selector lever position ................ 170, 172
OIL Display and measurement of the Passenger compartment monitoring...............23 Shifting gears on the steering wheel .... 173
engine oil level............................................ 153 PDK transmission........................................170 Sport mode ....................................... 172
On-board computer ..................................... 126 Drive-Off Assistant...............................169 Transmission fluid .............................. 222
Basic settings............................. 127, 155 Driving in winter ..................................175 Porsche Stability Management (PSM) ............. 66
Calling on-board computer functions..... 127 Faults.................................................171 Information light ................................... 68
Functions and display possibilities ........ 127 Kickdown............................................173 Porsche traction management (PTM) ............. 63
General information..................... 156, 157 Launch Control....................................173 Power steering fluid level .................... 221, 290
Language versions.............................. 155 Manual selection mode ........................174 Power windows .................................... 18, 181
Operation, controls ............................. 126 Reduced driving program.....................176 Practical tips.............................................. 234
Selecting a radio station ...................... 142 Selector lever emergency release ........280 Putting vehicle into operation ...................... 263
Setting the clock................................. 156 Selector lever positions .......................172
Switching daytime driving lights on/off.. 156 Shifting gears on the steering wheel .....173 R
Switching on navigation ....................... 142 Sport mode ........................................172 Radiator fan ......................................... 78, 208
Tire pressure warnings ........................ 149 Transmission fluid ...............................222 Radio reception............................................ 98
Warnings and messages...................... 158 Warning messages..............................176
Rain sensor ........................................... 83, 85
On-board literature .......................................... 2 Pen holder....................................................92 Range on remaining fuel ..................... 127, 157
Operating voice control ............................... 126 Plastic parts ...............................................229 Reading light................................................ 71
Operating your Porsche in other Countries.... 214 Care...................................................229
Rear hatch................................................. 200
Orientation light ............................................ 71 Platform lift.................................................254 Rear lid ................................................. 93, 94
Outside temperatur indicator ....................... 123 Porsche Active Suspension Management Rear seat backrests ..................................... 37
Oxygen sensor ........................................... 219 (PASM) .........................................................69
Rear spoiler ................................................. 69
Sport mode ..........................................69 Automatic mode................................... 70
P Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake (PCCB) .......4 Manual control ..................................... 70
Porsche Communication Management (PCM)...98
Paint Rear view mirrors................................... 27, 28
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ....................170
Care .......................................... 224, 227 Rear window defogger.......................... 29, 110
Drive-Off Assistant...............................169
Data................................................... 285 Rear window heating .................................. 110
Driving in winter ..................................175
ParkAssistant ............................................... 72 Rear window wiper ....................................... 84
Faults.................................................171
Parking Recirculating-air button ............................... 107
Kickdown............................................174
PDK transmission................................ 175 Refuelling .................................................. 216
Launch Control....................................170
Parking aids ........................................... 72, 73 Relays ....................................................... 257
Manual selection mode ........................174
Parking brake ............................................... 57 Remote control ............................................ 16
Reduced driving program.....................176
Warning light ........................................ 58 Readiness............................................ 17
Index 305
Replacing battery................................ 266 Sports bucket seat................................32 Sport Chrono Plus package
Standby funktion ................................... 17 Sports seat ..........................................31 CHRONO stopwatch ............................136
Synchronization .................................... 17 Standard seat .......................................31 Sport mode ..........................................64
Replacement key .......................................... 15 Ventilation.............................................36 Sport mode ..................................................68
Replacing bulbs .......................................... 269 Seat memory PDK transmission ................................172
Replacing wiper blades ............................... 223 Operating with the remote control ..........34 Switching on/off....................................64
Retractable rear spoiler................................. 69 Operation with person buttons................33 Switching PASM on/off ..........................69
Rims Selector lever position.........................112, 114 Sport plus mode ...........................................64
Diameter ............................................ 245 Selector lever position indicator, Sport tires ......................................................4
Dimensions ................................ 287, 288 PDK transmission........................................171 Sports bucket seat........................................32
Rim width ........................................... 245 Service ......................................................133 Sports chassis............................................298
TPM sensors ...................................... 241 SET Basic setting on on-board computer ......155 Sports exhaust system ..................................57
Roller blind ................................................. 200 Shift indicator .............................................119 Sports seat ..................................................31
Rollover Protection System............................ 56 Shifting gears Sport-type running gear ...............................298
Roof Transport System ............... 204, 291, 292 Drive-Off Assistant...............................169 Stability management system ........................66
Running in .................................................... 10 Manual transmission............................168 Standard seat ...............................................31
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ............170 Starter switch ...............................................74
S Side light, front ...........................................277 Starting ........................................................75
Side marker light ..................................80, 276 Starting engine .............................................77
Safety belts.................................................. 41
Side vents ..................................................109 Steam cleaners...........................................224
Cleaning............................................. 231
Sliding glass roof ........................................200 Steering column
Height adjustment ................................. 43
Sliding roof.................................................178 Locking ................................................75
Tensioner ............................................. 41
Snow chains ...............................................243 Steering lock ................................................74
Warning light ........................................ 42
Snow tires..................................................242 Steering wheel
Safety compliance sticker ........................... 284
Socket .......................................................257 Adjustment ...........................................37
Sealing set ................................................. 252
Spacers .....................................................255 Function keys........................................39
Seals ......................................................... 229
Care .................................................. 229 Spare key.....................................................15 Heating ................................................38
Seat Speed code letter .......................................244 Lock.....................................................75
Speed control...............................................87 Multi functional ......................................39
Adaptive sports seat ............................. 31
Adjustment ........................................... 30 Automatic.............................................86 PDK shift buttons ................................170
Indicator light......................................116 Stopping engine............................................78
Comfort seat ........................................ 31
Heating ................................................ 35 Speed limit .........................................129, 244 Stopwatch ..................................................136
Memory ............................................... 33 Speedometer .............................................118 Storage options ............................................91
Spoiler .........................................................69 Storage possibilities ......................................91
Position................................................ 30
306 Index
Storing your Porsche .................................. 231 Checking pressure ..............................250 U
Sun visors .................................................... 40 Dimensions.................................287, 288 Undercoating ..................................... 218, 228
Suspension management .............................. 69 Inscription...........................................244
Loading information.............................246
New tires..............................................10
V
T Valves ....................................................... 240
Pressure ....................................236, 289
Tachometer................................................ 119 Vanity mirror ................................................ 40
Pressure monitoring ............................143
Tail light ..................................................... 277 Vehicle
Pressure plate ....................................285
Tank .......................................... 215, 216, 290 Care.................................................. 224
Removing and storing..........................241
Ventilation system ............................... 217 Dimensions ........................................ 298
Sealant.................................96, 251, 252
Targa......................................................... 200 Engine number ................................... 285
Sidewall..............................................244
Technical data ............................................ 286 Identification ...................................... 284
Size ...................................................244
TEL Telephone information .......................... 133 Identification label............................... 284
Snow tires ..........................................242
Telephone .................................................. 100 Identification number .......................... 284
Sport .....................................................4
Temperature setting ........................... 106, 107 Lifting................................................ 254
Tool kit.........................................................96
Temperature, outside indicator ....................123 Load capacity .................................... 247
Tools .....................................................95, 96
Test stand, measurements ............................ 68 Performance ...................................... 296
Towing ...............................................280, 282
Theft protection ............................................ 14 Putting into operation ......................... 263
Towing hook...............................................280
Tire Safety compliance sticker ................... 284
Towing lug....................................................96
Care .................................................. 239 Washing ............................................ 225
TPM Tire pressure monitoring ......................143
Damage .............................................239 Vehicle identification number ....................... 284
Track .................................................287, 288
Designations....................................... 243 Ventilation.................................................. 106
Traction management ...................................63
Pressure plate .................................... 237 Vents ................................................ 106, 109
Transmission
Replacements..................................... 240 Viscosity, engine oil.................................... 211
Drive-Off Assistant...............................168
Traction .............................................238 Voice control, button .................................. 126
Fluid...........................................222, 290
Wear.................................................. 238 Voice control, PCM..................................... 126
Manual transmission............................168
Tire filling compressor .................................. 96
Porsche Doppelkupplung (PDK) ....168, 170
Tire pressure
Compressor ......................................... 96
Trip Odometer ............................................117 W
Trunk entrapment .........................................97 Warning lights and messages...................... 158
Tire pressure monitoring
Turn signal Washer
Warning light ...................................... 151
Indicator light......................................119 Fluid .......................................... 220, 290
Wheels ............................................... 241
Turn signals..........................................82, 119 Fluid warning light............................... 220
Tire pressure monitoring (TPM) ....................143
Lever................................................... 83
Tires.................................... 10, 235, 287, 288
Washing .................................................... 225
Care .................................................. 235
Index 307
Welcome Home Function ............................... 81 Windstop....................................................190
Wheel .................................. 10, 235, 287, 288 Installing.............................................190
Alignment ........................................... 241 Removing ...........................................193
Balancing ........................................... 241 Winter operation
Bolts.................................................. 248 Battery ...............................................263
Care .................................................. 235 Coolant ..............................................207
Changing............................................ 251 Engine oil ...........................................208
Checking pressure .............................. 250 Jumper cables ............................267, 268
Inscription .......................................... 244 Locks.................................................226
Loading information ............................ 246 Seals .................................................229
Securing bolts .................................... 248 Snow chains .......................................243
Security wheel bolts ........................ 15, 96 Tires ..................................242, 287, 288
Sidewall ............................................. 244 Washer fluid........................................220
Size ................................................... 244 Wiper blades.......................................223
Tire pressure.............................. 236, 289 Wiper
Tire pressure plate.............................. 285 Blades................................................223
Tire sealant ................................ 251, 252 Lever ...................................................83
Wheels Rear.....................................................84
Assembly aids for wheel changes......... 249 Wiper blades
Care .................................................. 229 Care ..................................................228
TPM sensors ...................................... 241 Changing............................................223
Windows ............................................ 181, 228
Anti-crushing protection ......................... 26
Care .................................................. 228
Opening/Closing ................................... 26
Washer nozzles .................................... 83
Washer system ..................... 83, 220, 290
Windshield
Washer nozzles .................................... 83
Wiper blades, changing ....................... 223
Wiper/washer lever ............................... 83
Windshield wipers ................................. 83, 223
Replacing ........................................... 223
308 Index

Porsche 911 Carrera Owner's Manuals - Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Porsche 911 Carrera Owner's Manuals - Compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Porsche 911 Carrera Owner's Manuals - Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

8 Before driving off...

Before driving off... 9

10 Before driving off...

Before driving off... 11

12 Before driving off...

1- Central locking button Note

Doors Opening unlocked doors from inside

Opening doors from outside

Adjusting door mirrors

Basic position: lever forward

Comfort seat with driver seat memory/

3. Keep memory button M depressed and also

Individual seat and door mirror settings can be

Clearing the stored seat position

Low heating power

A - Seat heating, left

Switching on seat ventilation

Steering Wheel Adjustment

Rear Seat Backrests Adjusting steering wheel height and

Folding forward 2. Push the locking lever downwards.

Switching off steering wheel heating

Steering Wheel Heating

f Carry out any complicated operating or setting Turn rotary knob

Press Handset Pickup button

Press Handset Hangup button

Safety belt height adjustment

Adjusting belt height

They can deploy under:

Sports Exhaust System Parking Brake Danger!

Should the free travel of the clutch pedal suddenly

– When “rocking” the vehicle free and Note

PSM multifunctional light The ignition must be switched off.

Switching on and off automatically

O - Initial position The ignition key cannot be withdrawn when the

Emergency Flasher Switch Hot engine compartment components can

Turn Signal / Headlight Dimmer / (With ignition on or off)

0 – Windshield wipers off The headlight washer system automatically sprays

Extending cupholder f Press the symbol for the respective cupholder.

Pulling cupholder out Ashtray

Warning! Note on operation

Danger of fire. The lighter receptacle is not to be used for

Warning! – in the door sill next to the passenger’s seat,

Unsecured luggage and heavy objects may – in the center console,

Luggage Compartment Lid and

f Raise lid slightly and unlatch the safety catch

Luggage Compartment E- Adapter for security wheel bolts

Access covers A and B

Luggage Compartment B- Access cover for tire sealant

When the line-of-sight link between a transmitter

100 Operation, Safety

Automatic car-wash iPod, USB and AUX

Operation, Safety 101

Fire Extinguisher Inserting fire extinguisher

102 Operation, Safety

Operation, Safety 103

104 Operation, Safety

Automatic Air Conditioning System Automatic mode

A - Continuous opening and closing